ZOOLOGICA SCIENTIFIC CONTRIBUTIONS of the NEW YORK ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY VOLUME 36 1951 Numbers 1-23 Published by the Society The Zoological Park, New York December 28, 1951 CONTENTS Part 1. April 20, 1951. 1. Migration of Nymphalidae (Nymphalinae) , Brassolidae, Mor- phidae, Libytheidae, Satyridae, Riodinidae, Lycaenidae and Hes- periidae (Butterflies) Through Portachuelo Pass, Rancho Grande, North-central Venezuela. By William Beebe. Plates I & II 1 2. Deep-sea Fishes of the Bermuda Oceanographic Expeditions. Fam- ily Paralepididae. By Robert R. Harry. Text-figures 1-9 17 3. Miscellaneous Notes on the Eggs and Young of Texan and Mexican Reptiles. By John E. Werler. Plates I-VII 37 4. Sexual Behavior in the Guppy, Lebistes reticulatus (Peters). By Eugenie Clark & Lester R. Aronson. Plates I-VII ; Text-figures 1 & 2 49 Part 2. August 20, 1951. 5. Eastern Pacific Expeditions of the New York Zoological Society. XLIII. Mollusks from the West Coast of Mexico and Central America. Part X. By Leo George Hertlein & A. M. Strong. Plates I-XI 67 6. Spontaneous Neoplasms in Fishes. V. Acinar Adenocarcinoma of the Pancreas in a Hybrid Platyfish. By Ross F. Nigrelli & Myron Gordon. Plates I-VIII; Text-figure 1 121 7. Genetics of Platypoecilus maculatus. V. Heterogametic Sex- determining Mechanism in Females of a Domesticated Stock Originally from British Honduras. By Myron Gordon. Plates I & II; Text-figure 1 127 8. Sex Determination in Platypoecilus maculatus. I. Differentiation of the Gonads in Members of All-male Broods. By Walter Chavin & Myron Gordon. Plates I-IV ; Text-figures 1-3 135 9. Sex Determination in Platypoecilus maculatus. II. History of a Male Platyfish that Sired All-female Broods. By Myron Gordon & Olga Aronowitz. Plates I-IV ; Text-figure 1 147 Part 3. October 20, 1951. 10. Notes on Some New York Oribatid Mites. By Howard George Sengbusch. Text-figures 1-16 155 PAGE 11. Response of a Spontaneous Fish Lymphosarcoma to Mammalian ACTH. By Priscilla Rasquin & Ethel Hafter. Plate 1 163 12. A Study of the Social Behavior of a Captive Herd of Giant Tor- toises. By L. T. Evans & J. V. Quaranta. Text-figures 1-4 171 13. A New Genus and Species of Lithosiinae (Moths) from Rancho Grande, North-central Venezuela. By Henry Fleming. Text- figure 1 183 14. Western Atlantic Tonguefishes with Descriptions of Six New Spe- cies. By Isaac Ginsburg. Plates I-III 185 15. Agglutinins and Agglutinogens in the Blood of Wild Animals. By Henry Vogel 203 16. Parasites of Fish in the Upper Snake River Drainage and in Yellowstone Lake, Wyoming. By Ralph V. Bangham 213 Part 4. December 28, 1951. 17. Report on a Collection of Spiders and Harvestmen from Wyoming and Neighboring States. By Herbert W. Levi & Lorna R. Levi. Text-figures 1-50 219 18. A Spontaneous Epithelioma in the Platyfish, Xiphophorus ( Platy - poecilus ) variatus. By Olga Aronowitz, Ross F. Nigrelli & Myron Gordon. Plates I & II ; Text-figures 1 & 2 239 19. The Migration of Day-flying Moths Through Portachuelo Pass, Rancho Grande, North-central Venezuela. By William Beebe & Henry Fleming. Plate 1 243 20. Migration of Insects (Other than Lepidoptera) Through Porta- chuelo Pass, Rancho Grande, North-central Venezuela. By William Beebe 255 21. A New Fish of the Genus Gambusia from Southern Veracruz, Mexico, with a Discussion of the Tribe Gambusiini Hubbs. By Donn Eric Rosen & Myron Gordon. Text-figures 1-8 267 22. Epidermal Fin Tumors in the Gobiid Fish, Bathygobins soporator. By William N. Tavolga. Plates I-V 273 23. A New Giant Toad from Southwest Colombia. By George S. Myers & John W. Funkhouser. Plate I 279 Index to Volume 36 283 ZOOLOGICA SCIENTIFIC CONTRIBUTIONS of the NEW YORK ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY VOLUME 36 Part 1 Numbers 1-4 Published by the Society The Zoological Park, New York April 20, 1951 CONTENTS PAGE 1. Migration of Nymphalidae (Nymphalinae) , Brassolidae, Mor- phidae, Libytheidae, Satyridae, Riodinidae, Lycaenidae and Hes- periidae (Butterflies) Through Portachuelo Pass, Rancho Grande, North-central Venezuela. By William Beebe. Plates I & II 1 2. Deep-sea Fishes of the Bermuda Oceanographic Expeditions. Fam- ily Paralepididae. By Robert R. Harry. Text-figures 1-9 17 8. Miscellaneous Notes on the Eggs and Young of Texan and Mexican Reptiles. By John E. Werler. Plates I-VII 37 4. Sexual Behavior in the Guppy, Lebistes reticulatus (Peters). By Eugenie Clark & Lester R. Aronson. Plates I-VII ; Text-figures 1 & 2 49 Beebe: Migration of Butterflies in Venezuela 1 1. Migration of Nymphalidae (Nymphalinae), Brassolidae, Morphidae, Libytheidae, Satyridae, Riodinidae, Lycaenidae and Hesperiidae (Butterflies) Through Portachuelo Pass, Rancho Grande, North-central Venezuela.1 William Beebe. Director, Department of Tropical Research, New York Zoological Society. (Plates I & II). [This is one of a series of papers resulting from the 45th, 46th and 47th Expeditions of the Department of Tropical Research of the New York Zoological Society, made during 1945, 1946 and 1948, under the direction of Dr. William Beebe, with headquarters at Rancho Grande in the National Park of Aragua, Venezuela. The expeditions were made possible through the generous cooperation of the National Govern- ment of Venezuela and of the Creole Petroleum Corporation. [The characterstics of the research area are in brief as follows: Rancho Grande is located in north-central Venezuela (10° 21' N. Lat., 67° 41' W. Long.), 80 kilometers west of Caracas, at an elevation of 1,100 meters in the undis- turbed montane rain forest which covers this part of the Caribbean range of the Andes. The migration flyway of Portachuelo Pass, which is also the water-shed between the Caribbean and Lake Valencia, is 200 meters from Rancho Grande. Adjacent ecological zones include sea- sonal forest, savanna, thorn woodland, cactus scrub, the fresh-water lake of Valencia and various marine littoral zones. The Rancho Grande area is generally subtropical, being uni- formly cool and damp throughout the year be- cause of the prevalence of the mountain cloud cap. The dry season extends from January into April. The average humiditv during the expedi- tions, including parts of both wet and dry sea- sons, was 92.4% ; the average temperature dur- ing the same period was 18° C.; the average annual rainfall over a five-year period was 174 cm. The flora is marked by an abundance of mosses, ferns and epiphytes of many kinds, as well as a few gigantic trees. For further details see Beebe & Crane, Zoologica, Vol. 32, No. 5, 1947. Unless otherwise stated, the specimens discussed in the present paper were taken in the montane cloud forest zone, within a radius of one kilometer of Rancho Grande. [For an account of Portachuelo Pass, together with a general introduction to the groups of migrating insects and migrating factors, see “Insect Migration at Rancho Grande,” by William Beebe, Zoologica, 1949, Vol. 34, No. 12, pp. 107-110. Papers dealing with specific groups are as follows; Papilionidae (Vol. 34, No. 14, pp. 119-126) ; Danaidae, Ithomiidae, Acraeidae and Heliconidae (Vol. 35, No. 3, pp. 57-68) ; Pieridae (Vol. 35, No. 16, pp. 189-196], 1 Contribution No. 891, Department of Tropical Research, New York Zoological Society. Migration of Nymphalidae (Nymphalinae). The nymphalid migrants of Portachuelo Pass, Venezuela, comprise a varied and col- orful group of 55 species. Of three species only two specimens were taken, while in the case of six others, only a single individual was observed or captured. On the other hand, Eunica monima and Marpesia chiron excelled all other species of Lepidoptera of whatever family in sheer abundance. They thus live up to a similar reputation in many records of migration in literature. Euptoieta hegesia hegesia (Cramer). Field Name : Orange Fritillary. Species Range: Southern United States to Argentina. Subspecies Range : Southern United States to middle South America. Field Characters: This species recalls in general the heliconid Agraulis vanillae. Al- though it has such a continental distribution and is common in many localities, we took but a single migrant. Record: 1945 — May 28 (1 taken, 45467). Phyciodes carme carme (Doubl. & Hew.). Field Name: Orange-banded Spotted Nymphalid. Species Range: Colombia and Venezuela. Subspecies Range: Venezuela. Field Characters: Medium, black, with wide orange hindwing band, large forewing spots. Number: Total, 9. Taken, 5. Sex: Both sexes taken. Date: April 27 to July 16. Record: 1945- — July 16 (1 taken). 1948 — April 27 (1 taken, 48403; 2 seen) ; May 6 (1, 48494) ; June 6 (1) ; July 2 (1 taken, 2 seen). Pfsycfodes cfio es tebana Hall. Field Name: Eight-spotted Black-and- white. Species Range: Mexico to Bolivia. Subspecies Range: Venezuela. 2 Zoologica : New York Zoological Society [36: 1 Field Characters : Four large white spots on forewing, white band on hindwing. Number : A rare species. Total, 12. Taken, 3. Date : July 3 to 21. Record : 1948 — July 3 (1 taken, 4 seen), 10 (1), 21 (1 taken, 481274; 6 seen). Phyciodes drusilla drusilla (Felder). Field Name : Small Buff-freckled Black. Species Range: Mexico to Bolivia. Subspecies Range : Panama, Colombia and Venezuela. Field Characters: An inconspicuous buff- freckled butterfly. None seen except those which were taken. Number: Taken, 8. Sex: Both sexes taken. Date: April 27 to July 18. Record: 1945— June 2 (1). 13 (1).1946— April 27 (1). 1948— April 30 (1, 481453) ; July 3 (1), 15 (2), 18 (1). Phyciodes feucodesma (Felder). Field Name : One-spotted Black-and-white. Species Range: Nicaragua to Colombia, Venezuela and Trinidad. Field Characters: Easily confused in the field with Dynamine theseus. Number: This wide-spread species is com- mon in many places, but only a single mi- grant was seen or collected. Record: 1948 — July 15 (1 taken, 481550). Phyciodes llrlope anieta (Hew.). Field Name: Small Orange-buff. Species Range: Mexico to Argentina. Subspecies Range: Guatemala to Bolivia and Venezuela. Field Characters : A small orange-buff in- sect, with dark border and forewing bar. Number: Total, 172. Taken, 26. Sex : Both sexes taken. Date : March 15 to September 8. Record: 1945— March 23 (1), 28 (1) ; April 25 (1); June 20 (1) ; July 15 (4). 1946 —September 8 (1, 461170; 82 plus seen). 1948— March 15 (2 taken, 14 resting on leaves), 15 (1, 48325; fresh brood, 20 plus passing or mating) ; April 27 (2, 48401; 24 seen, 16 mating), 29 (1); May 21 (1), 25 (2, 48589) ; June 6 (1) ; July 3 (1), 13 (1), 16 (1), 23 (2). On July 13, 23 and 24 indi- viduals were taken at Km. 15, a short dis- tance south of the pass. Chlosyne la no Is hyper ia (Fabr.) . Field Name : White-dotted Black. Species Range: Texas to Colombia. Subspecies Range: Mexico to Venezuela. Field Characters : Small black nymphalid, with crescent of white dots or spots on fore- wing. Easily identified on wing. Number: Total, 227. Taken, 1. Curiously limited as to date; abundant on two days, otherwise not observed. Date: July 15 and 26. Record : 1948— July 15 (1, 481547; 16 seen), 26 (210 counted passing through Pass in loose flock, 11 to 11:30 A.M.). Chlosyne laclnla s aundersil (Doubl. & Hew.) . Field Name: Small Buff-and-orange-band- ed Black. Species Range: United States to Bolivia and Venezuela. Subspecies Range: Colombia and Vene- zuela. Field Characters : Slow flight makes iden- tification easy. Somewhat resembles the nar- row-winged Phyciodes carme. Number: Total, 328. Taken, 9. Date: March 16 to July 24. Record: 1945 — March 16 (1, 45465) ; July 20 (1, 45466). 1948— June 16 (1 taken, 10 worn ones seen) ; July 17 to 24 common on migration, about 300 seen), 24 (6 taken, 9 seen). Chlosyne narva (Fabr.). Field Name: Small Narrow-winged Yel- low-spotted Nymphalid. Species Range: Mexico to Peru and Vene- zuela. Field Characters : The narrow wings, the white distal dots and the proximal yellow area characterize this species and make identification easy. Number: Total, 264. Taken, 34. Two good- sized flocks. Date: April 30 to July 24. Record: 1945— June 12 (1), 20 (1). 1946 —June 26 (1). 1948— April 30 (1, 48461; 3 seen) ; May 9 (2) ; June 15 (1), 30 (2 taken, 55 seen) ; July 2 (2), 10 (4 seen), 13 (1 at pass, 1 at Km. 15), 14 (2), 15 (3 at pass, 1 at Km. 15), 16 (1 taken, 79 seen), 17 (1), 23 (3 at pass, 3 at Km. 15), 14 (2 at pass, 61 seen, 3 at Km. 15). Vanessa vlrglnlensls braxlllensis (Moore). Field Name: Dwarf Painted Beauty. Species Range: Widely distributed in North and South America. Subspecies Range: Colombia and Vene- zuela to Peru and Brazil. Field Characters : Under a new name this is our northern Painted Beauty, Vanessa hunteri, slightly smaller and forming the tropical subspecies. It is a close relative of Vanessa cardui, one of the most famous of the world’s migrants. Number: Total, 70. Taken, 3. Singly, ex- cept for one large fkrk. One taken migrating through the neighboring pass of Choroni. Date: April 5 to June 16. Record: 1945 — April 5 (1) ; June 16 (1 at Choroni). 1948— May 21 (1, 48541; 76 on leaves or fighting against wind). Junonla evarete zo nails Felder. Field Name: Tropical Buckeye. Species Range: United States to Argen- tina. Subspecies Range: Mexico to Colombia, Venezuela and Trinidad. Field Characters : In general slightly dark- er than our familiar northern Junonia coenia. Number: Total, 18. Taken, 2. 1951] Beebe: Migration of Butterflies in Venezuela 3 Date: April 10 to July 17. Record : 1945— (8 seen). 1948 — July 3 (1 taken, 8 seen), 17 (1). Hypanartia dlone (Latr.). Field Name: Dark-striped Brown. Species Range: Guatemala to northern South America and Brazil. Field Characters : A dull, tailed medium- sized insect, brown with several dark bands extending across all four wings. Number: Total, 7. Taken, 2. Record: 1948 — July 9 (1 taken, 5 seen, all worn), 24 (1, 481545). Hypanartia lethe (Fabr.). Field Name: Black-and-orange Barred. Species Range: Texas to south Brazil. Field Characters : Unique in barred black- and-orange forewing, and almost solid orange hindwing. Number: Total, 6. Taken, 6. Date: April 7 to July 15. Record: 1946 — April 7 (1) ; July 8 (1, 461025). 1948— April 29 (1); May 21 (1), 26 (1) ; July 15 (1, Km. 15). Anartia amathea amathea (Linn.) . Field Name: Red-banded White-starred Anartia. Species Range: Central America to Brazil. Subspecies Range: Colombia, Venezuela, Trinidad and the Guianas. Field Characters : Broad central red band across both wings ; rest white-dotted black. Number: Total, 119. Taken, 17. Usually singly. Two flocks of 12 and 86 respectively. Date: May 8 to September 7. Record: 1945 — May 24 (1) ; July 15 (2). 1946— May 29 (10); July 3 (1, 46725; 12 seen) ; September 7 (2 taken, 86 seen). 1948 — May 8 (1) ; July 3 (1), 9 (1 taken at pass, 1 at Km. 30, 4 seen) ,15 (2) , 16 (2) , 21 (2) . Anartia jatrophae jatrophae (Linn.) . Field Name : Pearly-white Anartia. Species Range: West Indies, northern South America to Brazil. Subspecies Range: Lesser Antilles and South America. Field Characters : The pearly - white ground color could only be confused with Ageronia februa, and that hardly. Number: Occasionally seen, not counted. Taken, 1. Date : May 28 to July 3. Record: 1945 — May 28 (1, 45457). Seen in 1948 several times in May, June and July, but none taken. Eunlea earalls Indigophana Felder. Field Name: Medium Brown-black Nym- phalid. Species Range: Colombia, Venezuela and Peru. Subspecies Range : Venezuela. Field Characters: Brownish-black, with faintly lighter forewing outer band. May be confused with upper side of Marpesia core- sis. Number: Total, 4. Taken, 1. Record: 1948— July 18 (1, 481246; 3 seen) . Eunlea menima (Cramer). Field Name : Small Ten-spot Brown. Species Range: Mexico to Venezuela and Brazil. Field Characters: Dark brown with five white spots in the anterior half of the fore- wings. Nmnber: By far the most numerous mi- grant passing through Portachuelo Pass. There is no need to reproduce all the records of this small, inconspicuous nymphalid through our days of migration observation in 1945, 1946 and 1948. The days on which none were recorded were the memorable ones. In July and August of the first year, before systematic noting of migrants had begun, I find mention of thousands of the small ten-spot, fluttering through the pass or collecting on the lee side waiting for a strong wind to die down. On August 7 with a sprinkling of other species was a host of the smaller butterflies, crowded together in mid-air, close to earth and as high up as we could see. As one example of many similar occur- rences, on May 4, 1946, I found a dense flock of the ten-spots in full migration. Like mi- nute motes they converged on the Pass and with one sweep of the net I took seven, five of which were tattered and torn, two freshly emerged. We climbed the mound close to the Pass and two of us, facing in opposite direc- tions, at eye level, averaged thirteen hundred butterflies of this species in several counts of four minutes each. At intervals through- out an hour and a half, this insect content remained fairly constant and when we left we knew that at the very least 286,000 ten- spots has passed close to us. An hour later the insects were still going full strength. With 20-power binoculars I followed the swarm a full half mile upwards and at van- ishing point they appeared as numerous as close to the ground. Three weeks later, on May 24, there was a resurgent migration of freshly emerged insects, in numbers far exceeding the earlier flocking. Day after day this continued, pass- ing beyond any definite human calculation, the total attaining astronomical proportions. In 1948 the ten-spots were to be estimated only in tens of thousands and on only a few days. Usually the daily count varied from 8 or 12 to 800 or 1,000. As a whole it was de- cidedly less than in the other two years, but taken alone, the numbers were impressive. Days of unusual abundance were May 26 (worn and tattered), June 27 and 28 (fresh- ly emerged for the most part) , and July 21. Eunlea near viola Bates. Field Name: Large White-banded Brown. Species Range: {viola) Central South America. Field Characters : The white oblique band across the forewing of this brownish-black 4 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [36: 1 insect makes its conspicuous on the wing. It appears to be closest to the female viola, but above is indistinguishable from the female alcmena. Number : Total, 18. Taken, 2. Date : May 9 to July 14. Record: 1948 — May 9 (1 2, 48515); July 14 (1 2, 481172; 16 seen in close flock). Dynamine getae (Godman & Salvin). Field Name: Shining-green Ten-spot. Species Range: Venezuela, Peru and Bolivia. Field Characters : The five large white spots on each forewing, and the iridescent green sheen of the hindwing are characters of the male. The female is indistinguishable in life from Phyciodes clio. Number: Total, 6. Taken, 3. Date: June 22 to July 21. Sex: Both sexes taken. Record: 1948— June 22 (18, 48878) ; July 10 (12), 21 (18, 481272; 3 seen). Dynamine glauce Bates. Field Name: Green-sheen Nymphalid (male) . Species Range : Central America to Bolivia and the Amazon. Field Characters: Male is covered with a green sheen with dark border. Female like the same sex in the preceding species. Number: Total, 26. Taken, 4. The one flock of 22 was close at hand, drifting along in a compact group, and two were taken. Sex: Both taken. Date : June 6 to July 20. Record: 1948— June 6(12, 481554), 17 (18 and 12, 48831; 22 seen) ; July 20 (18, 481553). Dynamine mylltta (Cramer). Field Name : Black - spot Green-sheen Nymphalid. Species Range: Widely distributed in neo- tropics. Field Characters : Male, shimmering green with central black spot in forewing, and ir- regular hindwing border. Female without green, and with seven large forewing spots, and three hindwing bands. Number: Total, 52. Taken, 18. Sex : Both taken. Date: May 7 to July 26. Record: 1945 — June 20 (18, 45330, Km. 15); 21 (18). 1946— May 7(12, 46434; 3 seen), 28 (12). 1948— June 6 (12, 48740), 7 (3), 9 (1), 21 (12, 48879; 6 seen), 22 (18, 48880; 17 seen) ; July 8 (8 seen), 15 (2), 16 (1), 21 (1), 23 (1, Km. 15), 25 (1), 26 (1, 481391). Dynamine theseus (Felder) . Field Name: Broad-bordered White. Species Range: Mexico to Colombia and Venezuela. Field Characters: Large white central area on both wings reduces black to a very wide border, on forewing enclosing two dots and one spot. Number: Total, 5. Taken, 5. Date : May 15 to September 7. Record: 1946 — September 7 (1). 1948 — May 15 (2) ; July 15 (1), 16 (1). Callicore marchalii (Guerin). Field Name: Red-underwing Eighty-nine. Species Range: Colombia and Venezuela. Field Characters: Black with glittering green band on forewing. Forewing below mostly scarlet. Number: Total, 169. Taken, 5. Date: March 22 to September 1. Record: 1946 — -March 22 (1) ; May 15 (1), 25 (18 fighting against wind) ; September 1 (counted 80 out of many more). 1948 — July 15 (2, 481552; all worn), 20 (1 taken, 3 seen), 24 (14 at Km. 19, 26 at Km. 20, 12 at Pass), 25 (11 at Pass). Callicore metis cus Doubl. & Hew. Field Name: Black-underwing Eighty- nine. Species Range: Venezuela. Field Characters: Black above with glit- tering green forewing band. Forewing below mostly black. Number: Total, 103. Taken, 15. Date: April 30 to July 29. Record: 1945 — June 4 (1),13 (1),17 (2), 21 (1), 28 (1); July 18 (1). 1946— July 1 (1). 1948 — April 30 (12 passed); May 29 (1, 481544); July 16 (1), 20 (1), 21 (2), 23 (1, Km. 15) , 25 (1, 481551) , 29 (76 seen) . Perisama humboldtii humboldtii (Guerin). Field Name : False Buff - underwing Eighty-nine. Species Range : Colombia, Venezuela, Peru and Ecuador. Field Characters: Green band on both wings ; below hindwing buff. Number: Taken, 2. Date: April 27 to June 5. Record: 1948 — April 27 (1, 48402, worn) ; June 5 (1, 48739). Perisama xenoc/eo Felder. Field Name: Gray-underwing Eighty- nine. Species Range: Venezuela. Field Characters: Bronze green band on all wings. Hindwing below pale gray. Number: Only one taken. Record: 1948— May 9 (1, 48577). Catagrama pitheas (Latr.) . Field Name: Scarlet-and-black Eighty- nine. Species Range: Panama to Venezuela. Field Characters : The wide, oblique scar- let splashes on the black upperside, and two black ocelli on the pink hindwing underside, are unmistakable characters. Number: Total, 174. Taken, 6. Two flocks of 14 and 154 seen. Date: June 21 to July 30. Record: 1945 — June 21 (1); July 3 (2). 1946— July 30 (1, 46870; 154 counted). 1948 1951] Beebe: Migration of Butterflies in Venezuela 5 —July 13 (1, 481163; 14 seen), 19 (1, 481255; 2 seen south of Pass). Hamadrya s ampkimome amphinome (Linn.). Field Name : Red-underwing Blue Ager- onia. Species Range : Mexico to Bolivia and Brazil. Subspecies Range : North and middle South America. Field Characters : Blue-freckled Ageronia with red on under hindwings. Number-. Total, 52. Taken, 3. Date : June 6 to August 8. Record: 1945 — June 22 (1 taken, 6 seen). 1948 — June 6 (23 seen, many momentarily resting on tree trunks), 10 (17 seen), 28 (1, 481454) ; July 8 (3 seen), 22 (1). Hamadryas februa februa (Hiibner). Field Name : White - undenving Gray Ageronia. Species Range: Mexico to south Brazil, also West Indies. Subspecies Range: Panama, Colombia, Venezuela to north Brazil. Field Characters: Freckled gray above. Under hindwings chiefly white. Number: Total, 70. Taken, 13. Date: April 30 to July 21. Record: 1946 — May 28 (1), 29 (6 seen) ; June 19 (1). 1948 — April 30 (8 seen) ; May 6 (1, 48493) ; June 6 (5) ; July 5 (1 taken, 15 seen), 6 (22 seen), 13 (1, Km. 15; 1 at Pass), 15 (1, Km. 14), 21 (3 at Pass feed- ing on rotten mangos) . Hamadryas fornax fornax (Hiibner). Field Name: Orange-underwing Gray Ageronia. Species Range : Texas to south Brazil. Subspecies Range : Venezuela to south Brazil. Field Characters : Freckled gray above with white forewing spots. Number: Total, 23. Taken, 4. Date : April 9 to July 5. Record: 1945 — April 9 (1); July 3 (1), 4 (1). 1948 — May 23 (4 seen) ; July 3 (1, 481052; 9 seen), 5 (6 seen). Didonis biblis hlhlls (Fabl\). Field Name: Red-hind-edge Black. Species Range : Mexico to Paraguay. Subspecies Range: Colombia to central Brazil. Field Characters : Black, with a wide bril- liant red edge to the hind wings. Number: Total, 72. Taken, 16. Date : May 28 to July 30. Record: 1946 — May 28 (9), 29 (1) ; July 30 (2, 46870; 54 seen). 1948— June 6 (1, 48742), 17 (1) ; July 12 (2 seen), 21 (2). Cystineura bogotana Felder. Field Name: Pale Gold-spotted Nym- phalid. Species Range: Colombia and Venezuela. Field Characters : A pale species with gold and white bands and rows of spots. Number: Total, 10. Taken, 6. Date : May 23 to July 15. Record: 1948 — May 23 (1, 48577; 4 flut- tering past), 26 (1), 29 (1) ; June 6 (2) ; July 15 (1, Km. 15). Pseudonica flavilla sylvestris (Bates). Field Name: Small Black-tipped Orange. Species Range: Central America to Peru and south Brazil. Subspecies Range : Colombia to the Ama- zon. Field Characters : Solid orange with large forewing tips black. Number: Total, 21. Taken, 4. Date: June 17 to July 26. Record: 1948— June 17 (2, 48830; 17 seen) ; July 21 (1, 481273), 26 (1). Pyrrhogyra edoela edocla Doubl. & Hew. Field Name: Two-spotted Green-bar. Species Range: Central America to Peru and Brazil. Subspecies Range: Colombia and Vene- zuela. Field Characters: Black with two large green spots and a wide long green bar. Number: Only two taken, together. Record: 1948— May 23 (2, 48544, 48546). Pyrrhogyra neaerea juani Staud. Field Name: Large Split-green-bar. Species Range : Mexico to Paraguay. Subspecies Range: Colombia and Vene- zuela. Field Characters: Large Black, with broad, slightly interrupted median pale green band. Number: Total, 13. Taken, 13. Date: May 28 to July 15. Record: 1945 — July 15 (1). 1946 — May 28 (2) . 1948— May 28 (1) ; June 6 (3) ; July 3 (3), 14 (1, 481510), 15 (3). Marpesia chiron chiron (Fabr.). Field Name: Pale-banded Longtail. Species Range: Mexico and the Antilles south over tropical South America. Subspecies Range: Tropical South Amer- ica. Field Characters: Good-sized, with one long and a second short tail. Brown, crossed by several pale bands. Apical spots. Number : Second only to the vast numbers of Eunica monima, this is the second most abundant migrant through the pass. Total, tens of thousands. Taken, upwards of one hundred. Throughout the three years of observa- tion at Portachuelo Pass no week passed without our seeing Marpesia chiron. Some- times for days in succession, they would ap- pear, singly or in small companies, or as on May 6, 1945, or July 18, 1946, or April 14, 1948. From one hundred to many thousands passed through the sixty-foot-wide gap in the mountains. They were inconspicuous in color, but their considerable size and long tails made it easy to identify them as they \ 6 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [36: 1 fluttered rather slowly past. New broods were apparent now and then, but showed no regularity in time of arrival. Frequently this species was seen in pure culture flocks, set off sharply by themselves. When mingled with others it was almost invariably with the still more numerous Eunica monima. We traced both of these abundant species sev- eral kilometers north and south of the Pass but could never discover their more ultimate origins or destinations. Marpe sia cores/a (Godart). Field Name : White-and-brown Under- wing. Species Range : Texas south to Peru and Brazil. Field Characters : Upperside dull black with indistinct paler border. Below sharply divided into proximal half white, distal half brown. Easily distinguished in flight, but not when wings are held flat in repose. Number: Total, 435. Taken, 7. Date: May 1 to September 5. Record: 1946 — September 5 (1 taken, 127 counted high and fast). 1948 — May 1 (1, 48473); June 22 (1); July 3 (1 taken, 3 seen), 5 (1, Km. 18), 10 (1 taken, Km. 31, 2 at pass, 300 seen) . Marpesia marcella (Felder). Field Name: Violet-and-orange Longtail. Species Range : Central and northern South America. Field Characters : Large longtail, ante- riorly chiefly orange, male hindwing violet, female brown. Number: Total, 264. Taken, 10. One large flock of 225. Sex: Both taken. Date: April 29 to September 7. Record: 1946 — July 8 (1,46753; 29 seen) ; September 7 (1, 461149 ; 225 plus seen) . 1948 —April 24 (15, 48379), 29 (19, 481455); May 1 (2), 23 (1) ; June 6 (19). Marpesia peleus (Sulzer). Field Name : Black-striped Orange Long- tail. Species Range: Mexico to Brazil. Field Characters: Large orange longtail, crossed by black bands. Number: Total, 16. Taken, 4. Record: 1946 — July 8 (2 taken, 12 passed in small flock). 1948 — June 6 (1, 48741); July 23 (1). Victorina epaphus (Latr.) . Field Name : Large White-striped Orange- and-black. Species Range : Mexico to Peru and Brazil. Field Characters: Forewing distally orange, proximally black, separated by a white bar. Hindwing black with the white bar continued across. Very easy to detect in life. Number: One of the most abundant mi- grants. Total counted, 426, plus hundreds un- counted. Taken, 33. Date: April 29 to July 26. Record: 1945 — June 21 (1) ; July 16 (8 seen). 1948 — April 29 (3, 48446; 2 seen); May 21 (2 taken, 8 seen) ; June 28 (1 taken, 28 high), 29 (18 seen), 30 (6 high) ; July 3 (2, 481030 ; 5 at Km. 27, 6 seen) ,4 (3 at pass, 2 at Km. 18, 32 seen), 5 (13 seen), 6 (1 taken, 22 seen), 14 (6 seen), 15 (2 taken, 23 seen), 16 (3 taken, 42 seen), 17 (76 seen), 20 (2), 21 (2 taken, 45 seen, 24 (1 taken at pass, 6 seen at Km. 19), 26 (18 seen). Victorina stele lies stelenes (Linn.). Field Name: Green-spotted Leaf Nym- phalid. Species Range : Texas to Bolivia and south Brazil. Subspecies Range: Northern South Amer- ica to Ecuador, Guianas and Brazil. Field Characters: Black, coarsely banded and spotted with pale green. Can be confused with the narrow-winged heliconid Philae- thria dido. Number: Total, 1,092. Taken, 19. Date: March 15 to September 8. Record: 1946 — May 27 (13 seen), 28 (3 seen) ; July 23 (7, 46842), 28 (83 seen), 29 (16 seen) ; September 7 (large flock, about 600), 8 (250 plus, fast and erratic). 1948 — March 15 (16 seen) ; April 1 (4 seen), 29 (2, 48444; 2 seen) ; May 4 (64 drifting slow- ly, some alighting), 23 (1, 48572), 24 (2, 48574; 8 seen) ; July 3 (1 taken, 12 seen), 4 (1), 13 (1 taken, 12 high), 19 (2 at Pass, 2 at Km. 15) . Adelpha boeotia boeotia (Felder). Field Name : Small Orange - and - white - striped Brown. Species Range : Central America to Bolivia and Brazil. Subspecies Range: Colombia and Vene- zuela. Field Characters : Small brown with mid- stripe, orange on forewings and white on hindwings. Number: A single specimen taken. Record: 1948— April 29 (1, 481451). Adelpha celerlo c elerio (Butler). Field Name : Red-spotted Blue-stripe. Species Range: Mexico to Peru, Bolivia and Venezuela. Subspecies Range : Guatemala to Colombia and Venezuela. Field Characters: Dark brown with pale mid-stripe, breaking up on forewing into two pale spots and a large red spot. Number: Only a single specimen taken. Record: 1948 — June 6 (1, 48748). Adelpha irmina irmina (Doubl.). Field Name: Buff-barred Brown. Species Range: Peru, Bolivia and Vene- zuela. Subspecies Range: Venezuela. Field Characters : Dark brown with broad, oblique, buff band across mid-forewings. Number: Total, 81. Taken, 10. Date: February 27 to July 17. Record: 1946 — February 27 (1, 46106) ; 1951] Beebe: Migration of Butterflies in Venezuela 7 April 27 (1); June 13 (47 passed, fast er- ratic flight). 1948 — April 28 (1, 48427; 3 seen) ; May 24 (1) , 26 (2) ; July 10 (1 taken, 3 seen) , 11 (1 taken, 8 seen) ,12 (1, 481144) , 17 (1, 481247). Adeipka lar& lara Hew. Field Name : Scarlet-banded Black. Species Range : Colombia, Venezuela and Bolivia. Subspecies Range: Venezuela. Field Characters : Black, with broad scar- let band obliquely across forewings, hence a close mimic of the narrower-winged Heli- conius melpomene. Beneath, the venation is marked with black. Number: Total, 20. Taken, 4. Date : April 30 to July 3. Record: 1948— April 30 (2, 48460; 12 seen) ; June 28 (1 taken, associated with 3 melpomene models) ; July 3 (1, 481025; 4 seen) . Adeipka olynthia inachia Fruh. Field Name: Small Brown Nymphalid. Species Range: Colombia and Venezuela to Ecuador and Peru. Subspecies Range: Venezuela. Field Characters: The dullest of nym- phalid migrants; bronze-brown above and lighter brown below. Number: Total, 13. Taken, 7. Date: April 29 to July 15. Record: 1945 — July (1). 1948 — April 29 (2, 481449) ; May 9 (2) ; June 6 (1) ; July 14 (1, 481511; 6 seen). Chtorippe cyaite c yane (Latr.). Field Name: Small Green - hindwing Brown. Species Range: Colombia to Peru. Subspecies Range: Colombia and Vene- zuela. Field Characters: Black, with the whole center of the hindwing iridescent green. In general appearance a dwarf Prepona chromus. Number: Two only taken. Record: 1948 — April 24 (1) ; July 18 (1). Historis eeheronfa acheronta (Fabr.). Field Name: Large, 12-dotted Orange- flash Black. Species Range: Mexico and West Indies to south Brazil. Subspecies Range: Tropical South Amer- ica. Field Characters : Forewing black with six white dots, and proximal shades of orange. Hindwing dark brownish. Number: Total, 55. Taken, 3. Date: May 30 to August 8. Record: 1946 — May 30 (1 taken, 24 seen). 1948— July 8 (1, 481117), 14 (29 passing and resting) ; August 8 (1). Smyrno hl&mHldia bl&mfildia (Fabr.). Field Name: Large, 6-dotted Gold-and- black Nymphalid. Species Range: Widely distributed in American tropics. Subspecies Range: Tropical South Amer- ica. Field Characters : Rich golden-orange, ex- cept for black distal half of forewings, en- closing 3 white dots. Number: Total, 46. Taken, 5. Date: May 18 to July 27. Record: 1948 — May 18 (1 taken, 27 seen) ; July 13 (2 taken, 5 seen), 16 (1, 481206; 1 seen), 27 (1, 481400; 8 seen). Prepona antimache andieoia (Fruh.). Field Name: Large Blue-barred Prepona. Species Range: Central America to Peru and the Amazons. Subspecies Range: Venezuela, to Ecuador and Peru. Field Characters: Large, black, with a wide, central, iridescent blue band across all four wings. Number: One specimen taken. Uncertain whether at the Pass or a short distance to the south. Record: 1946 — August 7 (1). Prepona chromus chiHarches Fruh. Field Name: Large Green - hindwing Brown. Species Range: Colombia, Venezuela, Ecuador and Peru. Subspecies Range: Venezuela. Field Characters: Blackish-brown with large iridescent green spot in central hind- wing. Number: Total, 13. Taken, 4. Date: May 4 to July 11. Record: 1945 — May 4 (1 taken, 2 seen) ; July 3 (1). 1948 — May 5 (1 taken, 1 seen) ; July 11 (1 taken, 6 seen). Prepona demophon centralis Fruh. Field Name : Large Green-bar Black. Species Range : Mexico to Guianas, Brazil and Paraguay. Subspecies Range: Honduras to Vene- zuela. Field Characters: Black, with wide iri- descent green bar across center of all wings. Number: Total, 82. Taken, 5. Date: April 29 to July 28. Record: 1945 — July 6(1 taken, 3 seen at rotten mangos, 6 migrating) . 1946 — -May 28 (3 migrants), 29 (1 taken, 3 seen), 30 (8 seen) ; July 28 (1 taken, 46 seen). 1948 — April 29 (1, 48447 ; 6 seen) ; May 15 (1 tak- en, 2 seen) . 4f!0eo pseudiphls Staud. Field Name: Blue-spotted Nymphalid. Species Range: Colombia and Venezuela. Field Characters : Black, shot basally with iridescent blue, and with forewings spotted with shining blue. Number: Total, 24. Taken, 2. Date : April 23 to June 4. Record: 1948 — April 23 (1 taken, 12 seen, all new and fresh) ; May 9 (3 seen) ; June 4 (1 taken, 7 seen). 8 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [36: 1 Anaea xenocles (Westw.). Field Name : Large Black-framed Green Nymphalid. Species Range : Mexico to Argentina. Field Characters: Wings black with basal half of all glowing green. Number: Only two taken. Record: 1948— May 24 (1, 48586); July 23 (1, 481549). Protogonius hippona trinitatis Rober. Field Name: Large Ithomiid-mimicking Nymphalid. Species Range : Mexico to Peru and Brazil. Subspecies Range: Venezuela and Trini- dad. Field Characters : Indistinguishable on the wing from the ithomiid Olyris crathis. Well developed tails. Number: Total, 30. Taken, 3. Record: 1946— September 8 (3, 461171; 27 seen, passing slowly. The three captured from center of flock) . Migration of Brassolidae and Morphidae. These two families number, between them, only five species of migrants going south through Portachuelo Pass. They are the larg- est and among the most brilliant of all but- terflies. As migrants, however, they are al- most the rarest and the most casual. They were more common flying along the Rancho Grande road and the surrounding jungle trails than through the Pass itself. Brassolidae. Caligo atreus ajax (Linn.). Field Name: White-and-gold-banded Cal- igo. Species Range: Southern Mexico to Vene- zuela and Peru. Subspecies Range: Venezuela. Field Characters: Sub-terminal creamy white band along all four underwings. Above white band on fore, gold on hindwings. Record: 2 migrants taken, five others fly- ing and taken along trails in jungle. 1946 — April 13 (1), 19 (1). Caligo eurllochus cassia Stichel. Field Name : Violet-winged Owl Butterfly. Species Range: Honduras to Bolivia and south Brazil. Subspecies Range: Venezuela. Field Characters: The largest migrant, spreading more than six inches. Dark brown above, shot with a violet sheen. Number: A rare migrant. Total, 16. Tak- en, 4. More seen in jungle trails and along road than passing south through Pass. Record: 1945 — May 16 (1). 1948— July 15 (1, 481498), 21 (1, 481335), 29 (1, 481435; 3 seen) . Caligo feueer teaser (Linn.). Field Name: Black-and-gold Owl Butter- fly- Species Range : Central America to north- ern Brazil and western Peru. Subspecies Range: Guianas, northern Brazil and Peru. Field Characters: Forewing chiefly gold- en-bulf, rest of all wings blackish. Number: A single specimen taken. Record: 1946 — July 20 (1). Opsiphanes cassina merlanae Stichel. Field Name: Orange-banded Brassolid. Species Range : Mexico to south Brazil and Bolivia. Subspecies Range: Northern South Amer- ica. Field Characters: Brown above, with a wide, encircling orange band on all four wings. Number: Two seen and taken. Record: 1945 — July 15 (1). 1948— July 18 (1, 481247). Morphidae. Morpho peleides corydon Guenee. Field Name : Blue Morpho. Species Range : Mexico to Ecuador and south Brazil. Subspecies Range: Venezuela. Field Characters : The familiar iridescent blue bird-wing Morpho. Number: An uncommon and casual mi- grant. A few seen and taken in Pass. Others along road and on jungle trails. Record: 1945 — April 18 (1). Two others on later dates. 1948 — Six were seen and sev- eral taken at various times. Migration of Libytheidae. In spite of a reputation elsewhere for mi- gration, this small family of the Snout But- terflies is represented in the Portachuelo Pass migrants by only eight specimens of a single species. Libytheana carimenta earimenta Cramer. Field Name : Orange-and-white-spotted Snout Butterfly. Species Range : Southern United States to south Brazil. Subspecies Range: Tropical South Amer- ica. Field Characters : Small brown, six apical, white, forewing spots; three large orange spots elsewhere. Number: Total seen and taken, 8. Record: 1948— June 6 (4, 48732) ; July 12 (1, 481165), 15 (1), 17 (1), 23 (1). Satyridae, Hundreds of satyrids were seen passing from north to south through Portachuelo Pass. The few captured resolved into 14 species. All but two of these were indistin- guishable on the wing, and even in the hand it was not easy in the field to separate them. The two which exhibit distinguishing white markings are Oressionoma typhia and Eup- tychia hesione. The other 12 are of varying shades of brown, differing somewhat in size and by the absence or the inconspicuous presence of small ocelli. More than in any 1951] Beebe: Migration of Butterflies in Venezuela 9 other family the majority of these satyrids were worn, rubbed and torn. Among these are the most abundant, resident, trail but- terflies. I have dispensed with field names and characters. Taygetis andromeda, form andromeda (Cramer). Species Range : Mexico to Paraguay. Number-. Taken, 6. Record : 1945— March 6 (1), 24 (1) ; July 11 (1). 1948— March 1 (1, 48309) ; May 8 (2, 48507). Euptyehia ealhta Butler. Species Range: Colombia. Number: Taken, 1. Record: 1948 — June 6 (1). Euptyehia ftermes fallax (Felder). Species Range: New Jersey to south Brazil. Subspecies Range : Venezuela to northern Brazil. Number: Taken, 25. Record: 1945 — March 31 (1) ; April 11 (3), 19 (4), 26 (2), 28 (3). May 4 (1); August 9 (1). 1948— April 27 (1, 48400); May 18 (1), 25 (1) ; June 21 (1), 30 (1) ; July 2 (2), 15 (1), 17 (1), 20 (1). Euptyehia hesione, form hesione Sulzer. Species Range: Mexico to south Brazil. Number: Taken, 5. Record: 1948— July 10 (1),15 (2), 21 (1), 23 (1). Euptyehia innoeenfia (Felder). Species Range: Venezuela. Number: Taken, 1. Record: 1948— July 14 (1, 481164). Euptyehia lake, form eenfusa Staud. Species Range: Mexico to Ecuador. Number: Taken, 1. Record: 1948 — May 24 (1). Euptyehia near neeys Godart. Species Range : Colombia, Ecuador, Boliv- ia and Brazil. Number: Taken, 2. Record: 1945— April 23 (1) ; May 20 (1). Euptyehia phare s (Godart), form phare s (Godart) . Species Range: Venezuela to Argentina. Number: Taken, 1. Record: 1948 — July 15 (1). Euptyehia renafa pehria (Felder). Species Range: Central America, Colom- bia, Venezuela, Guianas and Brazil. Number: Taken, 2. Record: 1945— April 26 (1), 28 (1). Euptyehia sofarnJs Butler. Species Range: Widely distributed in South America. Number: Taken, 4. Record: 1945— April 8 (2), 22 (1),26 (1). Euptyehia terrestris Butler. Species Range : Amazons and Surinam. Number: Taken, 1. Record: 1948 — June 7 (1). Oressinome typhia typhia Westw. & Hew. Species Range : Costa Rica south to Colom- bia, Venezuela, Ecuador, Peru and Bolivia. Subspecies Range: Same except Bolivia. Number: Taken, 17. Record: 1945— March 25 (1), 31 (1); April 11 (1), 18 (1), 22 (2), 26 (1), 28 (1) ; May 4 (1) ; June 3 (1). 1946 — August 8 (1). 1948— June 7 (1) ; July 5 (1,481031), 15 (3), 26 (1). Pedaliodes japhleta (Butler). Species Range: Venezuela. Number: Taken, 1. Record: 1946 — April 29 (1). Pedaliodes pisonia man is (Felder). Species Range: Central America, Colom- bia, Venezuela, Peru, Ecuador and Bolivia. Subspecies Range: Venezuela, Peru and Bolivia. Number: Taken, 3. Record: 1948—15 (1), 18 (1), 26 (1). Migration of Riodinidae. Twelve species of riodinids were recorded among the hosts of butterfly migrants through Portachuelo Pass. None were abun- dant although of Hades noctula 376 indi- viduals were observed. Four species were represented by a single specimen each, and two others by two individuals. All the species were of small size and a majority were brilliant in pattern and coloring. Euselasia russata (Godman & Salvin). Field Name: Orange-banded Riodinid. Species Range: Central America to Bo- livia and south Brazil. Field Characters: Small brown butterfly with a central, elongate orange band in all four wings. Record: Only a single individual taken. 1948— May 24 (48516) . Hades noctula Westw. & Hew. Field Name: Red-based Black. Species Range : Mexico to northern Brazil. Field Characters : Base of wings red. Rest black with white radiations on distal half of all wings. Number: Total, 376. Taken, 52. Notes: A common migrant, easily identi- fied because of its fearlessness and slow flight. This is exceedingly weak and flutter- ing, the wing tissue easily torn and the scales very loose. When swooped at and missed it sinks to the ground, helpless to dodge. Never makes headway against wind of any strength. Record: 1948— April 27 (1, 48399; 28 io Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [36: 1 seen), 28 (1), 29 (1), 30 (6 seen) ; May 6 (1), 21 (4), 23 (3), 24 (3), 25 (6 taken, 61 seen), 26 (3 taken, 37 seen singly), 28 (1), 29 (2), 31 (5 taken, 38 seen) ; June 5 (34 seen), 6 (6), 7 (1), 17 (3 taken, 18 seen), 18 (1), 22 (1 taken, 12 seen), 23 (1), 27 (1), 30 (2 taken, 19 seen); July 3 (1 taken, 39 seen), 4 (2 taken, 11 seen), 6 (1 taken, 14 seen), 8 (1), 15 (1 taken, 31 seen), 16 (5 seen). Mesosemia near magete Hew. Field Name: White-barred Freckled Rio- dinid. Species Range: Guianas. Field Characters : Small, pale brown lined and freckled with darker; a broad, oblique, white forewing band; two central forewing ocelli with three white pupil dots. Closely resembles a satyrid. Number: Total seen and taken, 2. Record: 1945 — May 1 (1). 1948 — May 29 (1, 48667). Lymnos iarbas iarbas (Fabr.). Field Name: Gold-banded, Scarlet-dotted Black. Species Range: Central America to Brazil. Subspecies Range: Colombia, Ecuador, Venezuela and Trinidad. Number: Total, 21. Taken, 8. Record: 1948 — June 6 (1, 48927; 8 seen) ; July 16 (4 taken, 5 seen), 20 (1), 21 (2). Diorina dysonli, form dysonll Sndrs. Field Name: Tailed Violet Riodinid. Species Range: Northern South America. Field Characters: A beautiful small rio- dinid, with long tails, a scarlet band at their base, two white bands across all wings. Number: Total, 57. Taken, 2. Two singles and a dense flock of 55. Record: 1945 — June 2 (1). 1948 — July 21 (1, 481269; 55 seen flying through pass). Mesene margaretta (White) . Field Name: Striped-tip Orange. Species Range : Central America to Colom- bia and Venezuela. Field Characters: Small, orange, black- edged, the forewing black crossed by four white lines. Closely resembles certain geo- metrids and pyralids. Number: Total, 6. Taken, 6. Record: 1948— May 9 (1),26 (2), 29 (1). June 6 (2, 481515). Mesene silaris Godman & Salvin. Field Name: Black-framed Pale Yellow Riodinid. Species Range: Central America and northern South America. Field Characters : Very small, broad brown frame around central pale yellow. Record: A single specimen taken. 1948 — May 25 (1, 48589). Baeotis choroniensls Lichy. Field Name: Small, Pale-barred Black. Species Range: Venezuela. Record: A single specimen taken. 1948 — May 15 (1, 48524). Argyrogramma holosticta (Godman & Salvin) . Field Name: Black-peppered Yellow Rio- dinid. Species Range : Mexico to Peru and Trini- dad. Field Characters: Very small, pale yellow, thickly dotted with brown. Number: Total, 25. Taken, 7. Record: 1948— May 24 (1,48585), 21 (1), 26 (2) ; June 6 (2 taken, 18 seen). Sarota aeon tus (Cramer). Field Name : Small Freckled-brown. Species Range : Bolivia to the Guianas. Field Characters : Very small, brown, in- distinctly freckled with darker dots. Closely resembles a hesperid. Number: Taken, 2. Record: 1948 — May 24 (1,48586) ; August 2 (1). Imelda kadenil (Felder). Field Name: Black-bordered White Rio- dinid. Species Range: Venezuela. Field Characters: Complete black frame enclosing white. An orange and a white spot near tip of forewings. Closely resembles a nymphalid. Number: Total, 65. Taken, 4. Record: 1948 — May 29 (1, 48668); June 30 (1 taken, 61 seen); July 2 (1, 491024), July 15 (1). Tlieope eudocia aco sma Stichel. Field Name: Black-tipped Orange. Species Range: Central America to Co- lombia and Guianas. Subspecies Range: Colombia and Vene- zuela. Field Characters: Small, a broad black tip to the forewings; the rest of the wings pale orange. Record: Only a single individual taken. 1948— July 15 (1). Migration of Lycaenidae. Twenty species of Little Blues (Lycaeni- dae) were among the migrants through Portachuelo Pass. This is one of the most puzzling families of Lepidoptera even in a mounted collection, and infinitely more so on the wing or freshly caught in the field. Any attempt at reasonably clear Field Names or Field Characters is useless. Two out of the 20 species ( Thecla azia and Leptotes cassius ) were migrating in tens of thousands, but most of these butter- flies appeared singly or in small groups. Two specimens only were taken of seven species, and a single individual in the case of ten other species. If we could have re- doubled our efforts we could doubtless have taken many more species. An interesting 1951] Beebe: Migration of Butterflies in Venezuela 11 association in small numbers is shown by 13 individuals taken on one day, June 6, 1948, which proved to represent ten species. Theda aepea Hew. Species Range : Panama to Bolivia. Record : 1948— May 25 (1); June 6 (1). Theda albaia Felder. Species Range : Panama, Colombia, Vene- zuela and Trinidad. Record : 1948 — July 21 (1). Theda amplia Hew. Species Range : Guatemala to the Guianas. Record : 1948 — June 6 (1). Theda azia Hew. Field Name : Dwarf Brown Lycaenid. Species Range : Mexico to Brazil. Number: Taken, 13. The following notes on abundance were made on several days of migrational peaks. May 26, 1948: Heavy flight of these small, brown lycaenids, ten to fifty every minute, increasing until 3 P.M. Jerky flight up and down, difficult insects to catch. June 24: Many hundreds. July 15: Many flocking with skippers. July 16: Thou- sands, from 8.30 A.M. to noon. July 21: Height of abundance, 1000’s upon 1000’s, steadily all day. Curious bobbing flight, flicking up and down. Two other larger species with them. Record : 1948— May 26 (1) ; June 16 (1) ; July 8 (1), 13 (1), 15 (4), 16 (2), 20 (1), 21 (2). Theda eeerops feeon (Cramer). Species Range : Indiana to Brazil. Record: 1948— July 15 (2), 16 (1) , 21 (1). Theda celmus (Cramer). Species Range: Mexico to south Brazil. Record: 1948 — June 6 (1, 48817). Theda eyphara Hew. Species Range: Mexico to Venezuela. Record: 1948 — July 13 (1). Theda demonassa Hew. Species Range: Mexico to Amazons. Record: 1948— July 13 (1), 16 (1). Theda g Izela Hew. Species Range: Bolivia. Record: 1948 — June 6 (1), July 16 (1). Theda janthlna janthina Hew. Species Range: Guatemala to Brazil. Record: 1948 — July 26 (1). Theda mulueba Hew. Species Range: Guatemala to Ecuador, Trinidad and Amazonia. Record: 1948— July 11 (1, 481153). Theda aubes Druce. Species Range: Panama, Venezuela and Trinidad. Record: 1948 — June 6 (1). Theda perisus Druce. Species Range: Venezuela and Colombia. Record: 1946 — May 1 (1). Theda politus Druce. Species Range: Guatemala to Trinidad and Amazonia. Record: 1948 — June 6 (1). Theda temesa Hew. Species Range : Panama to Peru, Trinidad, Guianas and Amazonia. Number: Taken, 2. Twice seen in large flocks. June 18, 1948, 100’s seen. July 20, at least 500 seen flying with skippers. Record: 1948 — June 18 (1) ; July 20 (1). Theda theia Hew. Field Name : Dwarf Morpho-like Lycaenid. Species Range: Mexico, Ecuador and Bo- livia. Number: Taken, 2. On two occasions these insects were seen in large numbers. July 15, 1948: 56 seen. July 20: 600 to 700, gleaming in the sun like diminutive morphos. Much slower flight than other lycaenids. Record : 1948— July 20 (2, 481257, 481258) . Theda una Hew, Species Range: Panama, Venezuela, Brit- ish Guiana and Brazil. Record: 1948— July 21 (1), 24 (1). Theda undulata Hew. Species Range: Colombia, Ecuador and Brazil. Record: 1948 — June 6 (2). Leptotes eassius easslus (Cramer). Field Name: Dwarf Spotted Lycaenid. Species Range : Mexico to south Brazil and West Indies. Subspecies Range : Mexico to south Brazil. Number: Taken, 25. Several days of mi- grational peaks were noted as follows: May 26, 1948: Counted 500 flying south through the Pass and watched hundreds more. The flight was swift and erratic. June 17 : Clouds of many thousands passed for three hours. Many pairs circling about one another. At least 5,000 were seen. June 18: Still passing in large numbers. July 3: Three or four hundred flocking with small hesperids. Record: 1948 — April 27 (1, 48407) ; May 1 (1, 48437), 18 (1), 21 (4), 23 (1), 25 (1), 26 (2), 29 (1) ; June 6 (1), 17 (2, 48818), 18 (1), 24 (1); July 2 (1), 3 (1), 13 (1), 15 (2), 21 (3). Hemiargu s hanno haimo (Stoll). Species Range: Mexico to Guiana and West Indies. Subspecies Range: Mexico to Guiana. Record: 1948 — July 16 (1). 12 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society t36: 1 Migration of Hesperiidae. Of the large family of Skippers (Hespe- riidae) , 41 species were recorded as migrants through Portachuelo Pass. These insects have in common a swift, darting flight and the majority have brown as a dominant color, so that in the case of most species identification on the wing is impossible. A commentary on the numerous species, the rarity of many, and the difficulty of catch- ing these insects on their swift flight is shown by the fact that of 26 species (two- thirds of the whole), only single individuals were taken, and of six other forms the total taken was two each. On the other hand, several species were counted in thousands and of one, a hundred thousand was esti- mated. Achylodes pallida (Felder) . Field Name : Large Bronze-brown Skip- per. Species Range : Mexico and northern South America. Field Characters : Large (45 mm.), bronze-brown with wavy, water-mark-like indistinct markings of darker. Number: Taken, 2. Record: 1948— April 28 (1, 48423), 29 (1, 481458). Achylodes thraso (Hiibner). Field Name : Purplish-black Pointed-wing Skipper. Species Range : Texas to southern Brazil. Field Characters : Medium, purplish-black, with a few, indistinct lighter spots; fore- wing pointed. Record: A single specimen taken. 1948 — July 29 (1, 481514). Aguna coe/u$ (Cramer). Field Name: Green-based Short-tail Skip- per. Species Range : Mexico to southern Brazil. Field Characters : Medium, brown, short- tailed, windowed skipper, green sheen on wing bases; white band across under hind- wing. Record: One specimen taken. 1948 — July 16 (1, 481490). Aguna species? One unidentifiable specimen. Species un- known; white band on underside of wings distinct from other species. Record: 1948— July 21 (1, 481513). Jlmenis pionia (Hew.) . Field Name: Scarlet-dotted White-edge Skipper. Species Range: Colombia, Venezuela to Argentina. Field Characters: Basally green, distally brown, all wings with narrow white edge. Two scarlet spots on forewing, two on base of abdomen. Record: Single specimen taken. 1948 — June 5 (1, 481454). Anisochoria alhiplaga (Felder) . Field Name: White-spotted-hindwing Skipper. Species Range: Colombia and Venezuela to Peru and Argentina. Field Characters : In general brown, with large, white, round, central patch on hind- wing. Record: Single specimen taken. 1948 — July 17 (1, 481479). Astraptes fulgerator (Walch). Field Name: Giant White-barred Green- base Skipper. Species Rayige: Texas to southern Brazil. Field Characters: Very large (60 mm.), brown, with two unequal transparent bars on forewing. Head, body and base of all wings iridescent green. Record: Single specimen taken. 1948 — July 25 (1, 481371). Augiades crinisus (Cramer). Field Name: Golden Skipper. Species Range: Costa Rica to Peru and Amazonia. Field Characters: Medium (40 mm.). Wings basally golden-orange, dark brown distally, with five irregular groups of trans- parent spots on forewing. Easily identified on wing because of gold color in spite of rapid, zigzag flight. Number: This species appeared on migra- tion, in 1948, throughout a period of 22 days, from June 28 to July 19. On the first few days the average was one a day; on follow- ing days there were hundreds, reaching a peak of an estimated 35,000 in two and a half hours on July 6, and dropping on the 16th, when only 1,430 were counted in three hours. Three days later the last individual was taken, resting on the roof of Rancho Grande. Twenty-five were taken, 45,000 countedj 100,000 would be a very conservative esti- mate for those passing, uncounted. Record: 1948— June 28 (1, 48976), 30 (1, 48998; 300 plus counted) ; July 2 (6 taken; 100’s darting past in company with two other species, mostly Panoquina sylvicola and day- flying moths), 3 (again the dominant mi- grant; 2, 481028; 700 counted in half an hour, a great many missed in count), 4 (1, 481056; 800 counted in fifteen minutes; 1000’s passing), 6 (9, 481075; peak of mi- gration: 35,000 between 8 and 10.30 A.M. They then increased, 10 a second. Flew at 10 to 20 feet height) ; 13 (6,000 estimated) ; 16 (1 taken, 1,430 counted, 100’s missed), 19 (1, 481252, on roof of Rancho Grande). Autoehton xarex (Hiibner). Field Name: Bar-window White-edged- hindwing. Species Range : Mexico to southern Brazil. Field Characters: Small, brown, spindle- shaped-window. White edge on hindwing. Record: Single specimen taken. 1948 — July 5 (1, 481072). 1951] Beebe: Migration of Butterflies in Venezuela 13 Calllmormus gracilis (Felder). Field Name-. Small Bronze-brown. Species Range : Mexico to Peru and Ama- zons. Field Characters: Very small (22 mm.), bronzy-brown. Number: Taken, 3. Record: 1948— May 1 (1, 481486) ; July 10 (1), 24 (1, 481488). Carystus coryno (Hew.). Field Name: Buff -barred Silver-under- wing Skipper. Species Range: Mexico to Peru and Ama- zons. Field Characters: Small, six-dotted win- dow; under hindwing buff -barred silvery. Record: Single specimen taken. 1948 — July 22 (1, 481323). Celaenorrhinus ellglus (Cramer). Field Name: Twenty-dotted Window. Species Range: Mexico to Argentina. Field Characters: Medium (43 mm.), brown, two unequal window bands and scat- tered dots on forewing. Number: Taken, 2. Record: 1948— May 6 (1, 48502), 9 (1, 481483). Cog la calchas (Herrich-Schaeffer) . Field Name: Black-dot-edged Brown Skipper. Species Range : Texas to Paraguay. Field Characters: Small, bronze-brown, dark dots along edge of wings. Record: Single specimen taken. 1948 — July 15 (1, 481480). Diphoridas phalaenoides (Hiibner), form godmani Mat. & Bou. Field Name: Small Marbled Brown Skip- per. Species Range: Neotropics. Field Characters: Small, light and dark marbled. Record: Single specimen taken. 1948 — July 21 (1, 481477). Ebrietas anaereon (Staud.). Field Name : Small Freckled Brown Skip- per. Species Range : Mexico to southern Brazil. Field Characters: Small, bronzy-brown, freckled with darker. Record: Single specimen taken. 1948 — July 15 (1, 481476). Entheus prlassus (Linn.). Field Name : Red-banded White-spot Skip- per. Species Range: Panama to Peru, and east through Venezuela, Guianas and Brazil. Field Characters: Medium, red longitu- dinal bar, and three broken window bars on forewings ; hindwing with very large, central white spot. Record: Single specimen taken. 1948 — July 19 (1$, 481512). Eutocus lucla (Capron.). Field Name : Small Freckled Bronze Skip- per. Species Range: Panama to Bolivia and southern Brazil. Field Characters : Small (24 mm.) , bronze- brown, indistinctly freckled. Number: Taken, 2. Record: 1948— April 27 (2,48414,48415). Gorgythion begga begga (Pritt.). Field Name : Coarse-freckled Bronze Skip- per. Species Range : Mexico to southern Brazil. Subspecies Range: Mexico to Venezuela. Field Characters: Small, light-bronze, coarsely dotted with black. Record: Single specimen taken. 1948 — • April 26 (1, 48391). G rah stigmaticus (Mab.). Field Name: Medium Bronze-brown. Species Range: Texas to southern Brazil. Field Characters : Medium (44 mm.) , gen- eral color bronze-brown. Below, pale golden buff spots are indistinctly visible. Record: Single specimen taken. 1948 — July 3 (1, 481028). Heliopetes alana (Reak.). Field Name : Black-tipped White Skipper. Species Range: Neotropics. Field Characters: Medium, white with broad black forewing tips, and narrow hind edge. Below with golden tinge to a band in the tips, and a black, central hindwing spot. Record: Single specimen taken. 1948 — July 17 (1, 491474). Hellopetes arsalte (Linn.) . Field Name : Streak-tipped White Skipper. Species Range: Mexico to Argentina. Field Characters : Small (32 mm.) . White, streak-tipped forewings; all with narrow dark border. In swift or high flight may be confused with Heliopetes laviana. Number: Total, 950 plus. Taken, 10. Abundant, especially in late April and early May. Record: 1948 — April 26, 27, 28 and 29 white skippers were common, about 200 or more a day, until a thirty-mile wind drove them to shelter, when I took three and found them to be this species. April 29 (3, 481463; 300 counted going over) ; May 6 (1, 48503; several hundred flying high) ; 9 (1 taken, 2 seen); June 11 (1); July 2 (2), 17 (1, 481485). Heliopetes laviana (Hew.). Field Name: Buff-edged White Skipper. Species Range: Venezuela, Ecuador and Peru. Field Characters: Medium, white, with wide, pale buffy edge, with indistinct darker markings along inner margin of the buff. Record: Single specimen taken. 1948 — May 21 (1,48542). 14 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [36: 1 Le rodeo species? A single, specifically unidentifiable female. The dark spotted underside of the wings is distinctive. Milanion hemes albidler (Cramer). Field Name : White-hind-winged Skipper. Species Range : Throughout South Amer- ica. Subspecies Range : Venezuela. Field Characters : Small (31 mm.). Trans- parent spotted dark forewing; black-bor- dered solid white hindwing. White hind wing makes identification easy. Number : Total, 83. Taken, 4. Record : 1948 — April 26 (1, 48391; flash- ing hind wings on leaf) ; May 6 (2, 48501, 48503), 23 (30 seen), 24 (43 seen) ; June 6 (1 taken, 2 seen) . Mnasltheus simpllchslma (Herrich-Schaeffer). Field Name: Small Brown Skipper. Species Range: Mexico to Argentina. Field Characters: Small (22 mm.), brown skipper. Record: Single specimen taken. 1948 — July 14 (1, 481117). My/on lassla (Hew.). Field Name: Mottled Cream Skipper. Species Range: Mexico to Bolivia. Field Characters : Forewing mottled with various browns, hindwing pale, dotted with darker. Below, pale cream. Record: Single specimen taken. 1948 — May 1 (1, 481462). My/on ozema (Butler) . Field Name: Brown-freckled Pearly-white Skipper. Species Range: Mexico to Peru, and Co- lombia to Trinidad. Field Characters: Medium (38 mm.). Pearl white, iridescent in sun. Faintly brown, tipped and sparsely brown-edged. Dusky wing base. Number: Total, 475 plus. Taken, 15. Record: 1948 — June 6 (3), 17 (2, 48822), 22 (1, 48881. Abundant this day. 58 counted in few minutes, and 100’s of others passing in erratic flight. Resemble lycaenids, but much faster flight). July 8 (2, 48881a and 488881b), 15 (5), 21 (1). Panoquina sylvleola (Herrich-Schaeffer). Field Name: Ten-windowed Skipper. Species Range : Mexico to southern Brazil. Field Characters : Small, brown, five win- dows in each forewing, two bars and three dots. Number: Thousands seen. Taken, 11. Record: 1948 — June 26 (1, 48923); July 2 (5, 481025, 481056), 13 (1), 16 (2), 21 (1), 23 (1), 29 (1). Phan us marshall! (Kirby). Field Name : Skeleton-winger Skipper. Species Range: Mexico to Peru and the Amazons. Field Characters: Medium (45 mm.), brown, with an intricate pattern of trans- parent bands, slits and spots. Transparent and opaque areas are about equal. Record: Single specimen taken. 1948 — July 14 (1, 481170). Pholisora cupreiceps (Mab.). Field Name: Small Freckled Bronze. Species Range: Mexico to Bolivia and Brazil. Field Characters: Small dark brown, ob- scurely freckled with darker. Record: Single specimen taken. 1948 — May 1 (1, 481525). Pholisora haxelae Haywood. Field Name: Small Dark-brown Skipper. Species Range: Colombia, Venezuela and Ecuador. Field Characters : Small (28 mm.) , brown, hind wings darker. Number: Taken, 2. Record: 1946— July 5 (1). 1948 — April 27 (1, 48415). Pholisora slnepunetls (Kaye). Field Name : Small Dark Bronze-brown. Species Range: Venezuela and Trinidad. Field Characters : Small brown skippers; characterless on the wing. Number: Taken, 3. Record: 1948— May 1 (1, 481481), 5 (1, 481482) ; July 15 (1). Proteldes exadeus exadeus (Cramer). Field Name: Giant Golden-buff Skipper. Species Range: Neotropics. Subspecies Range: Northern South Amer- ica. Field Characters: Large (60 mm.), brown with basal half of wings golden-buff; large window spots, short, rounded tails. Number: Taken, 2. Record: 1948 — May 1 (1, 481449) ; July 15 (1, 481491). Proteldes mereurlus (Fabr.). Field Name: Narrow-winged Golden Skip- per. Species Range: Neotropics. Field Characters : Narrow, long forewings, basal half of all golden. Record: Single specimen taken. 1948 — July 16 (1, 481475). Pyrgus oreus (Cramer). Field Name: Small White-spotted Brown Skipper. Species Range: Salvador south through- out South America. Field Characters: Small, grayish-brown, everywhere conspicuously dotted and spotted with white. Number: Taken, 7. Record: 1948 — April 24 (2 taken, male and female), 30 (1, 481461); May 25 (1, 481487); July 15 (2), 19 (1, 481253). 1951] Beebe: Migration of Butterflies in Venezuela 15 Pyrrhopyge phldlas (Linn.). Field Name : Shining-green White-edge Skipper. Species Range : Colombia and Venezuela to Argentina. Field Characters: Large (50 mm.), dark shining green, wings with very narrow white edge. Head and abdomen end chestnut. Record : Single specimen taken. 1948 — May 6 (1, 48506). Reme/fo remits (Fafor.). Field Name: Small Bronze-brown. Species Range: Neotropics. Field Characters: Small brown skipper, wholly characterless on wing. Record: Single specimen taken. 1948 — July 20 (1, 481336). Rhlnthon anthraelnu s (Mab.). Field Name: Medium Dark-brown Skip- per. Species Range : Colombia and Trinidad to Bolivia. Field Characters: Medium (36 mm.), brown. Characterless on wing. Record: Single specimen taken. 1948 — June 15 (1, 481478). Urbanus dorantes (Stoll). Field Name: Long-tailed Bronze Skipper. Species Range: Neotropics. Field Characters: Medium (38 mm.), light bronze-brown, long tails, seven square window spots in each wing. Number: Thousands seen. Taken, 7. Mi- grating with Augiades crinisus but in fewer numbers. Record: Whenever taken, many hundreds passed uncounted. 1948 — April 28 (1,48422), 29 (2, 481460) ; May 1 (1) ; June 24 (1, 48898) ; July 14 (1). Urbanus euryeles (Latr.) . Field Name: Long-tailed Brown Skipper. Species Range: Texas to Paraguay. Field Characters: Medium brown, elon- gated hind wings and tails, two narrow window slits on forewing. Record: Single specimen taken. 1948 — July 24 (1, 481493). Urbanus proteus (Linn.). Field Name: Long-tailed Shining-green Skipper. Species Range: New York to southern Brazil. Field Characters: Brown, very elongate hind wings and tails, center of hind wing shining green. Large square windows. Number: Taken, 2. Record: 1948 — May 9 (1); July 17 (1, 481492). 16 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [36: 1: 1951] EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate I. Fifty-five species of butterflies of the family Nymphalidae taken as migrants at Portachuelo Pass, Eancho Grande, north-central Venezuela. Fig. 1. Euptoieta hegesia hegesia. Fig. 2. Phyciodes carme carme. Fig. 3. Phyciodes clio estaba/na. Fig. 4. Phyciodes drusilla drusilla. Fig. 5. Phyciodes leucodesma. Fig. 6. Phyciodes liriope anieta. Fig. 7. Chlosyne janais hyperia. Fig. 8. Chlosyne lacinia saundersii. Fig. 9. Chlosyne narva. Fig. 10. Vanessa virginiensis braziliensis. Fig. 11. Junonia evarete zonalis. Fig. 12. Hypanartia dione. Fig. 13. Hypanartia lethe. Fig. 14. Anartia amathea amathea. Fig. 15. Anartia jatrophae jatrophae. Fig. 16. Eunica caralis indig ophana. Fig. 17. Eunica monima. Fig. 18. Eunica near viola. Fig. 19. Dynamine theseus. Fig. 20. Dynamine mylitta (male) . Fig. 21. Dynamine mylitta (female) . Fig. 22. Dynamine getae (male) . Fig. 23. Dynamine getae (female). Fig. 24. Dynamine glance (male) . Fig. 25. Dynamine glauce { female). Fig. 26. Callicore machalii. Fig. 27. Callicore metiscus. Fig. 28. Perisama humboldtii humboldtii. Fig. 29. Perisama xenocles. Fig. 30. Catagramma pitheas. Fig. 31. Hamadryas amphinome amphinome. Fig. 32. Hamadryas februa februa. Fig. 33. Hamadryas fornax fomax. Fig. 34. Didonis biblis biblis. Fig. 35. Cystineura bogotana. Fig. 36. Pseudonica flavilla sylvestris. Fig. 37. Pyrrhogyra edocla edocla. Fig. 38. Pyrrhogyra neaerea juani. Fig. 39. Marpesia chiron chiron. Fig. 40. Marpesia coresia. Fig. 41. Marpesia mar cella (male). Fig. 42. Marpesia mar cella (female). Fig. 43. Marpesia peleus. Fig. 44. Victorina apaphus. Fig. 45. Victorina stelenes stelenes. Fig. 46. Adelpha boeotia boeotia. Fig. 47. Adelpha celerio celerio. Fig. 48. Adelpha irmina irmina. Fig. 49. Adelpha lara lara. Fig. 50. Adelpha olynthia inacliis. Fig. 51. Chlorippe cyame cyane. Fig. 52. Historia acheronta acheronta. Fig. 53. Smyrna blomfildia blomfildia. Fig. 54. Prepona antimache andicola. Fig. 55. Prepona chromus chiliarches. Fig. 56. Prepona demophon centralis. Fig. 57. Anaea pseudiphis. Fig. 58. Anaea xenocles. Fig. 59. Protogonius hippona trinitatis. Plate II. Riodinidae. Fig. 1. Euselasia russata. Fig. 2. Hades noctula. Fig. 3. Mesosemia, near magete. Fig. 4. Lymnas iarbas iarbas. Fig. 5. Diorina dysonii, form dysonii. Fig. 6. Mesene margaretta. Fig. 7. Mesene silaris. Fig. 8. Baeotis choroniensis. Fig. 9. Argyrogramma holosticta. Fig. 10. Sarota acantus. Fig. 11. Imelda kadenii. Fig. 12. Theope eudocia acosma. Brassolidae. Fig. 13. Caligo eurilochus caesia. Fig. 14. Caligo atreus ajax. Fig. 15. Caligo teucer teucer. Fig. 16. Opsiphanes cassina merianae. Morphidae. Fig. 17. Morpho peleides corydon. Libytheidae. Fig. 18. Libytheana carimenta carimenta. PLATE I. MIGRATION OF NYMPHALIDAE (NYMPHALINAE), BRASSOLI DAE, MORPHIDAE, LIBYTHEIDAE, SATYRIDAE, RIODINIDAE, LYCAENIDAE AND HESPERIIDAE (BUTTERFLIES) THROUGH PORTACHUELO PASS, RANCHO GRANDE, NORTH-CENTRAL VENEZUELA. BEEBE. PLATE II. MIGRATION OF NYMPHALIDAE (NYMPHALINAE), BRASSOLIDAE. MORPHIDAE. LI B YTHEI DAE, SATYRIDAE. RIODINIDAE. LYCAENIDAE AND HESPERIIDAE (BUTTERFLIES) THROUGH PORTACHUELO PASS, RANCHO GRANDE. NORTH-CENTRAL VENEZUELA. Harry: Deep-sea Fishes: Family Paralepididae 17 2. Deep-sea Fishes of the Bermuda Oceanographic Expeditions. Family Paralepididae.1 Robert R. Harry. Natural History Museum, Stanford University, California. (Text-figures 1-9). Contents. Page Introduction 17 Acknowledgments 17 Explanation of Morphological Figures 17 Methods for Counts and Measurements 18 Family Paralepididae 18 Genus Paralepis Cuvier 18 Paralepis brevirostris (Parr) 19 Paralepis brevis (Zugmayer) 23 Paralepis coregonoides (Risso) 25 Genus Notolepis Dollo 25 Notolepis rissoi (Bonaparte) 25 Genus Lestidium Gilbert 26 Lestidium affine (Ege) 26 Lestidium pseudo sphyraenoides danae (Ege) 27 Genus Macro paralepis Ege 29 Macro paralepis brevis Ege 29 Macroparalepis affine Ege 31 Macroparalepis danae Ege 32 Genus Stemonosudis, new 32 Stemonosudis intermedia (Ege) 32 Genus Sudis Rafinesque 33 Sudis hyalina Rafinesque 33 Literature Cited 35 Introduction. The Bermuda Oceanographic Expeditions of the New York Zoological Society, under the direction of Dr. William Beebe, obtained a very interesting and valuable collection of paralepids, comprising several hundred spec- imens, of which approximately 250 have been sent to me for study. The remainder of the material could not be located. This material provides a new genus, Stemonosudis, the second records for Macroparalepis brevis, M. danae, Stemonosudis intermedia and Lesti- dium affine, the third record for Macropara- lepis affine, and the first complete ontogenetic series of Paralepis brevirostris. In addition I the writer gives the first extensive descrip- tion since the middle 1800’s of adults of the remarkable Sudis hyalina. Examples of the family Paralepididae are rare in most mu- ! seums and thus it is of interest to report j that most of the Bermuda material has been deposited at Stanford University. A dupli- cate series has been retained by the New York Zoological Society. In addition to the i Bermuda collections, Atlantic material from Mr. G. E. Maul of the Museu do Funchal, Madeira, from the H. H. Giglioli Collection I, at the Museo di Storia Naturale, Roma, and | from the British Museum (Natural His- tory) , has been incorporated in this paper. The work was done in the Natural History :! Museum of Stanford University. 1 Contribution No. 892, Department of Tropical Research, New York Zoological Society. Beebe (1937), in his preliminary list of Bermuda deep-sea fishes, lists tentative de- terminations of 753 paralepids, consisting of three genera ( Luciosudis , Paralepis and Macroparalepis ) and seven species. The genus Luciosudis is not included in the pres- ent report because it does not belong to the family Paralepididae, but instead to the sub- order Myctophoidea in the neighborhood of the family Chlorophthalmidae. The specimen of Macroparalepis intermedins is here in- cluded as Stemonosudis intermedia. Para- lepis bronsoni and P. speciosus? are included under P. brevis. Paralepis brevirostris and P. brevis are left as originally determined. For data in regard to nets, localities, depths, etc., concerning the capture of para- lepids treated in this report, the reader may refer to the articles by Dr. Beebe in Zoologica (1931a, 1931b, 1932, 1936). The classification and methods of investi- gation here used are explained in detail in a series of papers by the present author under the title “Studies on the bathypelagic fishes of the family Paralepididae” now in press in Pacific Science. A considerable part of the results of this study of the Bermuda mate- rial is included in the studies referred to, and in order to reduce duplication to a mini- mum, the present paper can be considered as number four of the series. Acknowledgments. I am greatly indebted to the New York Zoological Society and also to Dr. William Beebe and Mr. John Tee-Van for allowing me to examine the Bermuda material and for their considerate cooperation during the preparation of this report. I also wish to thank Dr. Enrico Tortonese for helping me locate material of Sudis hyalina and Mr. G. E. Maul for supplying valuable paralepids. Explanation of Morphological Figures. The full-page morphological figures have been prepared in a standard manner to facili- tate comparison of some of the more im- portant morphological characters. Similar illustrations of other genera and species will be found in the author’s papers mentioned above. Figure A. — Anterior part of snout. The teeth that are solid black are depressible; 18 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [36: 2 the remainder are fixed. The buccal valves and supramaxillary membranes are stippled. The nostrils on the snout and the larger pores on the lower jaw are indicated. Figure B. — An enlarged section of the fixed teeth on the middle of the premaxillary viewed laterally. Figure C. — The anterior lateral-line seg- ments on the left side. The area with longi- tudinal parallel lines delimits the partly ossified center shield in the naked genera ( Lestidium and Macroparalepis ) and the central row of scales in the scaled genus Paralepis. The crossed lines indicate the scales above and below the middle lateral-line row. Figure D. — A section of the ceratobran- chial of the first right arch showing the gill- teeth. The parallel lines indicate the gill arch. Figure A1.— Dorsal surface of tongue (glossohyal) and anterior portion of first basibranchial. The stippled area represents the fleshy tongue. The glossohyal and basi- branchial are indicated by longitudinal par- allel lines. The small hooked circles indicate the teeth. Methods for Counts and Measurements. The methods used here for counts and measurements are explained in order to avoid confusion. In general they are the same as presented by Hubbs & Lagler (1947). Measurements. — The standard length is the distance from the anterior tip of the snout to the base of the caudal fin. The body length is the distance from the pos- terior tip of the operculum to the base of the caudal fin. The body depth is the greatest dimension, exclusive of the fleshy or scaly structures which pertain to the fin bases. It is not of much use due to the irregular devel- opment and preservation of the carinae. The caudal peduncle length is the oblique distance betwen the end of the dorsal base and mid- base of the caudal fin. The head length is the distance from the tip of the snout (upper jaw) to the most distant point on the oper- cular margin including membranous flaps. The eye diameter is the greatest distance between the free orbital rims. The inter- orbital ividth is the least bony width. The upper jaw length is the distance between the tip of the snout and the posteriormost point of the maxillary. The predorsal, pre- anal and prepelvic distances are the lengths between the anterior tip of the snout and the origins of the corresponding fins. Note that preanal is used here in respect to the anal fin, while Ege uses this term in relation to the anus. The dorsal to pelvic distance is the length between the dorsal fin origin and a vertical from the pelvic fin origin. The percentages and proportions were calculated mathematically. Counts. — The last two closely applied fin rays in the dorsal and anal fins are counted as one. The number of pelvic rays include the outer closely applied rays which are fairly short and the inner rays that are imbedded in the flesh and easily overlooked. The caudal fin count is the number of principal rays only, and includes the branched rays plus one unbranched ray on each side. The upper caudal rays are given first in each count. In regard to dentition on the gill arch it is fully realized that true gillrakers are not known in any families of the suborder Alepi- sauroidea. Instead the gill arches are armed with teeth (termed “gill-teeth” by various authors) characteristically arranged on bony basal elements. However, for conven- ience in this study and for want of a better term, I have called each bony base a gillraker and have paid particular attention to the distribution of teeth (gill-teeth) on these “rakers.” The distribution and form of the gill arch teeth provide convenient characters for distinguishing most of the paralepid genera. Family Paralepididae. The Paralepididae form the second largest family in the order Iniomi (Myetophidae is the largest by far) , consisting of seven genera and approximately 45 known species. The Bermuda material includes at least eight species (because some specimens had become dried out, all the species represented are not included) and all genera but Notolepis and Sudis. The family belongs to the suborder Alepisauroidea and is most closely related to the families Scopelarchidae, Evermanelli- dae and Omosudidae. The basic recent papers on Atlantic paralepids are by Ege (1930, 1933), Parr (1928, 1929, 1931), and Maul (1945). A discussion of these contributions is given by the present author (in press). The superficial family characters in brief are : Body slender and elongate. Eye normal, directed laterally. Symphysis of lower jaw more or less elevated. There is a correspond- ing arched, toothless notch in the upper jaw. Angle of gape well before vertical from anterior margin of eye. Supramaxillary present, splintei'-like, approximately one-half the length of the maxillary. Teeth on vomer absent or consisting of one or two minute teeth. Teeth on palatines fairly short, not entering into the lateral profile when mouth is open. Teeth on tongue tiny, if present. Dorsal fin with few rays, far back on body, behind pectoral fins and middle of body length. Anus in region of pelvic fins. Genus Paralepis Cuvier. The genus Paralepis is primarily charac- terized by (1) the presence of a foramen in the anterior process of the premaxillary, (2) upper jaw reaching to or slightly beyond a vertical from anterior border of eye, (3) supramaxillary free from maxillary except at its posterior insertion, (4) teeth on loAver jaw short and weak, basally round, (5) gill- teeth consisting of a series of bony bases each armed with numerous teeth in several rows, the anteriormost gill-teeth prolonged, (6) body scaled in adults. The genus Para- lepis includes six species, of which P. 1951] Harry: Deep-sea Fishes: Family Paralepididae 19 elongata (Brauer), P. speciosa Bellotti and P. danae Ege (1933) are not included in the present paper. Despite careful search, no specimens were found in the Bermuda collection which seemed to agree with Paralepis bronsoni (Parr). This is strange, considering the wide distribution of species of this genus and the intensive collecting that was carried out reasonably near the type locality (Ba- hamas) of P. bronsoni. Since the subadults of the very similar P. brevirostris (Parr) have such a large number of premaxillary teeth it might be possible that Parr’s speci- men was precocious in development and is actually an aberrant example of P. brevi- rostris. Both Ege and I are inclined to be- lieve that P. bronsoni is an unusual or ab- normal specimen of P. brevirostris. Paralepis brevirostris (Parr). Text-figs. 1-3. Specimens Taken by the Bermuda Oceano- graphic Expeditions. — Fifty-nine specimens, 8.5-50.0 mm. in standard length; April 29, 1929, to July 24, 1934, at 25 to 2,000 fathoms ; from a cylinder of water eight miles in diameter (five to thirteen miles south of Nonsuch Island, Bermuda), the center of which is at 32° 12' N. Lat., 64° 36' W. Long. 21.8, 23.5 mm. No. 9,589; net 34; 700 F.; April 29, 1929; 24.9 mm. No. 9,615; net 47; 600 F.; April 29, 1929; 26.0 mm. No. 9,815 ; net 78 ; 600 F. ; May 8, 1929 ; 29.0 mm. No. 9,900 ; net 89 ; 600 F. ; May 10, 1929 ; 32.0 mm. No. 9,952 ; net 100 ; 600 F. ; May 14, 1929 ; 31.5, 32.3 mm. No. 10,094; net 117; 900 F.; May 18, 1929; 12.5 mm. No. 10,253a; net 135; 600 F.; May 30, 1929; 12.3 mm. No. 10,727; net 195; 700 F.; June 20, 1929; 25.3 mm. No. 24,080; net 205; 500 F.; June 22, 1929; 16.3 mm. No. 24,087; net 217; 500 F.; June 24, 1929; 13.3 mm. No. 24,106 ; net 243 ; 600 F. ; July 1, 1929 ; 13.2 mm. No. 11,267; net 259; 1000 F.; July 5, 1929; 11.8 mm. No. 11,293a ; net 260 ; 500 F. ; July 6, 1929 ; 11.8, 12.2 mm. No. 11,633; net 305; 600 F.; July 16, 1929; 42.7 mm. No. 12,119 ; net 356 ; 700 F. ; Aug. 9, 1929 ; 10.7 mm. No. 13,636; net 356; 700 F.; Aug. 9, 1929; 16.7, 19.4 mm. No. 12,433; net 382; 900 F.; Aug. 16, 1929; 14.5 mm. No. 13,171a; net 432; 700 F.; Sept. 6, 1929 ; 1 g „npHmpns No. 13,733a; net 497; 1000 F.; Sept. 23, 1929; \ 7 7, An™ No. 13,735; net 497; 1000 F.; Sept. 23, 1929 I 10-0 No. 15,497 ; net 645 ; 600 F. ; May 29, 1930 ; 9.3 mm. No. 17,388 ; net 746 ; 800 F. ; June 30, 1930 ; 8.5 mm. No. 17,389 ; net 804 ; 500 F. ; July 16, 1930 ; 12.5 mm. No. 17,829 ; net 843 ; 700 F. ; Sept. 4, 1930 ; ) No. 17,838; net 844; 800 F.; Sept. 4, 1930; f No. 18,284 ; net 865 ; 600 F. ; Sept. 10, 1930 ; 18.6 mm. No. 20,703; net 1003; 500 F.; June 6, 1931; 19.0 mm. No. 20,714 ; net 1007 ; 800 F. ; June 6, 1931 ; 35.7 mm. No. 20,775; net 1008; 600 F.; June 6, 1931; 43.4 mm. No. 20,868 ; net 1021 ; 600 F. ; June 16, 1931 ; 16.3 mm. No. 21,080 ; net 1052 ; 300 F. ; July 6, 1931 ; 13 2 mm. No. 21,431a; net 1084; 25 F.; July 11, 1931; 11.1 mm. No. 21,481 ; net 1095 ; 600 F. ; July 24, 1931 ; 35.0 mm. No. 21,753; net 1119; 400 F.; Aug. 3, 1931; 3 specimens 12.7-13.0 mm. No. 21,934; net 1137; 600 F.; Aug. 6, 1931; } No. 21,944; net 1138; 600 F.; Aug. 6, 1931; 1 No. 22,536; net 1198; 1000 F.; Aug. 17, 1931; 13.8 mm. No. 22,716; net 1213; 900 F.; Aug. 21, 1931; 15.8, 18.9 mm. No. 22,862 ; net 1239 ; 900 F. ; Aug. 29, 1931 ; 22.3 mm. No. 23,066 ; net 1257 ; 800 F. ; Sept. 3, 1931 ; 12.4 mm. No. 23,104 ; net 1261 ; 600 F. ; Sept. 4, 1931 ; 12.3 mm. No. 23,167 ; net 1271 ; 600 F. ; Aug. 7, 1931 , ) . specimens 14 6-28 5 mm No. 23,207 ; net 1275 ; 1000 F. ; Aug. 7, 1931 ; f 4 sPecimens N°- 23,259 ; net 1282 ; 500 F. ; Aug. 10, 1931 ; j g specimens 16.5-23.4 mm. No. 23,283 ; net 1285 ; 800 F. ; Aug. 10, 1931 ; \ 1 No | 23, 295; net 1288; 2000 F.; Aug. 11, 1931; 50.0 mm. No. 23,298; net 1290; 500 F.; Sept. 12, 1931 ; 12.5,13.3mm. No. 23,590 ; net 1313 ; 500 F. ; Sept. 17, 1931 ; 15.0 mm. No. 23,665 ; net 1326 ; 600 F. ; Aug. 19, 1931 ; part of body No. 23,897; net 1332; 600 F.; Oct. 28, 1931; 25.9 mm. No. 24,372; net 1501 ; 400 F. ; July 24, 1934 ; 15.0 mm. 38.7 mm. Other Study Material. — Two specimens, 68.9 and 135.5 mm. in standard length; originally Museu do Funchal nos. 2484 and 2983; larger specimen now Stanford no. 15081 ; collected from the stomachs of Ale- pisaurus ferox Lowe near Madeira, North Atlantic; obtained from G. E. Maul. These specimens were described by Maul (1945, p. 9). Specimens Previously Recorded. — Twenty- six specimens, 53-195 mm. in standard length, have been recorded in the literature by Parr 20 Zoologica : New York Zoological Society [36: 2 Text-fig. 1. Post-larva, 13.4 mm. in standard length, of Paralepis brevirostris (Parr). All pigmentation that can be seen when viewed laterally is indicated. The occiput and nape are heavily pigmented, but this coloration is not included in the illustration because the top of the head is broad and flat. Note the broad base of the pectoral fin, the exten- sion of the fin far under the head, and the considerably shortened anterior rays. The pectoral fin moves posteriorly in later growth stages, the base becomes considerably more restricted, and the anterior rays become longer correspondent to the other pectoral rays. (1928, p. 42; 2 types from off the Bahama Islands. 1929, p. 31; osteology of one of the types) and Maul (1945, p. 9; 24 specimens collected from the stomachs of Alepisaurus ferox Lowe taken near Madeira). For the complete history of this species see Pan (1928, 1931), Ege (1930) and Maul (1945). Post-Larval Development. — The smallest specimen previously described is the holo- type, 53 mm. in standard length, from off the Bahamas. The description of the osteo- logy of this form by Parr (1929) must also be of an adolescent or juvenile. Maul (1945) described specimens down to 56 mm. in length from off Madeira, but he did not give particular attention to the ontogeny dis- played by his material. Nevertheless, there appears to be no reason to doubt that all of Maul’s material belongs to this species. In order to facilitate uniformity in work done on North Atlantic paralepids, the style of Ege (1930) has been fairly closely fol- lowed in presenting descriptions of the vari- ous growth stages of Paralepis brevirostris. Particular attention has been paid to com- parison of this form with its closest relative, Paralepis speciosa Bellotti, as presented by Ege (1930, p. 51) . It can be easily seen that the larval stages of these two species are remarkably different. The primary differ- ences reside in the facts (1) that P. brevi- rostris is distinctly larger than P. speciosa at corresponding growth stages, and (2) that the former species is much more heavily pigmented in every stage. Post-larva 13.1 mm. in Standard Length. —All of the fins and fin rays are fully devel- oped, except that the pelvics are still lacking. The fin rays can all be counted and the sup- plementary caudal rays are suggested. The embryonic fin fold is almost completely re- duced in front of the well developed adipose fin ; ventrally a deep fin extends from below the pectorals to the anal fin origin, but is only slightly evident between anal and caudal fins. There are nine closely spaced peritoneal color segments of which the first is the largest. The peritoneal segments extend far down the sides and these patches become progressively smaller posteriorly so that the last four are reduced to small spots. The four anterior segments cover the stomach. The occiput and nape are heavily pigmented. Scattered chromatophores before eye and on posterior tip of upper jaw. Otherwise no pigmentation on head and body. Post-larva 23.4 mm. in Standard Length. — The pelvic fins are slightly posterior to the anus, but the rays are not discernible. The adipose fin is sharply defined, but is still preceded by a very low embryonic fin fold; ventrally the embryonic fin extends from below the pectoral fins to the anal fin but is Text-fig. 2. Upper jaw of various growth stages of Paralepis brevirostris (Parr). The solid black teeth are depressible and are inserted on the inner face of the premaxillary; the remain- der are fixed and are situated on the edge of the premaxillary. A. 50.0 mm. in standard length. B. 35.0 mm. C. 26.0 mm. 0. 13.2 mm. E. 9.3 mm. The maxillary bones have been drawn in A. The premaxillary is denticulated and contains a large anterior foramen. The next largest bone is the maxillary, and the small slender bone an- teriorly free is the supramaxillary. This series shows that while there is a general trend for the increase in number of fixed teeth in subsequent growth stages, there is considerable individual variation. In most paralepids the number of premaxillary teeth is highly variable, even with- in definite growth stages. 1951] Harry: Deep-sea Fishes: Family Paralepididae 21 TEXT-FIG. 3. Adult of Paralepis brevirostris (Parr) 135.6 mm. Explanation of Morphological Figures” (Pages 16 & 17). in standard length. See well developed only between the anus and anal fin; embryonic fold only slightly evi- dent between anal and caudal fins. Anus be- low middle of dorsal fin. There are six closely spaced peritoneal color segments which are confined to the sides of the abdominal cavity, extending far down ventrally. The posterior two peritoneal segments are less than one- third the size of the fourth; the first four segments are nearly the same size, but the first is the largest. The remainder of the pigmentation is quite different from the preceding stage. The dorsum is heavily pig- mented from occiput to dorsal origin and with slightly scattered chromatophores half- way down over the sides. The hind-dorsal stripe continues on the sides, below the dor- sal fin, back to under the adipose fin; this section is confined to above the vertebral column. There are scattered chromatophores on the gular region, snout and particularly on the postorbital part of the head. Adolescent 31.5 mm. in Standard Length. — The proportions and appearance of the 22 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [36: 2 adult have been somewhat developed by this stage. The dorsal portion of the embryonic fin has disappeared ; ventrally it is developed from under the third peritoneal color seg- ment to the anal fin origin. The pelvic fins are fully formed below the dorsal fin and the rays can be counted. There are five large, distinct, closely spaced peritoneal color seg- ments which posteriorly blend into the solid pigmentation of the body. The head and body are heavily pigmented except on the belly and opercles. The body is solidly pigmented above and behind the peritoneal segments, particularly so in the mid-dorsal stripe. The head is heavily pigmented on post-orbital, nape, occiput and tip of snout; scattered chromatophores elsewhere. The fins lack pig- ment, except the bases of the anterior rays of the dorsal fin and the upper pectoral ray. Gill-teeth and pharyngobranchial teeth are not developed. The lateral-line tube is poorly developed, but the body skin is densely pene- trated by minute pores, forming a striking parallel to the condition found in the adults of the families Anotopteridae and Alepi- sauridae. Each lateral-line segment has a single median pore. This is of particular in- terest since the most primitive genus in the family (new genus, in press) has this same condition in the adult of a single pore for each lateral-line section. A few of the lateral- line and neighboring scales are developed (these were discerned by superficially stain- ing with Alizarin Red S). Adolescent 43.4 mm. in Standard Length. — -This specimen is essentially the same as the previously described adolescent, except that it is less pigmented. There are nine peritoneal color segments, the pigmentation on the body is restricted to the dorsum and the sides over the anal fin. The anus is slightly behind the pelvic fin base and a vertical from the dorsal fin base. No scales evident. The lateral-line as in the previous stage. Gill-teeth just beginning to develop; each spinous raker consisting of one or two short, sharp, conical teeth. The bony raker bases have not yet developed. Pharyngo- branchial teeth not developed. Juvenile 50.0 mm. in Standard Length. — The gill-teeth are essentially fully developed on each arch with approximately 4-6 sub- equal spines on each bony raker base. Some of the pharyngobranchial teeth are devel- oped. Lateral-line segments fully developed and ossified, but still a single pore for each segment. A few scales developed in the lateral-line region. Otherwise this specimen is essentially the same as the previous ex- ample described. Subadult 68.9 mm. in Standard Length.— Scales well developed in the lateral-line re- gion. The adult pore pattern along the lateral-line is now evident. The gill-teeth are longer than in previous stage and either the anteriormost or the inner middle spine is the longest on each bony base. Pharyngo- branchial teeth well developed. The peri- toneal segments (eight in number) are re- duced and weakly pigmented. Adult 135.6 mm. in Standard Length.— The adults of this species have been care- fully described by Maul (1945), including this specimen, but additional notes are pre- sented in the light of my own investigations. Interorbital concave with two pairs of low sharp ridges near the orbital margins; these ridges strongly diverge laterally on occiput: the inner pair of ridges converge anteriorly on snout and unite behind the premaxillary process; the outer two ridges are parallel to the inner ridges and converge (but do not join) behind premaxillary process. Maxillary terminates slightly before a vertical from the anterior border of the eye. Posterior tip of supramaxillary broad, flat, inserted on the outer face of the maxil- lary. Nostrils approximately one-third the length of the upper jaw in front of a vertical from the posterior tip of the maxillary. Pre- maxillary anteriorly with three small de- pressible canines followed by nine small, irregularly arranged, retrorse teeth; abrupt- ly behind these teeth are 44 tiny, closely spaced, sub-equal, retrorse canines. Tip of lower jaw blunt, lacking any trace of anterior unossified projections. Vomer toothless. Palatines anteriorly with two large, fixed, retrorse canines and five long, depressible canines; posteriorly a single row of 10 various-sized, fixed, retrorse canines. Last palatine tooth slightly behind angle of gape. Tongue large, with two longitudinal rows of 8-10 teeth. Gill-teeth on all five arches. Each gillraker has approximately 5-12 depressible teeth in each bunch; the anterior and inner spines are the longest, and the anteriormost spine is particularly prolonged. Gill-teeth extend anteriorly to slightly behind a ver- tical from tip of upper jaw. On first arch, eight rakers on hypobranchial, nine on ceratobranchial, three above angle on epi- branchial. Lateral-line with 55 sections, terminating slightly behind a vertical from the middle of the anal fin. Lateral-line tube covered by two rows of scales ; scales irregularly pierced by pores. The basic pattern appears to be a single median pore near the posterior margin in both scale rows. Often no pores present on scales. Lateral-line scales same shape and size as body scales. Each lateral-line scale is bordered above and below by one scale. The underlying segments of the lateral-line are only weakly ossified. Anus at tips of appressed pelvic fins. Stomach Contents Recorded by Beebe. — The stomach contents of 15 Paralepis brevi- rostris were examined before preservation and recorded by Dr. Beebe in his field notes. The length refers to standard length. 1951] 23 Harry : Deep-sea Fishes: Family Paralepididae Number Net Length Food 14,904 565 12 mm. 2 small Phronima. 15,309 621 13 mm. small shrimp. 15,330 625 10 mm. shrimp 8 mm. 15,338 626 12 mm. 2 small fish 8 mm. 15,831 686 15 mm. small fish 12 mm. 16,119 719 16 mm. 2 oblique-eyed Myctophum larvae. 16,603 766 17 mm. shrimp 10 mm. 16,853 792 14 mm. 4 large copepods. 17,013 798 17 mm. small fish. 17,146 804 20 mm. small fish 12 mm. 18,281 865 16 mm. small fish 10 mm., small shrimp. 18,635 893 28 mm. shrimp 16 mm. 19,568 967 14 mm. 2 myctophid larvae 8 mm. 19,568 987 29 mm. 4 small Acanthephyra. epis brevis (Zugmayer) . 28, 1931, at 300 to 1,000 fatl Specimens Taken by the Bermuda-Oceano- graphic Expeditions. — One hundred and sixty-eight specimens, 8.0-85 mm. in stan- dard length; August 16, 1929, to October cylinder of water eight miles in diameter (five to thirteen miles south of Nonsuch Island, Bermuda), the center of which is at 32° 12' N. Lat., 64° 36' W. Long. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. 11.646 12,424 12,557 12,563 12,576 17,006 17,390 13,209 13.221 13,698 13,703 13,713 12,632 13,638 13.646 13,656 14,722 14,823 14,904 14,906 15,205 15,277 15,309 15,338 15,343 15,571 15,575 15,831 15,890 15,986 16,119 16,177 16,312 16,422 16,440 16,607 16,716 16,781 16,775 16,846 16,853 17,013 17,386 18,693 19.221 20,518 20,644 20,778 20,818 20,867 20,897 21,258 21,308 21,415 net 307 ; 800 F. ; July 16, 1929 ; 85 mm. 8 specimens 13.3-25.0 mm. 18 specimens 9.8-23.2 mm. 4 specimens 9.4-22.4 mm. 6 specimens 12.9-27.8 mm. 6 specimens 13.4-23.0 mm. net 380; 700 F.; Aug. 16, 1929 net 391; 600 F.; Aug. 19, 1929 net 392; 700 F.; Aug. 19, 1929; net 393; 800 F.; Aug. 19, 1929; net 797; 500 F.; July 15, 1930; net 797; 500 F.; July 15, 1930; net 437; 500 F.; Sept. 7, 1929; ) net 439; 700 F.; Sept. 7, 1929; j net 493; 600 F.; Sept. 23, 1929; net 494; 700 F.; Sept. 23, 1929; net 495; 800 F.; Sept. 23, 1929; net 486 ; 700 F. ; Sept. 21, 1929 ; net 487 ; 800 F. ; Sept. 21, 1929 ; net 488 ; 900 F. ; Sept. 21, 1929 ; net 489 ; 1000 F. ; Sept. 21, 1929 ; J net 541; 800 F.; May 6, 1929; 9.8 mm. net 551 ; 500 F. ; May 9, 1929 ; 10.6 mm. net 565 ; 500 F. ; May 12, 1930 ; 9.7 mm. net 565; 500 F.; May 12, 1930; 10.1 mm. net 596; 600 F.; May 19, 1930; 13.0 mm. net 618 ; 500 F. ; May 22, 1930 ; 10.5, 10.6 mm. net 621; 600 F.; May 22, 1930; 13.0 mm. net 626; 500 F.; May 23, 1930; ] 19 , 1ivi m net 626; 500 F.; May 23, 1930; ] mm‘ net 651; 500 F.; May 30, 1930; 13.2 mm. net 652; 500 F.; May 30, 1930; 13.3 mm. net 686; 800 F.; June 9, 1930; 16.0 mm. net 694; 900 F.; June 12, 1930; 17.0 mm. net 708 ; 500 F. ; June 16, 1930 ; 13.3 mm. net 719 ; 700 F.; June 25, 1930; 13.3 mm. net 725; 500 F.; June 26, 1930; 10.4, 12.7 mm. net 741; 1000 F.; June 28, 1930; 13.0 mm. net 746; 800 F.; June 30, 1930; 12.2 mm. net 754; 700 F.; July 1, 1930; 3 specimens 14.3-18.6 mm. net 767 ; 800 F.; July 3, 1930 ; 14.0 mm. net 781 ; 1000 F.; July 5, 1930; 12.4, 20.2 mm. net 784 ; 500 F. ; July 7, 1930 ; 12.1 mm. net 785; 600 F.; July 7, 1930; 12.3, 18.1 mm. net 791; 500 F.; July 9, 1930; 3 specimens 10.0-12.5 mm. net 792 ; 600 F. ; July 9, 1930 ; 12.0 mm. net 798; 600 F.; Juiy 15, 1930; 4 specimens 13.0-17.0 mm. net 805; 600 F.; July 16, 1930; 3 specimens 11.3-14.8 mm. net 901 ; 600 F. ; Sept. 17, 1930 ; 19.5 mm. net 934; 700 F.; Sept. 23, 1930; 14.7, 15.3 mm. net 983 ; 500 F. ; June 2, 1931 ; 11.6 mm. net 995 ; 1000 F. ; June 4, 1931 ; 10.8 mm. net 1009; 900 F.; June 11, 1931; 10.4, 12.0 mm. net 1016; 500 F.; June 15, 1931; 11.2 mm. net 1021 ; 600 F. ; June 16, 1931 ; ) „ • hoioa net 1026 ; 1000 F. ; June 16, 1931 ; f 6 sPecimens H-8-13.0 mm. net 1073 ; 300 F. ; July 10, 1931 ; 12.1 mm. net 1078; 300 F.; July 11, 1931; 11.6 mm. net 1086 ; 300 F. ; July 15, 1931 ; 10.0 mm. 24 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [36: 2 No. 21,483 No. 21,499 No. 21,543 No. 21,554 No. 21,606 No. 21,618 No. 21,637 No. 21,683 No. 21,707 No. 21,767 No. 21,797 No. 21,843 No. 21,934 No. 21,944 No. 22,003 No. 22,018 No. 22,054 No. 22,065 No. 22,074 No. 22,153 No. 22,158 No. 22,325 No. 22,398 No. 22,649 No. 22,776 No. 22,779 No. 22,794 No. 22,801 No. 22,802 No. 22,945 No. 23,168 No. 23,211 No. 23,220 No. 23,231 No. 23,260 No. 23,267 No. 23,291 No. 23,325 No. 23,333 No. 23,374 No. 23,419 No. 23,562 No. 23,661 No. 23,667 No. 23,898 net 1095 ; net 1099 ; net 1102 ; net 1103 ; net 1107 ; net 1108; net 1112; net 1113 ; net 1115; net 1120; net 1121; net 1127 ; net 1137; net 1138; net 1144; net 1147; net 1150; net 1152; net 1154; net 1155 ; net 1156; net 1175 ; net 1182 ; net 1205; net 1218; net 1222; net 1227 ; net 1228 ; net 1229 ; net 1242; net 1271; net 1276; net 1277; net 1278 ; net 1282; net 1283; net 1287; net 1293 ; net 1295 ; net 1299 ; net 1305 ; net 1314; net 1325; net 1326; net 1332; j 14.8, 15.6 mm. { 19.5, 21.2 mm. 12 specimens 10.4-25.7 mm. 4 specimens 10.6-21.1 mm. I 3 specimens 11.6-18.0 mm. 13.8 mm. 17.3 mm. 600 F.; July 24, 1931 900 F.; July 24, 1931 500 F.; July 25, 1931 600 F.; July 25, 1931 400 F.; July 27, 1931 500 F.; July 27, 1931 900 F.; July 27, 1931 400 F.; July 29, 1931 500 F.; July 29, 1931 400 F.; Aug-. 3, 1931 500 F.; Aug. 3, 1931 900 F.; Aug. 4, 1931 600 F.; Aug. 6, 1931 600 F.; Aug. 6, 1931 500 F.; Aug. 7, 1931 700 F.; Aug. 7, 1931 500 F.; Aug. 8, 1931 600 F.; Aug. 8, 1931 700 F.; Aug. 8, 1931 400 F.; Aug. 10, 1931 500 F.; Aug. 10, 1931 600 F.; Aug. 14, 1931 700 F.; Aug. 15, 1931 700 F.; Aug. 20, 1931; 700 F.; Aug. 24, 1931; ) 1000 F.; Aug. 24, 1931; \ 400 F.; Aug. 27, 1931; ] 500 F.; Aug. 27, 1931; [ 3 specimens 10.5-21.5 mm. 800 F.; Aug. 27, 1931; J 600 F.; Aug. 31, 1931; 15.8, 18.7 mm. 600 F.; Aug. 7, 1931; 13.2, 13.8 mm. 500 F. ; Aug. 9, 1931 ; 9.8, 10.0 mm. 600 F.; Aug. 9, 1931; ) i c 5 23 9 mm 700 F.; Aug. 9, 1931; j lb'5, mm' 500 F.; Aug. 10, 1931; ] 600 F.; Aug. 10, 1931; J- 5 specimens 21.4-35.6 mm. 1000 F.; Aug. 10, 1931; i | 16.8, 19.6 mm. 3 specimens 15.9-20.6 mm. 5 specimens 11.1-22.6 mm. } 3 specimens 14.5-20.7 mm. 22.7, 23.8 mm. 20.7 mm. 22.0, 27.3 mm. 800 F.; Sept. 12, 1931; ) 1000 F.; Sept. 12, 1931; j 16.3, 30 mm. 900 F.; Sept. 14, 1931; 19-0 mm. 500 F. ; Sept. 15, 1931 ; 30.3 mm. 600 F.; Sept. 17, 1931; 23.6, 25.8 mm. 500 F.; Aug. 19, 1931; \ 0 ■ 1Q 0 ok n 600 F. ; Aug. 19; 1931; [ 3 specimens 18.3-35.7 mm. 600 F. ; Oct. 28, 1931; app. 20 mm. Other Study Material Examined. — One specimen 98.5 mm. in standard length; originally Museu do Funchal no. 3021; now Stanford no. 15082; collected from the stomach of Alepisaurus ferox Lowe (caught on a tunny-hook at about 100 fathoms) from near Madeira, North Atlantic; obtained from G. E. Maul. Specimens Previously Recorded. — Ap- proximately 35 specimens from larvae to adults described by many authors. See Ege (1930) and Maul (1945) for history and synonymy. Description of Material.— Ege (1930) has already described and figured the early post- embryonic growth stages and several authors have described the adults. Certain adult characters are here described in more detail. Interorbital deeply concave with two pairs of low sharp longitudinal ridges near orbital margins on each side; the inner ridges di- verge somewhat laterally on occiput. The outer pair of ridges is confined to the inter- orbital. The inner ridges extend forward to premaxillary processes, but do not converge or unite. Premaxillary anteriorly with five fairly short, depressible canines followed by 49 tiny, closely spaced, retrorse teeth. The fixed teeth become progressively larger pos- teriorly, except for the last two much smaller teeth. Tip of lower jaw blunt, rounded, lack- ing anterior unossified prolongations. Vomer toothless. Palatines anteriorly with three short depressible canines, each accompanied by a shorter fixed tooth ; posteriorly 14 fixed teeth extending far behind angle of gape. Teeth on all five gill arches. Each bony base on first arch has approximately 4-7 depres- sible spines in a bunch; the anterior spines are the longest. Teeth begin slightly before a vertical from anterior border of eye. On first arch, 10 rakers on hypobranchial, 18 on ceratobranchial, and eight above angle on epibranchial. Field Color Notes Prepared By Beebe. — No. 21,308, Net 1078, 12 mm. Post-larva. The entire fish is white with black chromato- phores arranged in patches as follows: on the tip of the snout, midway between tip of snout and eye, along the isthmus and mar- gins of the jaws, and on the crown of the head. Several are located just behind the orbit, two at the dorsal origin, a large blotch at the origin of the anal, two below the 1951] Harry: Deep-sea Fishes: Family P aralepididae 25 adipose and one on either side of the mid- line. The digestive organs are blackish and show prominently through the skin of the abdomen. Iris bluish-silver with violet re- flections, overlaid anteriorly and dorsally with a great deal of pigment. No. 22,776, Net 1218, 33 mm. Adolescent. General color white, with well developed black, dendritic chromatophores over the entire head and body except on the ventral side of the trunk. This is unmarked, save at the base of the anal and below the adipose, No. 10,769; net 204; 1000 F.; June No. 22,001; net 1248; 600 F.; Sept. No. 22,996; net 1249; 700 F.; Sept. Other Material Examined. — Two speci- mens 139.7 (originally Museu do Funchal no. 2937) and 142.8 mm. (now Stanford no. 15,083) in standard length; from the stom- achs of Alepisaurus ferox Lowe (caught on tunny-hook at about 100 fathoms) ; obtained from G. E. Maul. The larger specimen was described by Maul (1945, p. 22). Specimens Previously Recorded. — Several hundred specimens from the North Atlantic. For synonymy and discussion see Ege (1930) and Maul (1945). Description of Madeira Material. — The various growth stages of this species have been carefully described by several authors, but additional notes concerning the adults are presented in the light of my own inves- tigations. Interorbital strongly concave with two pairs of low, sharp ridges near the orbital margins on each side ; posteriorly these ridges strongly diverge laterally on occiput; the inner pair of ridges converges anteriorly on snout and unites behind the premaxillary process. Premaxillary anteriorly with four tiny, depressible canines followed by 38 tiny, closely spaced, retrorse teeth. Tip of lower jaw blunt, lacking any trace of anterior unossified prolongations. Vomer toothless. In the larger specimen, palatines anteriorly with a single row of retrorse canines; two fixed teeth followed by a longer depressible canine, and approximately 13 short teeth. In other adult, palatines with three depressible canines followed by around 10 fixed teeth. Last palatine tooth far behind angle of gape in both specimens. Tongue toothless. Teeth on all five arches. All the bony rakers the same. Each bony raker base has approxi- mately 5-10 depressible spines in a bunch; the anterior spines are the longest, and the anteriormost is particularly prolonged. Teeth begin distinctly before eye behind posterior tip of upper jaw. On first arch, 12 bony bases on hypobranchial, 14 on ceratobranchial, and six above angle on epibranchial. Lateral-line with approximately 60 sec- tions, terminating slightly behind a vertical from the middle of the anal fin. Lateral-line tube covered by two rows of scales; scales irregularly pierced by pores. The basic pat- tern is a single pore near the lower margins where the characteristic larval pigment patches still remain. The pigment is densest along the dorsal mid-line. Iris silvery. Paralepis coregoneicfes (Risso). Specimens Taken by the Bermuda Oceano- graphic Expeditions. — Three specimens, 11.7-74 mm. in standard length; June 21 and Sept. 1, 1929, at 600 to 1,000 fathoms; from a cylinder of water eight miles in diameter (five to thirteen miles south of Nonsuch Island, Berumda) , the center of which is at 32° 12' N. Lat., 64° 36' W. Long. 21, 1929; 74 mm. 1, 1929 ; ) 1 1 i7 qi n mm 1, 1929; J 11,'» d4-u mm‘ of both scale rows. Often no pores present or a single median pore on each side of the lower scale row. Each lateral-line scale same size as surrounding scales and bordered above and below by one scale. The underlying segments are only weakly ossified. Anus above tips of appressed pelvic fins and behind a vertical from dorsal fin. The Madeira specimen is illustrated in the generic review in press. Field Color Notes Prepared by Beebe. — No. 10,769, Net 204, 90 mm. (before preser- vation). Body color pale flesh, probably where scales were; there is an irregular scattering of large dusky pigment cells. Dark on head, down dorsal ridge, and on the whole posterior two-fifths of the body. All fins black. Iris silvery. Gill covered with brilliant blue and green iridescence. Whole body cavity, from isthmus to anus, glittering, opaque silver with dark pigment showing at edges. Genus Notolepls Dollo. The genus Notolepis is primarily charac- terized by (1) the presence of a foramen in the anterior process of the premaxillary, (2) upper jaw terminating approximately an orbital diameter before the eye, (3) supramaxillary closely bound to maxillary, (4) teeth on lower jaw well developed, basally round, not reduced in adults, (5) gill-teeth numerous, sub-equal, in numerous rows, (6) body scaled in adults. This genus includes three species of bi- polar distribution: Notolepis coatsi Dollo (generic type) from the Antarctic, N. rissoi (Bonaparte) from the North Atlantic, and N. coruscans (Jordan & Gilbert) from the North Pacific. The Bermuda Expeditions did not obtain this genus, but I have examined an adult of N. rissoi obtained by the U.S.S. Albatross in 1886 that does not appear to have been recorded in the literature. Notolepis rissoi (Bonaparte). Material Examined. — One adult 251.5 mm. in standard length; Stanford no. 9491 ; Alba- tross station 2677; May 6, 1886; 32° 39' 00" N. Lat., 76° 50' 30" W. Long. Specimens Previously Recorded. — Ap- proximately 70 specimens from 13 to about 26 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [36: 2 300 mm. in standard length, described by many authors from the eastern Atlantic. See Ege (1930) for history of this species. Description of Material. — This specimen is partially digested, but fin ray counts and proportions clearly indicate that this is N. rissoi and very likely the subspecies krfiyeri Liitken. This specimen is of particular in- terest since apparently it is the first record of a larger specimen from off the coast of the Americas. The only other report of the species from the western Atlantic appears to be Ege’s record of two post-larvae from off the central Atlantic sea-board of the United States (1930, p. 105). Genus Lestidlum Gilbert. The genus Lestidium is primarily charac- terized by (1) the presence of a foramen in the anterior process of the premaxillary, (2) upper jaw terminating at or well before a vertical from anterior border of eye, (3) supramaxillary closely bound to maxillary, (4) teeth on lower jaw well developed, basally round, not reduced in adults, (5) gill-teeth reduced, sub-equal, in a single row, (6) body naked, (7) lateral-line sections approxi- mately as long as high, (9) dorsum of body evenly pigmented. This genus is by far the largest in the family, including about 22 species, and is generally world-wide in distribution. Lestidium affine (Ege). Text-fig. 4. Specimens Taken by the Bermuda Oceano- graphic Expeditions. — One specimen, 65.3 mm. in standard length; no. 20,779; net 1009; 900 fathoms; June 11, 1931; from a cylinder of water eight miles in diameter (five to thirteen miles south of Nonsuch Island, Bermuda) , the center of which is at 32° 12' N. Lat., 64° 36' W. Long. Specimens Previously Recorded. — At least 160 type specimens from post-larvae to sub- adults 103 mm. long, described by Ege (1930, p. 81) , from the central and temperate North Atlantic. Neither holotype nor actual number of types was given. Apparently no other record has been published for this species. Description of Bermuda Juvenile. — Body elongate, slender. Greatest depth at nape 14.8 into standard length. Ventral carina on belly and betwen anus and anal fin well developed. Dorsal carina before adipose fin a slight ridge. Caudal peduncle depth 5.6 into head ; its length 2.8 into standard length. Anus above tips of appressed inner pelvic rays, situated slightly greater than an eye diameter before a vertical from the dorsal fin origin. Head short, blunt, and fairly massive, slightly broader than body width; its length 6.2 into standard length. Snout short, dis- tinctly less than one-half head length. Nasal apertures situated somewhat less than one- half the upper jaw length before its pos- terior tip. Eye vertically oval, its length 4.8 into head. Pupil obliquely oval. Postorbital length less than snout length. Interorbital flat, its width 5.6 into head, with two longi- tudinal ridges; ridges of the inner pair are broad, low, rounded tubes, and those of the lateral pair are sharp, compressed, but very short. Occiput strongly convex, with one pair of ridges on each side leading into tubes, directed obliquely inward from the upper posterior margin of each orbit. Tip of lower jaw without anterior unossified prolonga- tions. Upper jaw length 2.1 into head, ter- minating slightly before a vertical from the anterior border of the eye. Premaxillary an- teriorly with three long, depressible canines, followed by six retrorse, fixed canines and six antrorse fixed canines. Mandible with eight widely spaced canines, each accom- panied by a short fixed tooth. Palatines an- teriorly with four long, depressible canines, the last accompanied by a short fixed canine; after a space there are two short, fixed, retrorse canines in a single row. The last palatine tooth is slightly behind angle of gape. Tongue naked, but with a few rudi- ments of teeth near first basibranchial. Gill- teeth rudimentary, six bony raker bases, each with a single tooth, developed on cerato- branchial of first arch. A few pharyngo- branchial teeth developed. Pseudobranchiae consisting of five long tufts. Dorsal fin with nine rays. Origin of dorsal distinctly behind middle of body length, ap- proximately one-third the distance between anal and pelvic fins behind the pelvic fins. Predorsal distance 1.7 into standard length. Dorsal to pelvic distance distinctly longer than either snout or upper jaw. Length of dorsal base 5.3 into head. Adipose fin low and long, free from caudal fin, over last anal rays. Anal rays 27. Length of anal base 5.9 into standard length. Pectoral fins placed very low with 11 rays on both sides, their length 2.7 into head. Pelvic fins with 9 rays on both sides, far be- fore middle of body length. Prepelvic dis- tance 2.0 into standard length. Caudal with 9 + 10 rays. Lateral-line with 60 segments, terminating over anterior portion of anal fin. Each lateral-line segment has rounded, shield-like, partly ossified sections. Each anterior sec- tion contains one pore above and below near the anterior margin. In the posterior sec- tions there is the addition of a median pore, which is absent in the last segments over the anal fin. Coloration. — Dorsal band very light and narrow, not extending onto lateral-line. Lateral-line and sides of body without pig- mentation, except scattered chromatophores near caudal base. Mid-ventral line between anus and anal fin with eight chromatophores in a single line. Anterior rays of anal fin and upper ray of pectoral fin with scattered chromatophores. Other fins lacking pigment. Lightly scattered chromatophores on snout, lower part of mandible, supraorbital margin and suborbital region. Occiput fairly heavily pigmented. 1951] Harry: Deep-sea Fishes: Family Paralepididae 27 Measurements in Percent, of Standard Length. — Greatest body depth 6.7; least depth of caudal peduncle 2.9 ; length of caudal peduncle 36.1 ; length of head 16.2; length of snout 7.4; eye diameter 3.4; width of inter- orbital 2.9; predorsal distance 59.2; length of dorsal base 3.0; dorsal to pelvic distance 11.0; preanal distance 79.9; length of anal base 16.8; length of pectoral fin 6.1; length of pelvic fin 5.8. Lsstidium pseudosphyraemoides danae (Ege). Text-fig. 5. Material Examined. — One specimen, 168.6 mm. in standard length, from Funchal Har- bor, Madeira (taken at night near surface) ; Stanford no. 15,084; obtained from G. E. Maul. Specimens Previously Recorded. — This subspecies is known from the 33 types, ap- 28 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [36: 2 Text-fig. 5. Adult of Lestidium pseudosphyraenoides danae (Ege) 168.5 mm. in stand- ard length. See “Explanation of Morphological Figures” (Pages 16 & 17). proximately 28-36 mm. in standard length, from the temperate North Atlantic, de- scribed by Ege (1930, p. 79) and four speci- mens, 100-187 mm. in standard length, from off Madeira, described by Maul (1945, p. 24) . Description of Madeira Advilt. — Inter- orbital strongly concave, with two pairs of longitudinal ridges which diverge anteriorly. Occiput flat, with two pair of ridges on each side leading into tubes directed obliquely inward from the upper posterior margin of orbit. Premaxillary anteriorly with three depressible canines followed by 85 closely spaced, retrorse canines ; the posterior teeth tend to become antrorse. Tip of lower jaw with three prominent vertical unossified pro- longations. Vomer toothless. Palatines ante- riorly with three large, hooked canines, each accompanied by a short fixed tooth; pos- teriorly 11 short fixed canines in a single row. Last palatine tooth far behind angle of gape. Tongue (glossohyal) with a median fixed tooth near first basibranchial. Teeth well developed on all five arches. Each bony raker base with one or two short spines. Bony rakers on first arch 10 on hypo- branchial, 16 on ceratobranchial, seven above angle on epibranchial. Gill-teeth begin below 1951] Harry: Deep-sea Fishes: Family Paralepididae 29 middle third of eye. Pharyngobranchial teeth well developed in one oval patch on each side, consisting of about 25 depressible canines. Lateral-line with 76 sections, terminating over a vertical from beginning of hind third of anal fin. Each lateral-line segment with the double-concave center shield character- istic of the genus Lestidium. Each anterior section contains two pores above and below near the anterior margin. In the middle sec- tions there is the addition of a median pore between the partially ossified shields, but in the last sections over the anal fin there is only one pore above and below. Genus Macroparalepis Ege. The genus Macroparalepis is primarily characterized by (1) the presence of a fora- men in the anterior process of the premaxil- lary, (2) upper jaw terminating at or slightly before a vertical from the anterior margin of the orbit, (3) supramaxillary closely bound to maxillary, (4) teeth on lower jaw well developed, basally round, not reduced in adults, (5) gill-teeth reduced, sub-equal, in a single row, (6) body naked in adults, (7) lateral-line sections distinctly deeper than long, (8) dorsum of body speckled with large chromatophores, (9) anus situated behind a vertical from the dorsal fin origin. This genus includes four species from the North Atlantic and South Pacific. Two species of Macroparalepis were collected by the Bermuda Expeditions and a third is de- scribed from Madeira material. The species not included is M. egei Maul, which is known only from a single specimen. Macroparalepis brevis Ege. Text-figs. 6 & 7. Specimens Taken by the Bermuda Ocean- ographic Expeditions. — Five specimens, 47.0-98.3 mm. in standard length; May 6, 1929, to July 25, 1934, at 500 to 600 fathoms; from a cylinder of water eight miles in diam- eter (five to thirteen miles south of Nonsuch Island, Bermuda), the center of which is at 32° 12' N. Lat., 64° 36' W. Long. Specimens Previously Recorded. — One adolescent 135 mm. in standard length from south-east of St. Helena (Lat. 19° 16' S., Long. 1° 48' W.), described by Ege (1933, p. 231). Description of Bermuda Material 47.0- 56.6 mm. — In the counts and measurements, the mean is given first, followed by the range of three of the four specimens (no. 14,735 not in good enough condition to be counted and measured) in parentheses. Body elongate, moderately short for a paralepid, compressed; greatest depth at nape 15.4 (14.5-16.2) into standard length. Ventral carina only slightly developed. No dorsal carina. Caudal peduncle depth 5.2 (5. 1-5. 5) into head; its length 3.3 (3. 3-3. 4) into standard length. Anus behind pelvic fin base and dorsal fin base, more than an eye diameter before a vertical from the dorsal fin. Head large, slightly larger than body width; its length 5.0 (4. 7-5. 3) into standard length. Nostrils situated slightly less than one-half the length of the upper jaw before its posterior tip. Eye round, its length 4.7 (4. 3-5.1 ) into head. Pupil round. Postorbital length distinctly less than snout or upper jaw length. Interorbital flat, with a single pair of sharp longitudinal ridges near the orbital margin; medially a closely spaced pair of rounded ridges extends onto the an- terior part of the interorbital. Occiput con- vex, with a longitudinal median hump; with one (and vestiges of a second) pair of ridges on each side leading into tubes, directed obliquely inward from the upper posterior margin of each orbit. Tip of lower jaw with a hooked unossified prolongation. Upper jaw length 2.0 (1. 9-2.0) into head, terminating slightly before a vertical from the anterior border of eye. In largest specimen, premax- illary with five long depressible canines in front, plus six retrorse fixed canines; be- hind are eight antrorse fixed canines. Small- est specimen with five depressible canines, plus six retrorse fixed teeth, followed by seven antrorse fixed canines. Mandible with approximately nine teeth in double series, the inner row depressible, the outer fixed. No. 10,254; net 140; 500 F.; May 31, 1929; 55.1 mm. No. 14,735; net 539; 600 F.; May 6, 1929; 47.0 mm. No. 14,776; net 545; 600 F.; May 7, 1929; 56.6 mm. No. 20,601 ; net 991 ; 600 F. ; June 4, 1931 ; 53.5 mm. No. 24,358 ; net 1503 ; 600 F. ; July 25, 1934 ; 98.3 mm. Vomer toothless. Palatines anteriorly with one to three fairly long depressible canines followed by 6-8 short, fixed teeth in a single row. Last palatine tooth far behind angle of gape. Tongue toothless. Gill-teeth rudimen- tary; in the largest specimen, 10 rakers on ceratobranchial of first arch, each with one or two spines. Pseudobranchiae consisting of five long tufts. Lateral-line with approximately 60-68 seg- ments, terminating over anterior portion of anal fin. Lateral-line segments large and deep, with rounded shield-like sections, with- out double-concave ossifications. Each lat- eral-line section contains a very large pore above and below near the anterior margin, and one small pore above and below near the posterior margin. No median pores. Dorsal fin with 12 (11-12) rays. Origin of dorsal fin distinctly behind middle of body length, approximately one-third the distance between the anal and pelvic fins behind the pelvic fins. Predorsal distance 1.4 (1.4-1. 5) into standard length. Dorsal to pelvic dis- tance distinctly shorter than either snout or upper jaw length. Length of dorsal base 4.3 (3. 9-4.7) into head. Adipose fin low, free from caudal fin, over last anal rays. Anal 30 Zoologica : New York Zoological Society [36: 2 Text-fig. 6. Macroparalepis brevis Ege 53.5 mm. in standard length. See ‘ Explanation of Morphological Figures” (Pages 16 & 17). rays 22 (20-24). Length of anal base 6.5 (6.4-6. 6) in standard length. Pectoral fins fairly low, with 10 (10) rays on each side. Pelvic fins with 9 (9) rays on each side, situ- ated slightly before middle of body length. Prepelvic distance 1.6 (1. 6-1.7) into stand- ard length. Caudal fin with 9+10 (9+10 or 10+10) rays. Coloration. — Dorsal band with large and small chromatophores, appearing to be speckled, extending down upon upper border of lateral-line. Five long, slender, peritoneal color segments developed posteriorly to above pelvic fins. Scattered chromatophores on jaw, snout and occiput. Description of Bermuda Specimen of 98.3 mm. — Since this adolescent is different in many respects from the other four speci- mens it is described separately. Unless.other- wise indicated, this specimen agrees with the description of the smaller specimens. Stomach full of a great number of post- larval fish. Greatest depth of body somewhat before pelvic fins. Anus midway between appressed tips of pelvic fins and anal fin origin. Interorbital with a low longitudinal 1951] Harry: Deep-sea Fishes: Family Paralepididae 31 ridge on each side near orbital margin and a low median hump in the center. Occiput con- vex, with a low median longitudinal keel; a single pair of ridges on each side are directed obliquely inward from the upper posterior margin of orbit; these ridges are covered over and do not form a trough or tube. Occi- put posteriorly with one pore on the left and two pores on the right side penetrating the cranium. Anterior unossified prolongation on tip of lower jaw greatly reduced from the condition found in the smaller specimens. Premaxillary anteriorly with five fairly long depressible canines which are followed by 10 retrorse canines and 11 well developed an- trorse canines. Mandible with approximately 12 well developed depressible canines and a greater number of fixed teeth in the outer row. Palatines anteriorly with two or three fairly long depressible canines followed by a single row of 12 short, fixed canines. Gill- rakers rudimentary, one raker at posterior end of hypobranchial, 11 on ceratobranchial and several above angle on epibranchial. Pseudobranchiae consisting of nine tufts. Lateral-line with 69 segments, terminat- ing over middle of anal fin. The anterior sec- tions are more than twice as high as long. Dorsal rays 11. Anal rays 23. Pectoral rays 11. Pelvic rays 9, the fin situated at middle of body length. Measurements in Percent, of Standard Length. (All four specimens included; the mean is given first, followed by the range in parentheses). — Greatest body depth 6.8 (6. 2-7. 9) ; least depth of caudal peduncle 3.7 (3. 5-4.2) ; length of caudal peduncle 29.2 (27.1-30.4) ; length of head 19.1 (18.2-21.4) ; length of snout 8.9 (8. 3-9. 9) ; eye diameter 4.3 (4. 1-4. 5) ; width of interorbital 3.1 (2.8- 3.6) ; predorsal distance 68.1 (66.4-71.5) ; length of dorsal base 4.8 (4. 5-5. 5) ; distance between dorsal and pelvic fins 7.1 (5. 8-8. 5) ; dorsal to pelvic distance 7.1 (5. 8-8. 5) ; dis- tance between a vertical from dorsal fin origin and anus 4.9 (4. 5-5. 8) ; preanal dis- tance 81.1 (78.9-84.0) ; length of anal base 14.9 (14.1-15.5) ; length of pectoral fin 5.8 (4. 7-6. 5) ; length of pelvic fin 5.2 (4.9-6. 0) ; prepelvic distance 60.0 (59.8-61.3). Maeroparalepls affine Ege. Material Examined. — One specimen, 128.5 mm. in standard length, from near Funchal, Madeira, from the stomach of Alepisaurus ferox Lowe (caught on tunny- hook at about 100 fathoms) ; originally Museu do Funchal no. 3005; now Stanford no. 15080; obtained from G. E. Maul. Specimens Previously Recorded. — This species is known in the literature from nine specimens, 56.5-156 mm. in standard length, from off the north-west coast of Africa, described by Ege (1933, p. 231; holotype from south-west of Canary Islands) and Maul (1945, p. 28; eight specimens from off Madeira) . Description of Madeira Adult. — This spe- cimen has been described and figured by Maul (1945), but additional notes are pre- sented in the light of my own investigations. Interorbital with numerous ridges. Occi- put keeled and with six ridges on each side directed obliquely inward from upper pos- terior margin of orbit; all ridges covered over, and not leading into open tubes. Pre- maxillary anteriorly with three depressible canines followed by 38 fixed canines. Vomer toothless. Palatines anteriorly with five long depressible canines accompanied by short fixed teeth ; posteriorly three large, widely spaced, retrorse canines. Last palatine tooth distinctly behind angle of gape. Tongue (glossohyal) with many teeth in two longi- tudinal series. Two teeth on first basibran- chial. Gillrakers partially developed on first two arches. Each raker with two or three short teeth. Gillrakers on first arch com- prising 15 on hypobranchial, 23 on cerato- branchial, and. nine above angle on epibran- chial. Gillrakers begin below anterior part of eye. Pharyngobranchial teeth reduced in number, confined to a single patch on each side. Pseudobranchiae well developed, con- sisting of 10 tufts. Lateral-line with 87 sections, terminating slightly before a vertical from hind margin Text-fig. 7. Lateral-line of a specimen of Macro- paralepis brevis Ege 98.3 mm. in standard length, illustrated in the same manner as figure C of the morphological drawings. This illustration is to be compared with figure 6C in order to show the changes that can take place in the lateral-line foi'm between different growth stages. Except in Sudis hyalina, there is usually very little change in lateral-line form in the various growth stages of paralepids. 32 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [36: 2 of anal fin. Each lateral-line section with double-concave center shields. Each anterior section contains two pores above and below. Most sections have a median pore. Anus slightly behind pelvic fins which are below middle of dorsal fin. This specimen is illustrated by Maul (1945) and in the generic review in press. Macroparalepis danae Ege. Specimens Taken by the Bermuda Ocean- ographic Expeditions. — Two specimens, 26.6 and 40.8 mm. in standard length; no 11,195; net 243; 600 fathoms; July 1, 1929; from a cylinder of water eight miles in diameter (five to thirteen miles south of Nonsuch Island, Bermuda) , the center of which is at 32° 12' N. Lat., 64° 36' W. Long. Specimens Previously Recorded. ■ — One adolescent 121 mm. in standard length, from south-west of Fiji Islands (20° 00' S. Lat., 174° 29' E. Long.), described by Ege (1933, p. 230). Description of Bermuda Material. — The two Bermuda specimens are in poor condi- tion, having dried out at one time. Despite the fact that the type was from near Fiji, these specimens agree quite well with Ege’s description, for instance in the position of the pelvic fins far before a vertical from the dorsal fin, and similar counts and propor- tions. These two specimens are only tenta- tively identified with this species, and the record of this species from the Atlantic should be questioned until confirmed by other material. Stemonosudis, New Genus. Macroparalepis (in part) Ege, 1933, p. 229. This genus comprises group II of Macro- paralepis as delimited by Ege (1933). It is primarily characterized by (1) the presence of a foramen in the anterior process of the premaxillary, (2) upper jaw terminating approximately an orbital diameter before the anterior margin of the eye, (3) supramaxil- lary closely bound to maxillary, (4) teeth on lower jaw moderately developed, basally round, (5) gill-teeth reduced, subequal, in a single row, (6) body naked, (7) lateral-line sections approximately twice as long as deep, (8) dorsum of body not evenly pigmented, with saddle-like blotches, (9) anus situated in front of a vertical from dorsal fin. This genus is fully described in the generic review of the Paralepididae by the present author (in press) . Generic type Stemonosudis intermedia (Ege). It is presumed that Macroparalepis macrura Ege, M. elegans Ege, M. elongata Ege and M. gracile Ege belong to this genus, although I have been unable to examine any of them. Stemonosudis intermedia (Ege). Specimens Taken by the Bermuda Ocean- ographic Expeditions. — One adolescent, 125 mm. in standard length ; original no. 13,101 ; now Stanford no. 15,356; net 423; 500 fath- oms ; Sept. 5, 1929 ; taken approximately at 32° 12' N. Lat., 64° 36' W. Long., off Nonsuch Island, Bermuda. Specimens Previously Recorded. — One adolescent 144 mm. in standard length, from the Caribbean Sea (13° 47' N. Lat., 61° 26' W. Long.), described by Ege (1933, p. 235). Description of Bermuda Adolescent. — Body eel-like, very elongate and thin ; great- est depth at nape, 43.1 into standard length. No carinae. Caudal peduncle depth 9.0 into head ; its length 2.8 into standard length. Anus a snout length before pelvic fins. Head long and slender, slightly wider than body width, its length 7.7 into standard length. Snout very elongate, distinctly longer than remainder of head, its length 1.7 into head length. Nostrils distinctly behind a ver- tical from upper jaw. Eye very small, round, its diameter slightly greater than interorbi- tal width, 9.0 into head length. Postorbital length one-half of snout length. Interorbital flat, with two pairs of high, compressed, longitudinal ridges, extending forward on snout; median pair terminates on interorbi- tal ; ridges of lateral pair diverge posteriorly, following upper orbital margin. Occiput with a pair of short ridges directed obliquely in- ward from the upper posterior margin of the eye; these ridges do not become roofed over, or enter tubes. Upper jaw length 2.2 into head length, terminating approximately one and one-half eye diameters before eye. Angle of gape at posterior tip of maxillary. Dentition very weakly developed. Premaxil- lary anteriorly with four closely spaced, de- pressible canines, followed by 28 fixed teeth. Mandible with fairly short canines in two series; fixed teeth on edge of jaw bone and depressible canines on inner face. Vomer toothless. Palatines anteriorly with four fixed teeth followed by two longer depres- sible canines, each accompanied by a short, fixed tooth; posteriorly, after a short gap, four widely spaced, fixed canines. Tongue (glossohyal) far forward, its tip an eye diameter before posterior end of upper jaw; no teeth on glossohyal or basibranchials. No gill-teeth or pharyngobranchial teeth yet developed. Pseudobranchiae consisting of seven tufts. Branchiostegal rays seven on both sides. The left branchial membrane overlaps the right. Lateral-line tube with 92 sections, termi- nating over middle of anal fin. Every seg- ment is twice as long as high and contains a double-concave center shield. Each segment has two pores above and below and generally a median pore. Dorsal fin with 10 rays, its origin dis- tinctly behind middle of body length. Dorsal fin approximately a head length behind the pelvic fin origin. Predorsal distance 1.6 into standard length. Anal rays 42. Length of anal base 4.9 into standard length. Pectoral fin rays 11 on both sides. Pelvic fin rays eight on both sides. Inner pelvic rays longer than outer rays. Principal caudal rays 9+10. 1951] Harry: Deep-sea Fishes: Family Paralepididae 33 Coloration. — No mid-dorsal band, but only sparsely scattered chromatophores which are particularly concentrated in five saddle-like patches on back, starting at base of dorsal fin. These patches alternate with similar blotches above anal fin. A few scattered pig- ment cells on mid-ventral line. Otherwise no pigmentation on body. Head with scattered chromatophores on snout, lower jaw, sub- orbital, interorbital and occiput. Greatest pigmentation on head is a patch on top of middle of snout. Measurements in Percent, of Standard Length. — Greatest body depth 2.3; least depth of caudal peduncle 1.4; length of cau- dal peduncle 35.7 ; length of head 13.0 ; length of snout 7.6; eye diameter 1.4; width of in- terorbital 1.3; predorsal distance 64.7; length of dorsal base 1.8 ; dorsal to pelvic dis- tance 10.5; distance between a vertical from dorsal fin and anus 19.4; preanal distance 76.3; length of anal base 20.2; length of pec- toral fin 5.3; length of pelvic fin 3.0; pre- pelvic distance 53.9. This form is illustrated in the generic re- view in press. Genus Sudls Rafinesque. The genus Sudis is primarily character- ied by (1) the lack of any foramen in the anterior process of the premaxillary, (2) upper jaw terminating somewhat before a vertical from anterior border of eye, (3) supramaxillary closely bound or fused to maxillary, (4) teeth on lower jaw well de- veloped, triangular, with serrate edges, (5) gill-teeth reduced, subequal, in a single row, (6) head scaled on preoperculum; otherwise head and body lacking scales. This genus includes only a single species known from the Mediterranean and off Ma- deira. The Bermuda Expeditions did not col- lect this genus. Sudls hyallna Rafinesque. Text-figs. 8 & 9. Material Examined. — Three specimens 125.9-320 mm. in standard length, from the Mediterranean and off Madeira. Specimens Previously Recorded. — Appar- ently only a few specimens f about 25) of this supposedly well-known species have been re- corded in the literature, and most of the accounts of this form were published about the middle of the 19th century. I have been unable to see all the references concerning Sudis hyalina because a considerable portion of the early Italian literature by Verany, Costa, Bellotti, Cocco and Doderlein was un- available. Unfortunately none of the recent papers mentioning Sudis hyalina (Ege, 1930; Maul, 1945; and Parr, 1928) have in- cluded an adequate survey of the literature on this species. Apparently the only 20th century paper describing adults is by Maul (1945, p. 34). The only paper on the early growth stages is by Sanzo (1917). The best 19th century descriptions and figures appear to be those of Bonaparte (1832-41), Cocco Text-fig. 8. Nostrils of Sudis hyalina Rafines- que. The head is facing left. A. Anterior and posterior nostril of a specimen 125.9 mm. in standard length. B. Nostrils of a specimen 300 mm. in standard length ; the anterior nostril is reduced to a small slit in the front border of the posterior nostril. (1839) and Costa. Canestrini (1872, p. 127) records Sudis hyalina from Sicilia, Napole- tano and Liguria. Carus (1893, p. 567) men- tions it from Nizza, Genova, Napoli, Catania and Calabria. Since specimens of Sudis hyalina are par- ticularly rare in museums, it is of interest to record what I have learned about the distri- bution of preserved material. Apparently there are no representatives in New World institutions except those used for the present study at Stanford University. These were recently obtained from the H. H. Giglioli col- lection mentioned below. Dr. Ethelwynn Trewavas has informed me that the British Museum (Natural History) has two speci- mens. Mr. G. E. Maul presented them with a large adult which the British Museum kindly lent me for the present study. Maul has writ- ten me that he has only one specimen at Madeira now. Dr. Enrico Tortonese very gra- ciously checked numerous Italian museums for examples of Sudis hyalina and obtained interesting results. The instituto e Museo di Zoologia of the University of Torino has but one large adult from Naples, Italy. The Genoa Museum, which has the largest ich- thyological collection now existing in Italy, has only one specimen from the Ligurian Sea. The small fish collection of the Statione Zoologica di Napoli has six specimens, in- cluding a large adult. The Museo di Storia Naturale di Firenze probably has the largest existing series of this form, which was as- sembled many years ago by the late H. H. Giglioli. There is one adult from Palermo, Sicily, two adults and five juveniles from Messina, Sicily, four specimens from Cata- nia, Sicily, and two adults from Naples, Italy. Dr. Tortonese also found mention in Gigli- oli’s manuscript notes of specimens in the small museums of the Universities of Cata- nia and Palermo, and that a specimen from Naples was preserved in Bellotti’s collectiori (Museum of Milano) which was destroyed during the last world war. Description of Mediterranean Subadult of 125.9 mm. — Interorbital convex with a [36: 2 T E X T - F I G . 9 . Lateral-line of a specimen of Sudis hyalina Rafin- esque 125.9 mm. in standard length, illustrated in the same man- ner as figure C of the morphological drawings. median longitudinal depression parallelled on each side by a single low closed tube; in- terorbital lacking ridges. Occiput slightly concave, with two pairs of ridges on each side (but not open and leading into tubes) directed obliquely inward from the upper margin of the orbit. Surface of these covered tubes is pierced by numerous pores. Pre- maxillary anteriorly with one tiny depres- sible tooth followed by 11 minute teeth which insensibly grade into a rough-edged pre- maxillary. Tip of lower jaw without anterior unossified prolongations. Vomer toothless. Palatines anteriorly with one fairly short fixed tooth followed by a longer depressible canine. Palatine teeth near tip of snout. Tongue toothless. Mandible anteriorly with two tiny, retrorse canines near tip of jaw; behind these are five large, fixed, antrorse canines; these teeth are broad and flattened and have serrate anterior and posterior mar- gins. On each side of snout are two nostrils separated by a thin membrane; the anterior nostril is smaller, in a short posteriorly di- rected tube. Gillrakers partially developed; each raker consisting of a small base with two short spines. Gillrakers on first arch nine on hyopchanchial, 25 on ceratobranchial, and eight above angle on epibranchial. Gillrakers begin below anterior part of eye. Pharyngo- branchial teeth in one oval patch on each side. Lateral-line with 63 sections, terminating behind anal fin near the beginning of the pro- current caudal rays. Each anterior lateral- line segment with an elongate center shield that has slight indentations. Each anterior section contains 4-5 pores above and below the center shield; in last segments there are one or two pores above and below; rarely is there a median pore. True scales developed on preoperculum in two series. Othewise body and head naked. Pectoral fins as long as distance from snout tip to preopercular margin. Pelvic fins with outer rays distinctly longer than inner rays. Description of Mediterranean and Ma- deira Adults of 300 and 320 mm. — Except where indicated as otherwise, these speci- mens agree with the description of the sub- adult presented above. The ridges on the occiput lead into two tubes on each side, instead of being closed as in the subadult. Edge of premaxillary finely serrate, without anterior depressible canines. Mandible with two tiny teeth near tip of lower jaw, followed by eight fixed teeth. On the inside of the fixed teeth is an- other series of partially formed teeth, which are depressible and pointing obliquely in- ward and posteriorly. Palatines anteriorly with a single fairly large fixed tooth fol- lowed by 2-3 larger depressible canines; pos- teriorly 12-14 tiny retrorse fixed canines in a single row; all of these palatine teeth bas- ally round. On each side of snout is a single large nostril ; in the anterior border of this nostril is a minute anterior nostril. Gill- teeth developed on first two arches only; each raker with two short spines. Gillrakers on first arch 21-23 on hypobranchial, 24 on ceratobranchial, 9-11 above angle on epi- branchial. Gillrakers begin midway between eye and upper jaw. Lateral-line with 71-75 sections, extending onto hypural fan. Each lateral-line segment with circular overlapping scale-like shields, which are pierced by pores above and below. Pectoral fins as long as snout. The 300 mm. specimen is figured by Maul (1945) and in the generic review in press. Discussion of Relationships.-— While the above specimens, approximately one foot long, are large for paralepids, the incomplete development of the gill-teeth probably indi- cates that these specimens are not fully grown. Most of the so-called adult specimens of the scaled genera and of many of the naked genera also do not appear to be fully grown, and it is probable that the true adults are so swift that they have evaded collectors’ efforts to catch them. Sudis hyalina is the most unusual para- lepid known, and it is difficult to trace its re- lationships. The presence of only a few weakly developed scales on the preopercu- lum would superficially place it in an inter- mediate position between the scaly and naked 1951] Harry: Deep-sea Fishes: Family Paralepididae 35 genera of the family. The dentition of the premaxillary is very much like that of the most primitive scaly genus in the family (new genus, in press). The gillraker form, distribution of pharyngobranchial teeth, lack of body squamation, general body and particularly head form, and lateral-line form is clearly the same in many respects as in Lestidium and the other naked genera. Sudis is different from all other paralepids in many respects. So far as known it is the only para- lepid (1) without a foramen in the anterior process of the premaxillary, (2) with the anterior nostril vestigial in the adult, (3) with broad, flattened, mandibular teeth, (4) with serrate teeth, (5) with the greatly en- larged teeth in the lower jaw fixed, (6) with enlarged pectoral fins, (7) with the outer rays of the pelvic fins longer than the inner rays, and (8) with the supramaxillary fused to the maxillary in the adult. It is expected that further study of the osteology of this form will reveal more of its relationships and differences. On the basis of our present knowledge it seems that Sudis must have split off early from the remainder of the family and followed in many respects the evolutionary pattern of the naked genera of the subfamily Paralepidinae. Literature Cited. Beebe, William 1931a. Bermuda Oceanographic Expeditions 1929-30. No. 1 — Introduction. Zoolog- ica, vol. 13, no. 1, pp. 1-14, figs. 1-7. 1931b. Bermuda Oceanographic Expeditions 1929-30. No. 2 — List of nets and data. Zoologica, vol. 13, no. 2, pp. 15-36, 20 tables. 1932. Bermuda Oceanographic Expeditions 1931. Individual nets and data. Zoo- logica, vol. 13, no. 3, pp. 37-45, 8 tables. 1936. Bermuda Oceanographic Expeditions. Individual nets and data, 1932-1935. Zoologica, vol. 13, no. 3, pp. 69-73, 5 tables. 1937. Preliminary list of Bermuda deep-sea fish. Based on the collections from fif- teen hundred metre-net hauls, made in an eight-mile circle south of Nonsuch Island, Bermuda. Zoologica, vol. 22, no. 14, pp. 197-208. Bonaparte, Charles Lucien Jules 1832-1841. Iconografia della fauna italica per le quattro classi degli animali verte- brati. Pesci. Roma, vol. 3, 78 plates (no complete pagination). Canestrini, Giovanni 1877. Fauna d’ltalia. Parte Terza. Pesci. Milano, 208 pp. Carus, Julius Victor 1893. Prodromus Faunae Mediterraneae svie descriptio animalium maris mediter- ranei incolarum. Vol. 2. Branchiosto- mata. Mollusca. Tunicata. Vertebrata. Stuttgart, ix + 854 pp. Cocco, Anastasio 1839. Sul Paralepis hyalinus. Atti Accad. Gioenia Catania, vol. 13, pp. 49-55, 1 pi. (not seen). Ege, Vilh. 1930. The North Atlantic and the Mediter- ranean species of the genus Paralepis Cuv. A systematical and biological in- vestigation. Rep. Danish Ocean. Exped. 1908-1910, vol. 2, no. A13, 201 pp., 37 figs. 1933. On some new fishes of the families Sudidae and Stomiatidae. Vidensk. Medd. Dansk. naturh. Foren., vol. 94, pp. 223-236. Harry, Robert Rees 1951. Studies on the bathypelagic fishes of the family Paralepididae. 1. A survey of the genera. Pacific Science, (in press) . Hubbs, Carl Leavitt, and Karl Frank Lagler 1947. Fishes of the Great Lakes region. Bull. Cranbrook Inst. Sci., no. 26, xi + 186 pp., 251 figs. Maul, G. E. 1945. Monografia dos Peixes do Museu Muni- cipal do Funchal. Familia Sudidae. Bol. Mus. Mun. Funchal, vol. 1, no. 1, 38 pp., 10 figs., 17 tables. Parr, Albert Eide 1928. Deepsea fishes of the order Iniomi from the waters around the Bahama and Bermuda Islands. Bull. Bingham Ocean. Coll., vol. 3, no. 3, 193 pp., 43 figs. 1929. A contribution to the osteology and classification of the orders Iniomi and Xenoberyces ; with description of a new genus and species of the family Sco- pelarchidae, from the western coast of Mexico; and some notes on the visceral anatomy of Rondeletia. Occ. Pap. Bing- ham Ocean. Coll., no. 2, 45 pp., 18 figs. 1931. On the genera Paralepis and Lestidium and the taxonomic status of some of their species. Copeia, 1931, no. 4, pp. 152-158, figs. 1-3. Sanzo, Luigi 1917. Stadi larvali di P. hyalina C. V. Mem. R. Comitato Talassografico Italiano, Roma, vol. 59 (not seen). . . ' Werler: Eggs and Young of Texan & Mexican Reptiles 37 3. Miscellaneous Notes on the Eggs and Young of Texan and Mexican Reptiles. John E. Werler. San Antonio Zoological Society. (Plates I-VII). Scarcely any field work has been done on the habits of Mexican reptiles, and even the mode of reproduction (whether oviparity or ovoviviparity) of only a very few is known with certainty. For example, no information on breeding habits is available in Smith (1939) for 63 of the 80 forms of Sceloporus listed by him as occurring in Mexico. Other illustrations are frequent. In view of this general lack of information, the following notes, although fragmentary, may be of some value. Opportunities for collecting Mexican rep- tiles during 1949 and 1950 and subsequently returning these alive to the San Antonio Zoo for observation, resulted in an accumulation of miscellaneous notes on the breeding habits of various snakes and lizards of Mexico. A few supplementary notes are from observa- tions of snakes purchased from dealers. In addition, considerable information on the eggs and young of some Texan reptiles has been mustered, mostly from material collected by me, but also from specimens do- nated to the Zoo by local people. Of particular interest are the records of eggs and young about which nothing has been recorded previously. These records, i.e., Coleonyx brevis, Crotaphytus reticulatus, Sceloporus grammicus microlepidotus, Eu- meces brevilineatus , Eumeces tetragrammus , Abronia taeniata graminea, Heterodon nasi- cus kennerlyi, Masticophis m. mentovarius and Trimorphodon biscutatus semirutus, whenever possible, are accompanied by a brief description of the hatchlings or new- born snakes. The larger snakes were kept in regular zoo exhibition cages while the smaller snakes and all the lizards were confined individually in gallon glass jars covered with screen lids. Eggs were incubated in Pyrex dishes par- tially filled with damp sand, and this medium was covered with a dampened paper hand towel upon which the eggs were placed. Mois- ture within the containers was controlled by placing a glass lid over each dish, which could be moved aside to permit excess moisture to escape, and replaced when it was desired to retain moisture. Prevailing temperatures during incubation varied from 70 to 90 de- grees Fahrenheit. All measurements, recorded in millimeters and arranged in order of increasing length, were taken as soon as possible after laying, hatching, or birth of young— usually on the same day. Richard Friedrich, President of the San Antonio Zoological Society, and Fred Stark, San Antonio Zoo Director, kindly made pos- sible the time for numerous collecting trips without which many of the specimens would not have been procured. For several local specimens I am indebted to Jack Ried and Glen Fry, both of San Antonio, and Ralph Axtell, of Bishop, Texas. Coleonyx brevis Stejneger. Smith (1948) says of this species, “The life history ... is unknown. Presumably eggs are laid.” Two females from 15 miles north of San Ygnacio, Texas, laid eggs on April 8, 1950, but none hatched. The egg shells were smooth and white. I. Female measured: total length, 107 mm. ; tail, 46 mm. No. Length Width 1 15 8 2 16 9 Average 15.5 8.5 II. One egg was laid by a female of unde- termined length. No. Length Width 1 17 8 Crofaphytus reticufatus Baird. No information is available in the litera- ture on the number or size of the eggs laid by this form. Smith (1946) states it is one of the least known lizards of the country and that its life history is practically unknown. A female collected in Starr County, Texas, on June 1, 1950, was obviously gravid when caught, the outlines of the eggs being very pronounced against the body wall. The lizard died of undetermined causes on January 24, before oviposition could take place, and dis- section disclosed 8 well-developed eggs, al- most spherical in shape. 38 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [36: 3 No. Length Width 1 10 9 2 13 13 3 14 14 4 15 13 5 15 13 6 15 13 7 15 14 8 16 14 Average 14.1 12.8 Sceloporus varlabllls variabilis Wiegmann. A female from near Las Vigas, Veracruz, (elevation 7,500 feet), died at the Zoo on February 11, 1950. Dissection revealed 7 de- veloping embryos, partially enclosed in yolk sacs. They had clearly defined patterns similar to that of the female. No. Total length 1 25 2 25 3 26 4 26 5 26 6 27 7 28 Average 26.1 Sceloporus grammicus microlepidotus Wiegmann. Smith (1939) says of this race, “As re- corded by Herrera, Gadow, and others, m. microlepidotus (= grammicus microlepido- tus) is ovoviviparous.” This apparently is the extent of information available on the young. Seven gravid females were collected in an area of volcanic rock, 3 miles east of Las Vigas, Veracruz, Mexico, January 15 and 16, 1950. Elevation at this site is 7,500 feet. I. A female, 127 mm. in total length, with a tail 59 mm. long, gave birth to 7 young during the night of January 11, 1950. No. Total length Taillength 1 51 29 2 52 28 3 52 29 4 52 30 5 53 29 6 53 30 7 53 31 Average 52.2 29.4 The young of this and the following broods of microlepidotus are much alike in pattern and color, the only important variation be- ing a shortening of the wavy, transverse bands in some specimens or their almost com- plete absence in others, resulting in a pattern of small, paired dorsal spots. The living young are described as follows : All have a velvety appearance. Dorsum gray to dark brown, stippled with darker and lighter flecks which become more pro- nounced laterally. Five to 7 dark brown or black transverse dorsal bands; tail bands 14 to 19, averaging 18. The gular fan is erect and quite pronounced in some individuals, even in those not excited. However, the bril- liant color characteristic of the fan in adult males, is lacking. Superciliaries black, band- ed with pale yellow; these bands being half as wide as the black spaces between them. Lower eyelids black. A narrow, dark line, in the form of an obtuse angle, begins at the anterior edge of the median frontonasal, the arms reaching the posterior edges of the outer frontonasals. A similar but shorter line behind this one. Two narrow, irregular postocular dark stripes extend slightly downward from the orbit, through the ear opening, and unite with the nuchal collar. Another narrow, dark line extends upward and backward from the orbit. Upper and lower labials with a yellow- ish-orange tinge. Black nuchal collar edged on either side with pale yellow. Beginning on front of shoulders, it continues uninterrupted across nape, or, more rarely, is separated mid-dor- sally by several scale rows. Posterior edge of collar regular; anterior, irregular. In some specimens the nuchal collar is interrupted mid-dorsally by several small, irregular, black spots. A light pineal spot is present in most individuals. Dorsal color of limbs same as that of body above, and marked with indistinct, narrow, black bands. Ventrum and underside of limbs dark metallic-green and immaculate. II. This female, 145 mm. long, gave birth to 5 young on February 25, 1950. No. Total length Tail length 1 54 29 2 56 26 3 57 22 4 57 33 5 57 34 Average 56.4 28.8 III. A female with a total length of 116 mm. gave birth to 5 young on February 12, 1950, between 10:00 a.m. and 2:31 p.m. No. Total length Tail length 1 56 33 2 57 33 3 59 34 4 60 36 5 62 38 Average 58.8 34.8 IV. Seven young were born on February 7, 1950, to a female 114 mm. long. 1951] Werler: Eggs and Young of Texan & Mexican Reptiles 39 No. Total length Tail length 1 46 20 2 46 21 3 47 21 4 48 22 5 50 22 6 50 23 7 51 23 Average 48.2 21.7 V. A female, 126 mm. in length, to 5 young on February 18, 1950. gave birth No. Total length Tail length 1 53 24 2 53 24 3 55 24 4 56 23 5 57 26 Average 55.8 24.2 VI. Four young were born on February 16, 1950, to a female 117 mm. long. No. Total length Tail length 1 47 21 2 48 22 3 50 22 4 51 23 Average 49.0 22.0 VII. Seven young were born on March 6, 1950, to a female measuring 146 mm. No. Total length Tail length 1 54 28 2 55 29 3 55 30 4 55 31 5 56 28 6 57 31 7 58 34 Average 55.7 30.1 The young were quite active soon after birth, crawling over and under the leaves in their cages and climbing to the tops of limbs, where they remained sometimes for hours. Their ability to leap from the cage floor to half-way up to a twelve-inch limb was a most amazing feat. Small ants and fly larvae were offered as food a week after birth of the lizards, and although the ants were pursued and eaten, the larvae were rejected after a cursory examination. Sce/opcrus to rquatus torquatus Wiegmann. A large female collected by Miss Juanita Krackowitzer in the Mexican state of Mich- oacan, near Morelia, gave birth to 6 young on May 8, 1950. No. Total length Tail length 1 70 39 2 70 40 3 70 41 4 71 39 5 71 39 6 71 40 Average 70.4 39.6 The young are described as follows: Ground color dark gray. Head gray except for an area of dull bronze on the frontal and a small, dark green spot on the anterior por- tion of the interparietal. A few small, black specks widely scattered over the head. Side of head becoming gradually lighter behind eye, but light area below canthus rostralis sharply contrasting with darker color above. Upper palpebrals bluish-green, edged with black; lower palpebrals similar but with more black. Chin gray, suffused with bluish- green. Dark blue, uninterrupted nuchal col- lar, somewhat lighter mid-dorsally, 3 to 3x/k scales wide. Collar with white posterior edge, except mid-dorsally; anterior edge white. Five pairs of indistinct, dark spots along back. A lateral series of smaller dark spots. Tail with 16-18 dark gray bands, 2 or 3 scales wide, becoming indistinct ventrally. Legs and digits with dark gray bands above, similar to those on tail. Ventrum light gray, suffused with greenish-blue. Leioloplsma laterale (Say). The egg-laying period of this species as noted by Smith (1946), extends from early June to early August. Four females collected by Lester Ellsworth at San Marcos, Texas, laid eggs at the San Antonio Zoo during April and early May, 1950. I. This female laid 4 eggs on April 19. No. Length Width 1 8 4 2 9 4 3 9 4 4 9 5 Average 8.7 4.2 II. A female, 38 mm. long, laid 2 eggs on April 27. No. Length Width 1 8 3 2 9 4 Average 8.5 3.5 III. Three eggs were deposited by a large female on April 29. No. Length Width 1 9 4 2 9 4 3 9 5 Average 9.0 4.3 40 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [36: 3 IV. On May 1, a female laid 2 eggs. No. Length Width 1 9 4 2 9 5 Average 9.0 4.5 Eumeces lynxe furcirosiris (Cope). Two adult females were collected 3 miles east of Las Vigas, Veracruz, Mexico, Jan- uary 16, 1950. I. This lizard gave birth to 5 young on March 12, 1950. Total length of female, 124 mm. No. Total length Tail length 1 50 24 2 51 25 3 52 25 4 54 25 5 55 27 Average 52.4 25.2 . On March 17, 1950, 3 young were born female 134 mm. long. No. Total length Tail length 1 47 23 2 54 24 3 57 26 Average 52.6 24.3 Eumeces brevilineatus Cope. Smith (1946) states that the life history of this lizard is not known. On April 13, 1949, a large female, measur- ing 182 mm. in total length, was collected under old papers on Somerset Road, just south of San Antonio, Texas. On May 18, thirty-five days after capture, the lizard laid 7 non-granular, non-adhesive eggs, the first of a complement of 12. The following day another egg was deposited, and subsequently, on May 20, four additional eggs were laid. Three of these, which were soft and buff- colored, soon desiccated. No. Length Width 1 10 7 2 10 7 3 11 8 4 11 8 5 12 6 6 12 7 7 12 8 8 12 8 9 12 8 10 12 8 11 12 8 12 12 8 Average 11.5 7.5 With apparently good reason, the female made no attempt to bury the eggs or to cover them with the slightly damp sand upon which they were deposited. Taylor (1935) notes that the eggs laid by captive Eumeces s. sep- tentrionalis invariably rotted if completely covered by moist earth. Although on several occasions the lizard was found coiled loosely about the eggs for short periods, this behavior was not consist- ent and therefore does not seem sufficient evidence that bodily incubation of the eggs is normal for this species. Three of the eggs hatched, the others hav- ing desiccated during incubation. Two young emerged from their shells on the morning of June 13, between 8:05 a.m. and 8:14 a.m.; the third on the morning of June 14. No. Total length Tail length 1 49 24 2 51 25 3 53 26 Average 51.0 25.0 The young are considerably darker than the parent. Dorsal ground color is deep choco- late brown, each scale with a light posterior edge. Sharply defined cream colored dorso- lateral lines extend backward from tip of snout, passing above nostrils and across supraoculars, and disappearing well behind axilla. Union of the dorsolateral light lines on the snout results in a light, vertical bar through the rostral. Well defined lateral lines extend backward from rostral, the same dis- tance as dorsolateral lines. Chin and throat light brown and immacu- late. Ventrum light brown anteriorly, becom- ing gradually darker posteriorly. Tail above chocolate brown at base, rapidly becoming light green posteriorly. Posterior three- quarters of tail azure blue. Fore-legs uni- formly dark brown above; immaculate and dirty white beneath. Hind legs uniformly dark brown above and but little lighter be- low. Eumeces tetragrammus Baird. Two females laid eggs at the Zoo during 1950. I. Twelve eggs were laid on the morning of April 27, 1950, by a large female collected at the northern outskirts of Laredo, Texas. No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Length 7 9 10 10 10 10 10 11 11 11 11 12 Width 12 7 6 7 7 7 8 7 7 7 7 7 Average 10.2 7.4 1951] Werler : Eggs and Young of Texan & Mexican Reptiles 41 II. Another female from the same locality as the first, laid 5 eggs on May 4, 1950. No. Length Width 1 12 6 2 12 7 3 13 8 4 14 7 5 14 8 Average 13.0 7.2 Abronia taenia fa graminea (Cope). Smith (in letter) states there is absolutely nothing known regarding the breeding hab- its and life history of this species. Many individuals of the species taeniata found in the Las Vigas area of Veracruz appear to be intergrades between the races taeniata and graminea. Our specimens ex- hibit characteristics of both forms, although they favor the latter. A large female from 3 miles east of Las Vigas, Veracruz, Mexico, gave birth to 4 young on April 12, 1950. No. Total length Tail length 1 67 36 2 72 39 3 74 40 4 76 41 Average 72.2 39.0 The young are described as follows: Top of head bluish-green, lightly flecked with black. A postocular black marking on either side of head, directed backward and upward to the tertiary temporals, thence nar- rowing as it extends forward from these scales, along the outer edges of the supra- oculars. An irregular, small, black parietal spot near back of the head. Immediately be- hind this, extending laterally, are two large, black spots. A narrow, black line extends in an arc from below the eye to the loreal. Be- low this is a somewhat wider postocular black stripe from behind the eye to the ear open- ing. Lower edges of upper labials irregu- larly edged with black. A series of 9 irregular, black crossbands on body, 19 on tail; those near end of tail reduced to mere spots. Ground color on back, light tan or dirty-white. A series of some- what diffused secondary lateral spots ex- tending onto edge of ventrum. Limbs banded above with black. Soles of feet a pale green- ish-yellow. Ventrum immaculate and dirty- yellow. In two specimens the crossbands are short- ened and interrupted mid-dorsally, resulting in a pattern of small, paired spots, irregular and valuable in shape (PI. II, Fig. 5). Gerrhonofus llocephalus infernalis Baird. I. A female from Medina County, Texas, laid 3 eggs between 3:02 p.m. and 6:30 p.m. on January 30, 1950; two more between 6:15 p.m. and 6:30 p.m. on January 31; and 5 more on February 1. The eggs were white, non-granular and non-adhesive. No. Length Width 1 15 9 2 16 9 3 16 10 4 16 10 5 17 9 6 17 11 7 17 13 8 18 9 9 18 10 10 19 9 Average 16.9 9.9 II. A female from central Texas laid 5 eggs under a piece of bark in ' her cage on Feb- ruary 18, 1950. These were white, non-gran- ular and non-adhesive. No. Length Width 1 19 10 2 19 10 3 19 11 4 19 11 5 20 10 Average 19.2 10.4 During incubation, 2 of the eggs became moldly and were discarded. Egg slits were seen to appear in 2 of the remaining eggs on the morning of March 31, and in the last egg about noon of April 1. By 1:00 p.m., April 2, all the lizards had emerged from their shells. No. Total length Tail length 1 90 34 2 95 35 3 99 36 Average 94.6 35.0 Heterodon nasicus kennerlyl Kennicott. Seven eggs were found in a sack contain- ing a female brought to the Zoo on June 3, 1950. The snake, which measured 656 mm. in total length and 76 mm. in tail length, was collected in Starr County, Texas. The eggs were white, smooth and non-adherent. They were beginning to desiccate when discovered and failed to hatch. No. Length Width 1 20 15 2 22 14 3 22 15 4 23 14 5 23 15 6 24 14 7 24 15 Average 22.5 14.5 Masticophis flagellum testaeeus (Say). A female from San Antonio, Texas, meas- uring 1,324 mm., laid 8 eggs on June 6, 1950. These were white and granular. 42 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [36: 3 No. Length Width 1 40 22 2 44 22 3 45 22 4 46 23 5 46 23 6 49 22 7 51 25 8 57 24 Average 47.2 22.9 Masticophis mentovarius ment ovarius (Dumeril & Bibron). Ortenburger (1928) gives no information concerning the eggs of this form, nor are data on its breeding habits available else- where in the literature. A large female collected on January 15, 1950, several miles north of Alvarado, Vera- cruz, Mexico, deposited 17 eggs between March 23 and 25, 1950. These were white, non-adhesive, and covered with fine, salt-like grains (PI. V, Fig. 11). Three were discov- ered on the cage floor on the morning of March 23, and 9 were laid that day at inter- vals of 39 to 72 minutes, with an average between ovipositions of 51 minutes. Three additional eggs were found in the cage on the morning of March 24, and 2 more the following morning, March 25. Desiccation of the eggs apparently took place during an attempt to photograph them under hot photo- flood lights. In spite of subsequent efforts to save them by the use of additional mois- ture, they soon dried beyond recovery. No. Length Width Weight (in grams) 1 46 30 26.6 2 48 30 24.0 3 51 30 24.7 4 51 31 24.0 5 51 33 24.5 6 52 32 23.3 7 54 32 25.9 8 54 34 24.7 9 55 29 26.6 10 55 31 26.5 11 57 26 22.3 12 58 31 24.9 13 58 32 26.2 14 61 29 26.9 15 61 30 26.4 16 61 32 26.9 17 64 30 25.9 Average 55.1 30.7 25.3 Drymobius margaritiferus margaritiferus (Schlegel). A female, 940 mm. long, laid 2 infertile eggs on July 29, 1950. These had non-ad- hesive, non-granular shells. No. Length Width 1 43 15 2 45 14 Average 44.0 14.5 Elaphe laeta laeta (Baird & Girard). On June 14, 1950, a female 1,136 mm. long, from near Brownsville, Texas, laid 5 smooth, adhesive eggs. Ten more were deposited the following day, June 15. No. Length Width 1 40 29 2 41 30 3 42 27 4 43 28 5 43 28 6 44 29 7 45 28 8 45 29 9 45 30 10 46 29 11 46 29 12 46 30 13 47 28 14 47 31 15 50 30 Average 44.6 29.0 Slits first appeared in 2 of the eggs on August 7, and these snakes : emerged from their shells on August 8. Two additional snakes escaped from their shells on August 9, another on August 10, and the last two on August 12. No. Length Width 1 370 63 2 377 68 3 377 69 4 380 65 5 395 65 6 397 66 7 397 67 Average 384.7 66.1 Examined several days after hatching, the young may be described as follows: Dorsal ground color very light brown. The dorsal body blotches, which number from 33 to 36 and show an average of 35, have a chestnut brown color and are from 4 to 6 scales long and 8 to 12 scales wide. Each blotch bears a dark brown border, x/2 scale wide; more distinct on the anterior and pos- terior than on the lateral edges. Dorsal tail blotches 22 to 26. A series of lighter colored lateral blotches below and alternating with the dorsal series, being regular in size and shape. Small dark brown spots, irregular in size and shape, below the secondary blotches, extending from the third and fourth rows of scales to the lateral edges of the ventrals. Ventrum pale pink and marked with many small, rectangular spots which tend to group in pairs and generally are more numerous along the outer edges of the ventrals. Snout, from top of rostral to anterior edge of prefrontals, olive brown. A dark, U- shaped interocular stripe extends across pos- terior portions of prefrontals, anterior edge of frontal, anterior portions of supraoculars, and upper part of preoculars. A postocular stripe of similar color begins directly be- hind orbit, terminating on the seventh and 1951] Werler: Eggs and Young of Texan & Mexican Reptiles 43 eighth, or eighth and ninth upper labials. A dark brown subocular spot occupies portions of fourth, fifth and sixth upper labials. Ad- ditional small, brown spots on the lower halves of first, second and third upper labials. The first nuchal blotch separates near the back of the head; the two attenuated halves continuing forward as two arms of a pincer through the middle outer edges of the parie- tals, to the posterior third of the frontal. A small, brown spot, usually round, covers the center of the frontal. Small, irregular, brown spots on the outer edges of the mental and along sutures of the lower labials. Remainder of chin and throat immaculate. Elaphe obsoleta confinis Baird & Girard. I. A small female, 762 mm. in length, col- lected by Jack Ried at Los Olmos Dam, San Antonio, Texas, deposited 5 eggs on June 24, 1949. These white, non-granular eggs were found in a shallow depression in the sand which covered the cage floor, the excavation apparently having been made by the female before or during egg laying. No. Length Width 1 67 18 2 67 21 3 70 19 4 71 20 5 76 20 Average 70.2 19.6 Slits were seen to appear in one egg of the clutch on August 15. This snake emerged from its shell on August 16. The remaining 4 eggs hatched on August 17. No. Total length Tail length 1 418 68 2 419 64 3 431 70 4 448 78 5 447 76 Average 432.6 71.2 II. On July 19, 1950, fourteen eggs were found by Jack Ried near San Antonio, Texas, in the top of a rotted, standing tree trunk, over 5 feet above the ground. Egg shells of a previous hatching, probably last year’s, were found with the live eggs. No. Length Width 1 43 28 2 43 30 3 43 30 4 43 31 5 43 32 6 44 29 7 44 30 8 45 31 9 46 29 10 46 30 11 46 31 12 46 31 13 46 32 14 47 31 Average 44.6 30.3 The eggs hatched on July 27, 28 and 29. No. Total length Tail length 1 387 69 2 396 65 3 413 77 4 413 79 5 415 71 6 437 79 7 441 68 8 442 77 9 455 79 10 457 75 11 457 81 12 500 76 13 501 80 14 510 84 Average 444.5 75.7 A comparison of the pattern of these young with that of a Florida confinis now at hand, apparently also recently hatched, is in- teresting in view of the current uncertain status of the western population, formerly called lindheimeri and later placed in syno- nymy with confinis. Adult Texan confinis, as a group, are ex- tremely variable in both pattern and colora- tion, even within a small geographic area, but all of the 45 or 50 young examined thus far (this group included) have been consist- ently similar in these characteristics. The juvenile Florida confinis, received from E. Ross Allen and collected at Wakulla Springs in Wakulla County, is readily dis- tinguishable from young Texan specimens by (1) the smaller dorsal blotches and (2) the wider intervening spaces separating them. A typical juvenile from Texas (No. 2, above) has 33 dorsal blotches on the body and 15 caudal blotches, those on the body being from 3 to 5 scales long (average 4.5) and from 10 to 13 scales wide (average 12). The spaces between blotches are from 2 to 3.5 scales long (average 2.5). The Wakulla Springs specimen measures 332 mm. in length and possesses 30 dorsal body blotches and 15 tail blotches. In comparison with the Texan young, it has body blotches which are from 3 to 5 scales long (average 4.5) and from 7 to 9 scales wide (average 8.5) . Spaces between blotches vary in length from 3 to 7 scales (average 4). Other conspicuous differences are the pro- portionately much smaller lateral blotches of the Wakulla Springs young and the lighter, almost white, ground color of this specimen as compared with the light gray ground col- or of the Texan young. An adequate series of young from the east- ern part of the range is necessary before these differences can be proved consistent. III. A 1,374 mm. long female from several miles north of Junction, Texas, laid 7 eggs on June 19, 1950. 44 Zoological New York Zoological Society [36: 3 No. Length Width 1 61 26 2 63 25 3 65 24 4 65 27 5 66 24 6 70 25 7 71 26 Average 65.8 25.3 Three of these hatched on August 7. No. Total length Tail length 1 443 73 2 451 75 3 463 78 Average 452.3 75.3 IV. A female caught on the grounds of In- carnate Word College, San Antonio, Texas, laid 1 egg on June 13, 1950, 2 eggs on June 15 and 6 on June 16. No. Length Width 1 41 22 2 41 23 3 42 23 4 42 24 5 44 24 6 44 24 7 45 24 8 45 25 9 47 23 Average 43.4 23.5 One of these eggs hatched on August 8; four on August 9. No. Total length Tail length 1 227 47 2 415 65 3 428 66 4 431 69 5 442 72 Average (of 4) 424.0 64.0 Hatchling No. 1 is an aberrant runt with a pattern of well-defined longitudinal stripes (PI. VI, Fig. 14) , and is described as follows : Dorsal ground color gray, tinged with yel- low mid-dorsally. The center of each scale with more or less dense, black pigment; the posterior edge dirty-white. Two black dorsal stripes, 2% scales wide, beginning near the parietals and terminating at the tip of the tail. A narrow lateral line on either side of the dorsal stripes, beginning on the neck (where they are 2.5 scales wide), decreasing gradually in width, and terminating at a point several inches from the head (where they are a half scale wide). Many narrow, black, longitudinal streaks dorsally and lat- erally, becoming more numerous along the sides. These are generally from 3 to 5 scales long. A black spot on the outer edge of each ventral scale, forming a broken line from the third ventral to the tip of the tail. Ventrum with a suffusion of dark pigment. Top of head gray. Snout somewhat darker than remainder of head. An interocular black stripe crosses the posterior halves of the prefrontals, the extreme anterior edge of the frontal, and sutures of the supraoculars and prefrontals. An irregular, transverse, dark mark across the middle of the frontal. Post- ocular dark stripe from orbit to seventh and eighth upper labials. Posterior edges of up- per and most of lower labials with some black marking. Lampropeltls getulus splendida (Baird & Girard). During the night of July 24, 1950, a female from Christine, J'exas, deposited 12 eggs in the water dish in its cage, but as a result of lying in the water for many hours before discovery, the eggs became hard and turgid and failed to hatch. The following measure- ments, therefore, must be considered ab- normally large and probably out of true pro- portion, since the water-soaked eggs un- doubtedly lost their true shape and likely in- creased somewhat in size during submer- gence. No. Length Width 1 35 19 2 35 20 3 35 20 4 36 20 5 36 22 6 36 22 7 37 23 8 38 25 9 39 24 10 39 25 11 40 26 12 41 30 Average 38.1 23.0 Lampropeltls doliata a nnulata Kennicott. On May 28, 1949, a female of this sub- species was collected at Christine, Texas. The snake measured 712 mm. in total length. Between 10 :00 a.m. and 4:23 p.m., June 5, the snake laid 5 eggs with smooth, adhesive shells. No. Length Width 1 48 18 2 48 19 3 49 20 4 49 21 5 52 20 Average 49.2 19.6 Two days before hatching, the eggs ap- peared somewhat collapsed, and on July 24, fifty days after oviposition, slits appeared in 2 of the eggs. The following morning 2 hatch- lings were found coiled on the floor of the incubation dish, and during the afternoon a third hatched. 1951] Werler: Eggs and Young of Texan & Mexican Reptiles 45 No. Total length Tail length 1 231 34 2 234 35 3 237 36 Average 234.0 35.0 Natrlx slpedon con Aliens Blanchard. A large female, 715 mm. long, collected by Lawrence Curtis in central Texas, was con- fined for 16 months with a smaller, almost totally black male from Louisiana. On the morning of July 25, 1950, ten new-born young were found in the cage. All were light in color and vividly marked. No. Total length Taillength 1 176 26 2 209 54 3 213 51 4 220 54 5 221 58 6 225 54 7 225 60 8 230 55 9 234 57 10 239 60 Average 219.2 52.9 Thamnephh marelanus marelanus (Baird & Girard). Two females collected at Helotes, Texas, gave birth to young during 1950. The young of the first brood all had mid-dorsal stripes of pale yellow while those of the second brood possessed stripes of pale orange. I. Eleven young were born on June 19 to a female 676 mm. long. No. Total length 1 175 2 179 3 180 4 186 5 187 6 191 7 192 8 198 9 198 10 200 11 202 Average 189.8 II. Six young were born on July 21 to a female which measured 843 mm. in total length. No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 Thsmnephls slrtalh anneefens Brown. A female collected in Dallas County by Lawrence Curtis gave birth to 7 young on August 3, 1950. Two of these died and were discarded before measurements were taken. No. Total length Tail length 1 208 57 2 212 52 3 218 51 4 219 51 5 228 61 Average 217.0 54.4 Hypslglena oehrorhyncha texana Stejneger. On March 10, 1950, a female which meas- ured 488 mm. in total length and 63 mm. in tail length, was collected 19.3 miles north of San Ygnacio, Zapata County, Texas. She laid a clutch of 4 eggs, with smooth, non-granular shells, on April 25, 1950. No. Length Width 1 27 11 2 29 9 3 29 10 4 32 10 Average 29.2 10.0 Two of these hatched on June 18. No. Total length Tail length 1 146 23 2 153 22 Average 149.5 22.5 The young possess a ground color of light gray, which ends abruptly on the first and second scale rows. Primary dorsal body blotches, which number 47 in one specimen and 49 in the other, have an olive-brown color, and are from 2 to 4 scales long and from 3 to 6 scales wide. Spaces between blotches are 1 or 2 scales long. A series of smaller lateral blotches is located below, and alternates with the dorsal series. Below the lateral blotches is a third row of spots, oc- cupying the second, third, and sometimes fourth row of scales. Ventrum white and immaculate. Top of head light gray with scattered spots of olive bi'own. A broad, brown postocular stripe extends backward from the eye, inter- cepting the four posterior upper labials, and widening at the neck to form the first nuchal blotch. Chin stippled with brown, most heavily pigmented on the mental, lower labials and chin shields. Thirteen days after hatching, the young ate newly-hatched Sceloporus olivaceus, but refused to eat small Anolis carolinensis which were offered from time to time. Most of the day the snakes remained hidden be- neath the sand in their cage, coming to the surface to prowl only after dark. Total length 123 156 159 166 173 181 Average 159.6 46 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [36: 3 Trimorphodon blscutatus semlrutus Smith. There is no information in the literature concerning the eggs and young of this large Mexican opisthoglyph snake. I. On November 2, 1948, a male, in an ap- parent attempt to mate with a much larger female cagemate, vigorously pursued her about the tree limbs in their cage. During this activity the male often interrupted his pursuit and, with neck raised at a slight angle, moved his head from side to side in a slow waving motion through a horizontal arc of nearly ninety degrees. This courting behavior continued for nearly three hours, but no coitus was observed. At 5:01 p.m. on December 29, 1948, the female deposited the first of 20 eggs while loosely coiled in a tree limb more than 3 feet above the cage floor. During the following day and night, 18 additional eggs were laid, and on January 7 the last egg was deposited. The eggs were of diverse shapes and sizes, non-granular and covered with an adhesive substance. Eggs which came in contact with one another after being placed in the incu- bation dish, readily adhered. On December 30, when 18 of the 20 eggs were laid, the shortest and longest time intervals between ovipositions were nine-and-a-half minutes, and one hour and twenty minutes, respec- tively. Each oviposition required from 14 to 48 seconds and averaged nearly 24 seconds. From early morning until late in the after- noon on December 28, just prior to egg lay- ing, the female was coiled in the cage pool. At no other time during her confinement was a predilection for water observed. None of the eggs hatched. Dissection re- vealed their contents to be tough, spongy masses ; doubtless a sign of infertility. No. Length Width 1 30 19 2 31 19 3 31 19 4 31 20 5 32 19 6 33 18 7 34 21 8 35 19 9 35 23 10 36 23 11 37 24 12 38 23 13 40 25 14 41 17 15 43 22 16 43 23 17 43 24 18 43 24 19 43 24 20 45 24 Average 37.1 21.5 Twenty eggs were laid on March 1949, by a female said to be from Colima, Mexico. Length of female, 1,793 mm. No. Length Width 1 34 22 2 35 22 3 35 23 4 36 21 5 36 22 6 36 23 7 36 25 8 37 16 9 37 21 10 37 21 11 37 21 12 37 21 13 37 22 14 37 22 15 37 24 16 38 18 17 38 20 18 40 24 19 42 19 20 42 20 Average 37.2 21.3 Micrurus tulvius tenere Baird & Girard. A large female was received May 15, 1950, from the Santa Rosa Hospital in San An- tonio, Texas, after having bitten a man. After the accident, the victim brought the snake to the hospital for identification, not convinced that the bite was poisonous. At the Zoo the snake was placed in a cage with 3 other coral snakes. On May 16, and again on May 18, the smaller male in the cage mated with the new arrival. The latter died on June 3, 1950, presumably from the effects of an insecticide used to spray the moss in the cage. Dissection of the snake disclosed 9 eggs with thin, soft shells, not yet fully developed. Four of the eggs were accidently broken be- fore they were measured. The remaining eggs measured : No. Length Width 1 14 9 2 15 11 3 15 11 4 16 11 5 17 11 Average 15.4 10.6 Agklstrodon contortrix latlctnctus Gloyd & Conant. A female was collected by Jack Ried at Helotes, Texas, on August 14, 1950. On Sep- tember 3 she passed 4 fully-developed, still- born young. No. Total length Tail length 1 225 38 2 226 38 3 228 36 4 230 37 Average 227.2 37.2 1951] Werler: Eggs and Young of Texan & Mexican Reptiles 47 Crotalus atrox Baird & Girard. A small female was collected during the night of July 14, 1949, several miles south of Nuevo Laredo, Tamaulipas, Mexico. The snake measured 887 mm. in total length. On August 20, between 3:21 p.m. and 5:36 p.m., she gave birth to 10 young. No. Total length 1 1 214 2 282 3 291 4 291 5 291 6 293 7 295 8 296 9 301 10 316 Average 287.0 Crotalus lepldus lepldus Rafinesque. A female of this subspecies from the Blackstone Ranch, 13 miles south of Sheffield, Terrell County, Texas, gave birth to 3 young on July 21, 1950. The mother measured 512 mm. in total length. No. Total length Tail length 1 210 2l 2 214 21 3 229 22 Average 217.6 21.3 The adult shows a departure from the nor- mal coloration of this form in Texas, being exceptionally light with much-faded cross- bands. The young, however, are more vividly colored, with dark gray (almost black) crossbands on a ground color of lighter gray. Food items taken by the new-born snakes include young Sceloporus olivaceus, small Anolis carolinensis, and new-born mice. Crotalus vlrldis vlridls Rafinesque. Two females, apparently gravid upon ar- rival at the San Antonio Zoo, were collected by Ted Klein at the Crow Ranch in Randall County, Texas. I. The first of these, a female, 811 mm. long, was found dead in its cage on the morn- ing of August 22, 1950. No reason for the death could be determined. Dissection of the snake revealed 12 well-developed embryos with considerable yolk still attached. The embryo males were easily recognizable, their penes being everted and very dark in color — an indication that parturition was still some time away. No. Total length Tail length 1 193 11 2 195 14 3 200 12 4 204 12 1 Measurements of these and the following rattlesnakes do not include the “button” or rattle. 5 204 15 6 206 11 7 208 13 8 209 16 9 210 14 10 211 13 11 212 17 12 214 17 Average 205.5 13.7 II. This female measured 850 mm. in total length. She died on August 27, 1950. A par- tially atrophied runt embryo was found tightly lodged in the uterus near the cloaca, and this was followed by 11 fully-developed, normal embryos, obviously ready to be born. No. Total length Tail length 1 187 15 2 233 17 3 250 15 4 252 19 5 256 18 6 258 17 7 259 18 8 260 19 9 262 20 10 267 22 11 270 16 Average 250.3 17.8 Lepldoehelys kempll (Garman). Much of the following information was supplied by Mr. Jesse R. Laurence, of Corpus Christi, Texas, who donated to the Zoo the 4 hatchling turtles mentioned in the notes. The mother, estimated to weigh about 125 pounds, was seen to crawl onto the beach at Padre Island, at a point about 45 miles south- east of Corpus Christi, Texas, March 23, 1950. The turtle laid approximately 100 eggs in a hole which she had dug in the beach, and later covered these with sand. The eggs were described as, “. . . about the size of ping pong balls, with firm but pliable shells.” Eighteen of these were returned to the home of Mr. Laurence and placed in a bushel basket filled with sand. The eggs were 6 inches below the surface. The basket was kept outdoors where the sun could shine directly on it, and, occa- sionally, as the sand became dry, it was sprinkled with water. Sixty-two days after oviposition, on July 25, the eggs began to hatch, the young being about, “. . . the size of a silver dollar.” At 120 days of age, 4 sur- viving young measured: No. Carapace length Carapace width 1 105 91 2 117 93 3 119 94 4 121 95 Average 115.5 93.2 All possess 3 very pronounced longitudinal keels on the carapace, one along the verte- bral row of shields and one on each row of costals. The median keel is much the highest. 48 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [36: 3: 1951] The plastron has 4 longitudinal keels which are only about a third as high as those on the carapace. The young turtles are uniformly black above, with narrow, white edging on all limbs and along the outer edge of the cara- pace. Beneath they are white with variable black markings. References. Ortenburger, A. I. 1928. The Whip Snakes and Racers, Genera Masticophis and Coluber. Mem. Univ. Mich. Mus., No. 1, pp. 1-247. EXPLANATION All photos by Dai'ling and Werler, San Antonio Zoological Society, unless otherwise credited. Plate I. Fig. 1. Female Eumeces lynxe furcirostris and young born to her on March 12, 1950. Total brood numbered five. Fig. 2. Female Eumeces brevilineatus from near San Antonio, Texas, and clutch of 12 eggs laid May 18, 1949. The 3 buff-colored eggs, recognizable in the photo, desiccated soon after being laid. (Photo by MacAllister) Plate II. Fig. 3. Two Eumeces brevilineatus emerged from the eggs on June 13, twenty-six days after oviposition. The egg shells of the hatchlings are visible between the lizards. (Photo by MacAllister) Fig. 4. Female Abronia taeniata from near Las Vigas, Veracruz, Mexico, and one of 4 young born to her on April 12, 1950. Fig. 5. The young Abronia taeniata pictured here have crossbands which are short- ened, and interrupted mid-dorsally, re- sulting in a pattern of small, paired spots. This probably is an atypical pat- tern. Two specimens of the same brood, not photographed, possess a pattern of transverse bands which extend unin- terrupted across the dorsum. Plate III. Fig. 6. Female Gerrhonotus liocephalus in- fernalis and 3 young hatched from eggs which she laid on February 18, 1950. Fig. 7. Newly hatched young and egg shell of Gerrhonotus liocephalus infemalis, April 2, 1950. Smith, H. M. 1939. The Mexican and Central American Lizards of the Genus Sceloporus. Zool. Ser. Field Mus. Nat. Hist., 26: 1-397. 1946. Handbook of Lizards of the United States and Canada. Comstock Publish- ing Company, pp. 1-557. Taylor, E. H. 1935. A Taxonomic Study of the Cosmopoli- tan Scincoid Lizards of the Genus Eumeces, with an Account of the Dis- tribution and Relationships of the Species. Univ. Kan. Sci. Bull., 23 : 1-643. OF THE PLATES. Plate IV. Figs. 8, 9, 10. Stages in the egg laying of a Masticophis mentovarius mentovarius. The female is from near Alvarado, Veracruz, Mexico. Plate V. Fig. 11. Clutch of 17 eggs laid by Masticophis mentovarius mentovarius from Alva- rado, March 23 to 25, 1950. Fig. 12. New-born Elaphe laeta laeta hatched August 9, 1950. Plate VI. Fig. 13. Newly-hatched Elaphe obsoleta con- finis from San Antonio, Texas. The larger dorsal blotches and shorter in- tervening spaces separating them readily distinguish these Texan hatch- lings from a young Florida confinis collected near Wakulla Springs. Fig. 14. Aberrant hatchling Elaphe obsoleta confinis from San Antonio, Texas. Fig. 15. Female Lampropeltis doliata annulata from Christine, Texas, and clutch of 5 eggs laid on June 5, 1949. (Photo by MacAllister) Plate VII. Fig. 16. Eggs of Hypsiglena ochrorhyncha texana laid April 25, 1950. Fig. 17. Female Crotalus lepidus lepidus from the Blackstone Ranch, Terrell County, Texas, and brood of newly-born young, July 21, 1950. Young snake at extreme left has not yet broken through the amniotic membrane which encloses it. The adult shows a departure from the normal coloration, being unusually light. The young are darker and more vividly marked. WERLER. PLATE I. FIG. 1. MISCELLANEOUS NOTES ON THE EGGS AND YOUNG OF TEXAN AND MEXICAN REPTILES. WERLER. PLATE II. FIG. 5. MISCELLANEOUS NOTES ON THE EGGS AND YOUNG OF TEXAN AND MEXICAN REPTILES. FIG. 7. MISCELLANEOUS NOTES ON THE EGGS AND YOUNG OF TEXAN AND MEXICAN REPTILES. WERLER. PLATE III. FIG. 6. WERLER PLATE IV FIG. 8. FIG. 9. FIG. 10. MISCELLANEOUS NOTES ON THE EGGS AND YOUNG OF TEXAN AND MEXICAN REPTILES. WERLER. PLATE V. WERLER. PLATE VI. FIG. 15. MISCELLANEOUS NOTES ON THE EGGS AND YOUNG OF TEXAN AND MEXICAN REPTILES WERLER. PLATE VII MISCELLANEOUS NOTES ON THE EGGS AND YOUNG OF TEXAN AND MEXICAN REPTILES. FIG. 16. * Clark & Aronson: Sexual Behavior in the Guppy 49 4. Sexual Behavior in the Guppy, Lebistes reticulatus ( Peters ) . Eugenie Clark & Lester R. Aronson. Department of Animal Behavior, The American Museum of Natural History. (Plates I-VII; Text-figures 1 & 2). Introduction. The guppy Lebistes reticulatus (Peters) is probably the best known of the poeciliid fishes. It is a viviparous fish, attractive, hardy and prolific and therefore popular with both aquarists and scientists. Recently sev- eral discussions on sexual behavior in the guppy have been included in papers pri- marily concerned with other aspects of be- havior, morphology, physiology, genetics and taxonomy. In addition, numerous observa- tions on this subject have appeared in the popular aquarium journals. One of the most striking features of the sexual behavior in this species is the manner in which the males persistently pursue the females, and the great frequency with which the males jab at the genital region of the females with a momentary thrust of the highly modified anal fin or gonopodium. Al- though it is generally known that in most of these thrusts the gonopodial tip never quite reaches the female, in many of these reports the assumption is made, or implied, that these thrusts are true copulations and result in the transfer of sperm from male to female. In a recent study on reproductive behavior in two closely related poeciliid fishes, Platy- poecilus maculatus and Xiphophorus hellerh (Clark, Aronson & Gordon, 1948; in ms.), j we found that this momentary thrust or jab- bing response never resulted in insemination even when a definite contact of the gonopo- dium with the female’s genital opening was attained. True copulation in X. hellerii and P. maculatus was determined to be a rela- tively prolonged act, lasting as much as 5.6 seconds, a period in which the male and I; female appear to be hooked together. Al- | though these species have also been widely j used in biological research for many years, these prolonged contacts had been reported briefly in only two previous studies. In view of this, we thought it possible that a pro- longed type of contact in the guppy might j have been overlooked, and that in this case j. also, the short but frequent thrusts, although part of the courtship pattern, were not in- l volved in the actual insemination of the fe- I male. j In general there have been two views on lj the mechanism of copulation in the guppy. Several investigators assumed that the momentary thrusts were the behavioral acts which resulted in insemination of the female. At the same time they realized that the gono- podium often never quite reached the female. Hence they explained the copulatory act by postulating that the sperm (in the form of relatively large capsules or spermatophores) are shot at the female genital opening by the gonopodium. Other investigators considered definite contact between the tip of the gono- podium and the genital orifice of the female necessary for sperm transfer. This present report presents experimental evidence on some phases of sexual behavior in the guppy, particularly on the act of insem- ination. This evidence will serve to correct some of the erroneous conjectures. By a com- bination of observational methods on mating behavior, by utilizing isolated females, and by using a smear technique for the detection of sperm in the female after insemination, we have been able to determine and define the act of sperm transfer. Supplementary studies are also presented which we hope will contribute to the general understanding of sexual behavior in this and related species. Acknowledgements. This work has been supported in part by a grant from the Committee for Research in Problems of Sex, National Research Council. One of us (E. C.) holds an Atomic Energy Commission Postdoctoral Reseai’ch Fellow- ship in Biological and Agricultural Sciences of the National Research Council, sponsored by The American Museum of Natural His- tory. The authors wish to express their grati- tude to Drs. C. M. Breder, Jr., Myron Gor- don, Caryl P. Haskins, T. C. Schneirla, Messrs. James W. Atz and Bonn Eric Rosen for reading the manuscript and offering helpful suggestions. We are also indebted to Mr. Atz for calling our attention to refer- ences in the literature, particularly the valu- able article by Otakar Stepanek which was kindly translated for us by Dr. S. Moss. Messrs. Thane Bierwert, Leon Boltin and Elwood Logan of the Photography Division of The American Museum of Natural His- tory gave us valuable assistance in setting up the electronic flash unit and other photo- 50 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [36: 4 graphic equipment for taking action pictures of the guppy during courtship. The drawings of the gonopodia were made by Mr. Donn E. Rosen. Mrs. Marie Holz-Tucker and Miss Madeline Levy prepared the histological ma- terial and assisted in the interpretation of it. Review of the Literature. Three stimulating papers dealing with the problem of sexual selection in fishes have in- cluded descriptions and discussions of sexual behavior in Lebistes (Breder& Coates, 1935; Noble, 1938; and Haskins & Haskins, 1949). Less detailed discussions of sexual behavior in the guppy are presented in the genetic studies of Schmidt (1920) and Winge (1922), in a study of sexual dimorphism by Purser (1941) , in two reports on gonad mor- phology (Stepanek, 1928, and Vaupel, 1929), and in an investigation of female receptivity by Jaski ( 1939) . In the popular aquarium lit- erature, numerous shorter articles on the guppy include discussions of sexual behavior (Briining, 1918; Ritscher, 1927; Rummel, 1932; Zahl, 1933; Dempster, 1947; Gordon, 1948; Matsuyama, 1949; Latham, 1949; and many others) . Of special note is the review article on the guppy by Fraser-Brunner (1947). Act of Insemination. Previous observers expressed a variety of ideas concerning the act of insemination. Some appear quite certain that they have witnessed it numerous times, while others claim it has rarely been seen (Stepanek, 1928) or never at all (Purser, 1941). Ap- parently, no observer has ever subjected his conclusions to an experimental test designed to show whether sperm transfer actually took place during the act he described. Many investigators, nevertheless, have presented some thought-provoking conjectures and it is a point of interest to review the various ideas concerning the copulatory act. One of the earliest ideas on this subject was presented by Schmidt (1920) who sug- gested that an actual contact between the male and female is unnecessary. According to Schmidt, the male merely pursues the female, and when he approaches her he ro- tates his gonopodium so that the tip is close to her genital region. He then “actually dis- charges these balls [spermatophores] like shot, and, being glutinous, they easily attach themselves to the genital papilla of the fe- male.” Schmidt’s hypothesis was accepted by Winge (1922), who in his extensive genetic investigations undoubtedly kept large breed- ing populations of guppies in his laboratory. It is easy to understand how this idea arose, since these non-contact thrusts of the gono- podium are the most frequently and easily seen of all the sexual behavior components. Indeed the authors of most of the reports in popular aquarium journals take it for grant- ed that insemination is effected during this non-contact thrust. Recently Frazer-Brun- ner (1946) in his review article on the guppy stated : “Many people have watched Guppies in the hope of seeing the act of coitus, but have never been rewarded ; nor will they be, for there is none — at least in the form they expect to see. . . . When the male has effected a strategic position with regard to the fe- male, usually approaching from the rear, he porrects the gonopodium and ‘dive-bombs’ the female. The cannon-ball-like spermato- phores . . . are fired machine-gun fashion at the genital opening of the female. The tip of the gonopodium being flexible but con- trolled, considerable accuracy is obtained. . . . The whole process is carried through in a flash, and is hardly possible to observe under ordinary conditions. It appears that the tip of the gonopodium is brought as near as possible to the female without being in- troduced.” However, Vaupel (1929) regarded the hypothesis of Schmidt and Winge as “clearly incorrect.” “My own observations,” he stat- ed, “corroborated by those of several experi- enced aquarists, have assured me that the gonopod undoubtedly makes a contact with the genital opening of the female.” Zahl (1933) reached a similar conclusion that in- semination occurs when the male “makes a quick plunge forward and upward, and for an instant establishes contact between the tip of the gonopodium and the genital orifice of the female. ... It all happens with such lightning speed, that if one isn’t a careful observer, the act may escape his notice.” Breder & Coates (1935) observed that dur- ing courtship a male shows an “energetic movement of the exceedingly mobile gonopo- dium to the side next to the female. . . . Normal, healthy males seem to be almost continually active in this regard, interrupt- ing it only for feeding, but without con- siderable observation this is about all that can be usually noted in a small aquarium with few fish. Prolonged observation will re- veal, however, that eventually the male gives up this procedure and directs a rather violent thrust of the gonopodium toward the genital pore of the female. A momentary contact effects the transfer of the encapsuled sper- matozoa.” A similar view is shared by Has- kins & Haskins (1949), who suggest that the “spermatophores are probably trans- ferred along the male gonopodium to the genital pore of the female in one or more contacts . . . swift and of momentary dura- tion.” It is interesting to note that in the last mentioned article the authors report that prolonged contacts are the typical means of insemination in two closely related spe- cies, Micropoecilia parae and Poecilia vivi- para. Purser (1941) observed in detail the for- ward movements of the gonopodium during what we will refer to in this paper as the swinging and thrusting behaviors. However, he did not believe these to be acts of in- semination but assumed that during coitus the gonopodium maintains the same position. After the present study had been com- pleted, the important paper by Stepanek 1951] Clark & Aronson: Sexual Behavior in the Guppy 51 (1928), published in an obscure Czechoslo- vakian journal, was called to our attention. Here we found the only record in the litera- ture of a prolonged gonopodial contact in the guppy- Stepanek reports that after four years of observations on Lebistes he is convinced that spermatophores are ejaculated only during a prolonged contact of several seconds dura- tion, during which period the gonopodium is inserted into the female. He witnessed this rare behavior only twice. He suggests that the terminal hook on the third ray of the gonopodium functions as a holdfast organ, and that when the tip of the gonopodium is inserted, the female cooperates by “closing over [presumably the sphincter of the geni- tal aperture] and holding on.” In this con- nection, however, the necessity of a terminal hook for insemination has been ruled out by recent amputation experiments of Sengiin (1949). Stepanek’s observations, however, are particularly significant because he is the only one to describe a long copulation and to suggest some degree of cooperation by the female. He appears to be the only author who has recognized the actual nature of in- semination, as we believe we have validated it, in this fish. Behavior of the Female. Aside from Stepanek’s conclusions, and a questionable report by Jaski (1939), others agree on one point, namely, that there is a complete lack of cooperation on the part of the female guppy during the act of insemina- tion (Breder & Coates, 1935; Fraser-Brun- ner 1947 ; Gordon, 1948; Haskins & Haskins, 1949; and most aquarists). Thus according to Breder & Coates (1935), “This actual transfer of material seems to occur only after the male has slipped up to the seem- ingly unsuspecting female. Not infrequently a male may be seen to court one fish and as she flees succeed in fertilizing another. . . . No females at any time have been observed to show other than escape reactions to the male attentions.” Fraser-Brunner (1947) states, “All the sexuality seems to be on the part of the male. The female never ap- pears to display the slightest interest, but generally tries to evade the attentions of her mate, or even drive him away.” He goes on to say that the males put on a courtship display. “The female, however, seems never to be attracted by this, and when eventually the male makes his quick dart, it is to take her unawares.” Similarly Haskins & Haskins (1949) report that the “female remains throughout an apparently entirely passive agent in the whole act of fertilization. There is normally no marked halting in swimming, and no evidence of cooperation in any active way, except possibly in the case of females which have been reared in isolation in the laboratory.” The aquarists likewise say that the female constantly flees from the male during courtship. On the other hand, Stepanek’s suggestion that the female responds by closing over the male gonopodium when it is inserted in her oviduct indicates a complementary reaction of the female during the act of insemination. Jaski (1939) proposed a rather unique theory concerning female receptivity. Based on extensive studies, Jaski claimed to have discovered a definite estrous cycle of about 4 to 6 days (in females kept at temperatures over 22° C.) which is dependent on ovarian secretions and which can be influenced by a hormone, copulin, secreted into the water by the male. According to him, the ovarian secretions influence the angle at which the female swims. As receptivity increases, he says, the female assumes an oblique position in relation to the surface of the water and her head is tilted upward. Receptivity is in- dicated by a change in angle of about 20°. This angle of the female’s body, he suggests, may facilitate the copulatory act. Jaski’s studies, although frequently referred to in recent aquarium literature, have never been confirmed and much of it is opposed by our findings. Resume of the Mating Pattern. Before a detailed analysis of our observa- tions on the mating behavior of the guppy is attempted, it is desirable to present a general description of the mating activity and to define the terms adopted for the various be- havioral patterns. The names given to many of these acts are taken from recent studies by Clark, Aronson & Gordon (1948; in ms.) and Schlosberg, Duncan & Daiteh (1949) on the related poeciliid fishes Platypoecilus maculatus, the platyfish, and Xiphophorus hellerii, the swordtail. When a pair of guppies is placed in an observation aquarium, the male may ignore the female for some time but more often he will persistently pursue the female and jab at or near her genital aperture with the tip of his extended gonopodium. During this period of pursuit the following types of be- havior are observed: 1. Gonopodial Swinging. This term refers to the movement of the modified male anal fin or gonopodium which is coordinated with the forward motion of one of the pelvic fins. During “swinging,” the gonopodium is swung laterally and forward. It continues to rotate until the tip points anteriorly and the edge of the gonopodium, which in the resting position is dorsal, now faces ventrally. Mean- while the pelvic fin on the same side of the body is also brought forward and the gono- podium appears to be braced against the pelvic fin for a fraction of a second. The gonopodium and pelvic fin then return to their normal positions (Plates I and II) . The whole “swing” is accomplished in much less than a second. Successive swings usually are made to alernate sides. The dorsal fin, unless already erect, is erected simultaneously with the forward swing of the gonopodium. The completion of several swings within one minute evidently indicates a sexually active 52 Zoological New York Zoological Society [36: 4 male. In some pairings, however, when the female is easily approached by the first ad- vances of the male, copulations with sperm transfer may occur almost as soon as the male (or female) is introduced into the tank with the other fish and before there has been any swinging of the gonopodium. This indi- cates that swinging as such in the presence of the female is not necessary for insemina- tion. Occasionally swinging is observed in isolated males, and hence it is possible that the highly active males mentioned above may have been swinging before their introduc- tion into the mating tank. 2. Body Curving. The body of the male be- comes strongly curved either in the form of a simple arc or “S”-like with the tail bent sharply to one side. This position may be held as long as three seconds during which time the male appears tense, and its body quivers. Body curving often starts while the male is up to six inches from the female and therefore, she is still within his field of vision. While this behavior is in progress the male generally moves toward the side of the female. A “thrust” often follows, and this in turn occasionally is followed by a short or long copulation (see below). When a male first encounters a female, body curving is usually accompanied by a fully expanded caudal fin (a spectacular sight in highly colored and longtailed vari- eties) . However, as the courtship progresses, the caudal fin is generally folded when the male approaches the female. 3. Thrusting} In this behavior, the male swims alongside the female (either directly or following body curving) , brings his gono- podium forward and to the side facing the female and thrusts at the genital area of the female in a quick jabbing movement (Plate III). At the same time the pelvic fin is brought forward as in the swinging be- havior, suggesting that among other func- tions it serves as a buttress or prop for the gonopodium. The male usually thrusts at the female from a position slightly below her so that the thrust is actually an upward as well as a lateral or sidewise movement (Plates IV, V and VI). Two types of “thrusting” are recognized and termed the non-contact thrust and the contact thrust. In the non-contact thrust, the male jabs his gonopodium close to the female genital region but does not touch her body. This is the most common type of thrusting observed. During contact thrusts the gonopodium of the male touches the fe- male’s body lightly for a momentary contact at her genital region. 4. Short Copulations. These are similar to contact thrusts except that (1) their dura- tion of contact is slightly longer, at least 0.8 seconds, and (2) the act is associated with a stationary position of the female. The 1 In earlier studies on the platyfish and swordtail (Clark. Aronson & Gordon, 1948; 1949) we refer to this behavior as “jabbing” but have since adopted the use of the term “thrusting” from Schlosberg, Duncan & Daitch (1949). short copulation is not easily distinguished from the contact thrust except after con- siderable experience in observation. It is usually preceded by body curving. Males may transfer hundreds of spermatophores to the female during a single copulation of this type. 5. Long Copulations. These resemble short copulations but last for a longer period of time. They average 1.3 to 2.4 seconds, but may be much longer. During a long copula- tion the male may circle under the body of the female while holding the tip of the gono- podium close to the genital aperture of the female, completing two entire circles before the fish swim apart. Long copulations are always preceded by body curving. Insemina- tion frequently but not invariably takes place at this time. Receptivity op the Female. During most of the courtship, the female swims away when the male approaches her. In many cases she swims rapidly and ex- citedly, fluttering up and down the side of the aquarium with her mouth rubbing the glass. A female often slaps her tail at the male that is sidling or thrusting at her. This “tail-slapping” behavior in fishes has been described for cichlids (Noble & Curtis, 1939; Aronson, 1949) , monacanthids (Clark, 1950) and xiphophorins (Clark, Aronson & Gor- don, in ms.). Sometimes a female will rest close to the bottom of the aquarium and although the male may persistently swim around her, he does not succeed in thrusting at her. On some occasions when a male approaches in a “body curve,” the female may suddenly become quiescent and come to an almost sta- tionary position at a point away from the substratum. Short or long copulations gen- erally follow. In a few instances, a female that was constantly fleeing the courting male gradually assumed the stationary receptive position. This change occurred after the male remained “face to face” with the female for a long period while blocking her forward movements by constantly maintaining this position in front of her. In each case a copu- lation followed. It thus appears that this stationary position assumed by the female is a sign of receptivity. Observations on Mating Behavior. Material and Methods. In all, 37 females were tested with 28 males in 56 observation periods which varied from one-half minute to three hours and 58 minutes in length. Observations were made on mature pairs of fish in two-gallon aquaria (25.0 cm. long X 16.5 cm. wide X 18.0 cm. high). All fish were kept in a greenhouse where the temperature varied between 25° and 28° C. Except for group I (see below), the incidence and duration of the various items of behavior observed were recorded on an electrically operated polygraph re- cording apparatus (see Clark, Aronson & 1951] Clark & Aronson: Sexual Behavior in the Guppy 53 Gordon, in ms.)- AH fish used were kept isolated for at least one day before their first pairing-, and were immediately sepa- rated at the end of the test. After all observations in which the male approached the female with a porrected go- nopodium, the female was tested for the presence of sperm. The method used was developed by Clark, Aronson & Gordon (1948 and in ms.) in Platypoecilus maculatus and Xiphophorus hellerii and was found by nu- merous experimental tests to be highly reli- able. In the test, a fine pipette containing a drop of 0.8% saline solution is inserted well into the female gonaduct. By means of a rubber tube held in the experimenter’s mouth at one end and ending in a pipette at the other, the drop is gently expelled into the genital duct and then the fluid sucked back into the pipette. The redrawn drop is then examined under the microscope. Negative sperm smears are rechecked at least one additional time. That the technique is ade- quate to test for sperm transfer in Lebistes is indicated by the records kept on 21 virgin females that were paired with males, smeared, then set aside and later checked for embryos or young. Of these, 17 gave negative sperm smears and in these nega- tive cases no embryos or young were recov- ered. Of the four females with positive smears after mating observations, two pro- duced young and two did not. In all our observations we used either virgin females or females (taken from stock tanks) which were isolated until sperm could no longer be recovered from them by the smear technique. This usually took about one week. Three sets of observations were made. In group I (Table 1), we used four special strains of fish, the females of which were virgins. The fish marked A were a golden variety ; B were albinos ; C were of a cream strain; and D were wild type.2 * Group II (Table 2) were all of the wild type. All the females and males 1, 2, 5 and 6 were virgin fish reared in our laboratory from two broods born on March 31, 1949. In these broods the males were segregated from the females at the first signs of sexual dimorphism. Males 12 through 15 were taken from a stock of the Haskins’ strain of wild type guppies. They had been raised with females and thus had opportunity for sexual experience prior to their use in our experiments. Group III (Table 3) consisted of mature guppies of unknown pedigrees taken from a large com- munity tank. The males and females in this group probably all were sexually experi- enced. The females, although not used in observations until they gave negative sperm smears, probably had stored sperm and sev- eral dropped broods during the days they were used for observations. In groups I and II, the female was intro- duced into the male’s tank at the beginning of the observation. This technique of bring- ing the female to the male’s quarters has been used by animal breeders (Winge, 1927 ; Beach, 1947) and was found to be very effective in our earlier experiments on xipho- phorin fishes. In group III, the male was introduced into the female’s tank. This method proved to be equally efficacious in the guppy. Results. The results of the three sets of observa- tions are given in Tables 1, 2 and 3 and are summarized in Table 4. Short and Long Copulations. During twelve of the 56 observation periods, the female was inseminated. In each of these cases at 2 Dr. Caryl P. Haskins kindly supplied us with theie strains. TABLE 1. Observational Results on Group I (Virgin Females)1. Female Lenat.h. of bJo. of Thrusts Observation Non- Male (in min.) contact Contact No. of Copulations 2 Short Long Smear Embryos 8 'A-l A-l 5 0 0 0 8 negative absent A-2 A-2 10 0 0 0 0 A-2 A-3 2.5 2 0 0 1 positive absent B-l B-l 15 7 3 0 0 negative absent C-l C-l 6 0 0 0 0 C-l C-3 20 0 0 0 0 C-2 C-2 20 0 0 0 0 D-l D-l 18 0 0 0 1 negative absent D-2 D-2 20 5 1 0 5 negative absent D-3 D-3 16 3 1 0 0 negative D-3 D-5 and 6 16 O4 04 0 3 positive present D-4 D-4 16 0 0 0 0 D-4 D-7 and 8 12 74 o4 0 1 negative absent Total 9 15 176.5 24 5 0 19 Mean 13.6 1.8 0.4 0 1.5 1 All observations were made on 12/7/48. 3 Females dissected and ova examined on 12/27/48 (20 2 All these females remained stationary when males ap- days later). proached and thrust. The resulting copulations were all of Male thrusts at each other not recorded, the long circling type. 54 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society « s 0> (M ft H o M O <3 s Fh o 3 8 Ph 13 c .o c3 > CD co O ^•2 §2 O co*2 . s g o^r <4 p <55 S.g 6 s . > V S ^cc ft w » s' °r§ > § s ft *1 £ § co •■§§■8 8 Eh | g gs-. ft.g c, O o ft- ^ O ft S o H CO s o , *> o o O GQ s jS ^ £ S li •2“ s ■8^- ° ^ 00 lO 05 CO rH Tl« C“- Tf rH © rH t> 00 ^ CO CD rH l> ID CO LO 05 00 CO CO CD tHrHOOOOOc4oOOOO©OOiHONOrHOOOOOO CO o CO CO H cl H H O GO Ol [>HNH^0q HHOHociddHodoiridHO CD 05 tH 00 o$ © th cj co ^ co rH Tj< rf CO IOC1 Cl H H O CO 00 CH«OCOHCOHOt> H05C1(NH(N^C0 (M HH ClCOt>COt>rfHCO^COXOOJHHOi !M rH C1HCOHHH H CO H CO ^ H IOOHIO 05N05C1 rH m w czj w c3 c3 ctf ctf gfifi <11 QJ O 52 C/2 C/2 ■S-0-0 ra a! c5 S^a +f-o '>'> > > > > > > >.>.> >>.>.>.£,.'> 8J > > > ^ s > >.& ij^^^^-p-p-p+J-p-P-P^H-P-H-P-P 'ft l±l V '-£ *r4 *rH ’ll -I-H -{-> © 00 Cl CO HHH CO 05 0 HfOlMO CvJ Ol r-< rH OOOOX)WOO CD ^ NH O OOOO OOOO OO oooooooooooooooloolqloldloooioiololoooloo lOioioioioioioiOLoioimoimoio \lo wwio lo www uo w \'sWWW\iW,WW,LO \lO LO ID ID WO I> WO CO -H ^ ^ H^LDCDLDCD05lOCDa5iO CD 05 H05H HHH 00 t> Cl d Cl H Cl 00 H H hhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhcicocicicicococococo ^HDlLOCDCOC<104COLOH^TfCb a. CO s ;.P o S> 73 a Ph 13 C3 o • pH -U cS > £4 0) CO O S' £ « o o s . a-; °. e o~ £ a o O CO s J 1 1 "S.s 5» 2 Ih is £ S sg 0^-5 • ^ >_✓ *§ o ooTrqoootDNOCoM OOOOOOOOOOOO o 10 00 t> Tf 00 11: a h o o ^ HddddHHHOHcico OOilOCClfiTfoHOOOOO OHCOHHddNOddH CO Ci Tf* 00)t>^^Nr)'T)tOOOM HH (NHIMIO 10 GJ « > > > > > - < ^ > • > > rH rH (M 10 cd t- o +J .1h ^ +2 c3 cS ^ 03 oJ w tfl m w bflb/] w bfibflM biJbfi 0000(D D- C<1 T-5 rH cd r-t t-5 t-H O rH r— I H H H O i-H O O O | t>- O OrHOOOOOOO^rHOl CO O OOOOOOrHCOOOO^f I 00 O OOWOOTjfTffoOOOlO I oc rH C- rH o o I C5 000000 OOOOOO1O1OLOW1OLO 10 iO uc LO LC 10 WWW W W WH i-H rH t— I rH t-H CO CO "rf1 rH t~I rH rH rH rH rl £ .2 ^ o « H least one short or one long copulation was found to have taken place. The positive sperm smears contained thousands of sperm. In many cases, a slight pressure on the abdomen of the female released a small amount of milky white fluid from the genital aperture which could be sucked into a dry micro- pipette. This fluid, when examined under the microscope, was found to be teeming with highly motile spermatozoa. In four cases these heavy sperm smears were recov- ered after a single short copulation (Table 3, females 22 and 30) or after long copula- tions in which no thrusting, either contact or non-contact, had taken place (Table 3, females 21 and 24) . Our data indicate that a short copulation is as effective as a long copulation for the transfer of sperm. Some individual males (Table 2, male 13; Table 3, male 22) inseminated females with both types of copulations during different obser- vations, but no males engaged in both a short copulation and a long copulation in a single observation. Even when experienced males were used (see females 4, 10, 11, 12 and 14 in Table 2, and females 25, 26, 29 and 31 in Table 3), short and long copulations sometimes did not effect sperm transfer. In two cases, as many as 5 and 8 long copulations did not result in insemination of the females (see Table 1). The eight virgins (Tables 1 and 2) that had negative smears after copulation were sac- rificed 17 to 20 days later and none contained embryos. Non-contact and Contact Thrusts. During 22 observation periods, the females received from 2 to 234 non-contact or contact thrusts without any short or long copulations taking place. None of these females was insemi- nated. Nine of these (Tables 1 and 2) were sacrificed 17 to 20 days later and none con- tained embryos. Non-contact and contact thrusts were far more numerous than copulations. A total of 1,061 thrusts were recorded for the 56 ob- servation periods, and most of these (about 88%) were of the non-contact type. Short copulations and long copulations occurred much less frequently — a total of only 14 of the former and 28 of the latter being re- corded. Swinging behavior, S-curving and thrust- ing were recorded in most of the observa- tions for groups II and III. Since the obser- vation periods were of unequal length, com- parisons were made of the frequency per minute of these acts in observations where copulations did and did not take place. These comparisons (Table 5) show no significant differences, except in the case of the swing- ing behavior, which appeared to be signifi- cantly higher in observations where copula- tions occurred. Experiments on Partial Amputations of Gonopodial Elements. The highly specialized parts of the gono- podium of poeciliid fishes have stimulated 56 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [36: 4 TABLE 4. Summary of 56 Mating Observations. Type of Thrust or Copulation Number of Observations Number of Observations Resulting in Insemination of the Female Per cent, of Observations Resulting in Insemination of the Female None 10 Non-contact and contact thrusts only 22 0 0 Short copulations1 9 5 55.6 Long copulations1 15 7 46.6 1 Non-contact and contact thrusts also occurred in many of these observations. considerable speculation as to their function, and numerous discussions on this topic have appeared in the literature. Brief reports by Langer (1913),Klemm (1924) and Stepanek (1928) indicate that sperm transfer does not occur when the gonopodium is first ampu- tated. However, it has been established that Lebistes males may regenerate gonopodia which are structurally normal (Hopper, 1949) and are functional (Sengiin, 1949). In an earlier study on the platyfish, Platy- poecilus maculatus, (Clark, Aronson & Gor- don, 1949), it was found that after amputa- tion of the minute tip of the gonopodium no regeneration took place, and males which previously were capable of inseminating fe- males were no longer able either to copulate or to inseminate females. For that fish, it was concluded that this small complex tip was essentially a holdfast mechanism that operates during the copulatory act at which time the male appears to have a definite grip on the female. However, our observa- tions on the act of insemination in the guppy show that this act is not always as definite as in the platyfish. Although copulation in the guppy may last as long as in the platyfish, the male and female do not appear “hooked” together. In view of these differences we decided to investigate the effect of the re- moval of various parts of the gonopodium on the inseminating ability of the male guppy. The following amputations were per- formed: Group A — The major portion of the gono- podial hood3 was removed from each of five males (Text-fig. 2A). Group B — The distal quarter of rays 3, 4 and 5 was removed from each of five males (Text-fig. 2B). Group C — The tip of rays 3, 4 and 5 which includes the hooks terminating ray 5 was removed from each of ten males (Text-fig. 2C) . Following the operation each male was paired with a female in a two-gallon aqua- rium. The females were checked for pres- ence of sperm after two and six days. The females used in these studies were not virgins. They were removed from a stock 3 The term “prepuce hood’* is commonly used in the literature but we prefer to omit the word “prepuce” as it is redundant and may incorrectly imply an homology or relationship with the foreskin of the penis. tank two to three weeks prior to the experi- ment and isolated in individual two-gallon aquaria. In every case a negative sperm smear was obtained just prior to the test with an operated male. The results of these three types of gono- podial amputations on the ability of males to inseminate females are presented in Table 6. They indicate that the gonopodial hood is not necessary for insemination, but that am- putation of the distal portion of rays 3, 4, 5 and even the small distal tip prevents insemi- nation from taking place for at least six days after the amputation. During this period little regeneration occurs. After one month the males of group C showed no significant regeneration of rays 3, 4 and 5. Histology op the Gonopodial Hood. Because of the unusual appearance of the gonopodial hood, a brief histological study of this structure was undertaken with the hope of gaining some understanding of its physiology in relation to copulation. The hood is shaped like an elongated trough, in which the concavity faces dorsally when the gonopodium is in the resting position (PI. VII, Fig. 15, c.) . Towards the distal end the concavity becomes rather narrow, and finally terminates as a short blind canal or caecum near the tip of the hood (PI. VII, Figs. 16 and 17, ca.) . The outer or ventral surfaee of the hood, as well as the concavity or dorsal surface, is formed by a stratified epithelium two to four cells in thickness (PI. VII, Figs. 15, 16 and 17, ep.). Occasional goblet cells are found in this epithelium, particularly towards the distal end. At the tip of the hood the epithel- ial layer becomes considerably thicker (PI. VII, Fig. 17) and the deeper lying cells on the dorsal surface are long and spindle-shaped. The cytoplasm of some of the epithelial cells contains fine, weakly staining granules. These may be the oxyphilic granules de- scribed by Purser (1941). Beneath the epithelial layer on the ventral side there is a thick, hyaline structure which stains a deep pink with haematoxylin and eosin (PI. VII, Figs. 15, 16 and 17, co.) . Purser (1941) has termed this the core. This layer is covered on both sides by thin core membranes (c.m.) which stain a deep purple in contrast to the pink of the compact I TABLE 5. A Comparison of Male Behavior in Observations in Which Copulations Did and Did Not Take Place. 1951] Clark & Aronson: Sexual Behavior in the Guppy 57 © 0^,8 O CO LO - 8 o o © >■ V £ £ S (M I> o C\I rH T— 1 rs © L© © © © b ta cd 8 8 A © o so $ © -si © © w. Stt, § 8 & S'-2 +i CO c D rH rH vH • V* ?o © 8 +1 +1 +1 CO s sA s 03 ©o t—5 © o © • -s* ^ ° CO © © © CO -o o so © s CD CO 00 H H H § © -o CO 8-8 ^ -O +1 II II s 8 A § co oo ©> .© SO (MOO © ^ ° CO © H-, S © © o ^ so © CD 05 05 © Co > *© © •1000 80 6 24 >1000 0 27 >1000 30 0 30 >1000 10 0 31 0 l Numbers over 10 are approximations of the number of sperm in the saline smear drop. 1951] Clark & Aronson : Sexual Behavior in the Guppy 59 3 % a D a a o O H H PQ «! H O S~ > <» < a. to ft QJ W c3 a QJ t-i a o Sh >> V 0) PS 0) ft CO ft: e ©• s •I *-2 •g 5£> tX o-S s ft s-s ^ fc, as O-S M . S Co ^ •as® © H# cc £ a A >» cS T3 a* Jh O sh W . A •5J O m P« a> CO > a> ^ .2? o cu >» ^ <0 •a g .e 2 ±2 s 3 c fe .. . >. cl .►«H to m C 5 S > « ho SE We have observed this receptive behavior not only in virgin females placed together with mature males for the first time (groups I and II), but also in sexually experienced females, raised to adulthood in the presence of males except for the short isolation period of approximately two weeks before observa- tions were begun on them (group III). In rodents and other mammals where sexual behavior has been studied most extensively, female mating behavior generally consists of one or more positive overt acts (Young, 1941). In the guppy the female mating pat- tern is primarily a negative response; that is, remaining stationary and failing to move away from the male. This, however, does not lessen the significance of this behavior. This situation is by no means unique for the guppy. Thus in the platyfish and in the swordtail an important feature of the female pattern is a similar failure to move away from the male at crucial periods. In these fish, however, this stance of the females is not as pronounced as in the guppy and once contact is made the copulating pair may move along, particularly during the more protracted contacts of the swordtail (Clark, Aronson & Gordon, in press) . In Poecilia vivipara and Micropoecilia parae, Haskins & Haskins (1949) state that the female responds to the actual gonopodial contact of the male by halting momentarily in her swimming and thereby rotating her body slightly towards the side from which the male has approached. In the leopard frog, Rana pipiens, and the green frog, Rana clamitans, receptivity is likewise a negative response (Noble & Aronson, 1942; Aronson, 1943). In the unovulated or spent female frog, the audible warning croak is the stimu- lus which causes the male to release his clasp. The ovulated female (i.e., one ready to lay her eggs) does not emit the warning croak when clasped by the sexually active male. This is clearly a receptive response. In sheep, according to McKenzie & Terrill (1937), there are no reliable indications of heat until the estrous female is teased by the ram whereupon she will stand and allow the ram to mount. When not in heat, the ewe will move away quickly when teasing action starts. From the review of Young (1941) it is clear that in many other mammals the failure to move away or resist the approaches of the male is the receptive behavior of the female. This behavior is often discriminative and selective. In contrast to our results, most of the published discussions on sexual behavior in the guppy state that during the courtship the female constantly flees from the male, and when he does contact her, it is by taking her “unawares.” From our results, it would seem that none of these authors had seen or recognized a true copulatory act. An excep- tion to this general misconception concern- ing the behavior of the female during copu- lation was expressed somewhat indirectly by Stepanek (1928) who believed it possible 60 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [36:4 that the female responded to the male by closing [the sphincter of the genital aper- ture?] over the inserted tip of the gono- podium. It is possible that this theory is based on observations of the receptive stance of the female. Certain of Jaski’s statements (1939) con- cerning the sexual behavior of the female guppy may now be considered. Jaski de- scribed an estrous cycle in the guppy which is reflected by changes in the angle at which the female swims. In view of Jaski’s reports we particularly took notice of the swimming and resting angle of those females that did and those that did not copulate. However, we did not observe any significant correla- tions between these features of behavior. Jaski also reported that virgin females first introduced into aquaria with males did not come into estrus for 3 to 4 days. Hence, according to him, it was practically impos- sible to mate them for several days due to their non-receptivity. Our observational rec- ords show that virgin females may readily mate on the day they are first paired with males (see females A-2 and D-3 in group I ; females 13 and 15 in group II). Three other virgin females that were paired overnight to test fertility of males also became insemi- nated in this time. In fact, some of our fe- males (group I) copulated within a few minutes after their first contact with males. Before their first pairing, our virgin females were not exposed to water in which male guppies had lived and hence could not have been under the influence of what Jaski calls “copulin,” the female-stimulating hormone supposedly secreted by the male guppy. How- ever, we followed the standard aquarium practice of using “fish-conditioned water” obtained from large stock tanks of the cichlid fish Tilapia macrocephala. It is well known among aquarists that when some aquarium fish are introduced into tap water or stand- ing water in which no plants or animals have lived for some time, they may suffer from a shock-like condition. Sometimes they sur- vive, but it may often take a day or more to recover completely. It is possible that Jaski’s results may be explained in part by a generalized water conditioning effect in- stead of the specific sexual secretion that he postulates. Dr. Breder states (personal comunication) that he tried to repeat some of Jaski’s experiments. Breder used tap water which he conditioned with plants be- fore introducing the fish. Under such circum- stances the fish showed no signs of distress when first placed in the aquaria used for his tests, and the females showed no cyclical variation in the swimming angle as reported by Jaski. Breder states further that, in his experience, only sick guppies assume other than the normal resting or swimming posi- tion. Our studies suggest that some females are more receptive at some times than others. In some of our observations the female con- sistently swam away from the male or rested on the bottom of the tank so that the male could not bring the gonopodium close to her genital region at any time in the entire observation period, which in several cases (group II) lasted for over an hour. In other cases, the constant fleeing behavior of the female appeared to prevent copulation even though considerable jabbing took place. In still other cases, copulations occurred within one or two minutes after the pair had been placed together. Whether receptivity in the female guppy is a cyclical physiological phe- nomenon, or a state which results from more immediate environmental conditions, or both, remains to be determined. Male Behavior. It can be seen from this study that the male guppy inseminates the female only dur- ing the copulatory act which involves a definite contact between the tip of the male gonopodium and the female genital region. During these copulations the female remains stationary while the male pushes against her with his gonopodium. The contact may be very brief, or may last several seconds. The male’s numerous non-contact jabs and con- tact jabs at a fleeting female, so commonly observed in aquaria of mixed sexes of gup- pies, are not acts of insemination as reported by many authox-s. Breder & Coates (1935) raised the ques- tion why fi-equent inseminations take place in the guppy, especially when it is known that isolated females, for months after a single insemination, may continue to drop broods — as many as eight, according to Winge (1922, 1937). Actually, as we have shown by both observational methods and by smear tests of females fi'om community tanks, actual inseminations occur relatively infi'equently and the “large wastage of sperm” is not as gi-eat as these authors sus- pected. In l’eality, females are rarely insemi- nated more than a few times a week if that often (Table 7). Relative to the number of young produced, the amount of sperm ex- pended by the guppy may well be no greater than in many other vertebrate species. A limited number of reinseminations may have considerable adaptive significance. When poeciliid females ai'e isolated shortly after one or moi'e inseminations, the size of bi'ood tends to decrease in the ensuing series of roughly monthly parturitions (Breder & Coates, 1932; Breider, 1934). On the other hand, in females that are constantly being reinseminated, the size of brood remains lai’ge. Moreover, according to Philippi (1909), Van Oordt (1928) and Breider (1934), isolated females may temporarily discontinue di-opping broods, especially dur- ing winter months. The fii'st four males in group II (nos. 1, 2, 5 and 6) were sexually inexperienced males that had been segregated from females at the time their gonopodia started to differen- tiate. As can be seen from Table 2, these 1951] Clark & Aronson: Sexual Behavior in the Guppy 61 males did not thrust or copulate. Breder & Coates (1935), Noble (1938), Haskins & Haskins (1949), and Clark, Aronson & Gor- don (In ms.) have all emphasized the role of learning in the selection of mates. It seems plausible, therefore, that the failure of these virgin males to thrust or copulate may be attributed to their lack of previous courtship and copulatory experience. Haskins & Haskins (1949), in a revealing study of sexual selection in the guppy, intro- duced experienced male Lebistes into a tank containing one female Lebistes, one female Micropoecilia and one female Poecilia. Gono- podial contacts were counted and it was found that shortly after their introduction, the greatest percentage of the contacts were with the Micropoecilia female. After being left together for one week, the contacts were almost all with the Lebistes female. In a similar experiment these authors showed that this adjustment to the Lebistes female is completed in three days. The discrimina- tion involved, according to Haskins & Has- kins, is based essentially on the behavior of the males, and gives some evidence of being a learned reaction. It seems fairly clear from their descriptions of the mating pro- cess that these authors were really counting jabs, and that copulations did not occur dur- ing their observation periods. This is indi- cated especially by our finding that fish in community tanks are not likely to copulate within an even lengthy observation period. However, the counting of jabs rather than actual inseminations does not necessarily de- tract from the importance of the findings of both Breder & Coates (1935) and Haskins & Haskins (1949) relative to sexual dis- crimination in the guppy, as there may very well be a high correlation between courtship behavior and ability and opportunity for copulation. Our data on gonopodium swing- ing suggest such a correlation. In observa- tions where copulations occurred, the mean number of swings was significantly higher than in observations in which copulations did not occur. On the other hand, significant differences were not found in the mean fre- quencies for S-eurving and thrusting be- tween observations where copulations did and did not occur. It should be noted, how- ever, that the relationship between courtship 1 and copulation is made somewhat obscure by the fact that the most highly excited j males will copulate with few or no prelimi- I nary acts. Thus it seems that the sexually least excited as well as the most excited males | will have the lowest courtship scores while j| the high scores for these activities are for ! the most part a reflection of the responsive- I ness of an intermediate group of males. Since in the previously mentioned studies on sexual selection in the guppy, thrusting behavior I was used as the major criterion for a differ- ential reaction to the opposite sex, and since we have shown that thrusting does not re- sult in insemination, it becomes increasingly important for future studies to determine more exactly the relation of thrusting to copulation. The Function of the Gonopodium. Just how the gonopodium of poeciliid fishes functions in the transfer of spermato- phores from the male to the female during copulation has long been a subject for specu- lation. It has been suggested that in the guppy the pelvic fins are rotated forward with the gonopodium during “coitus” (Pur- ser, 1941) in such a manner that the tips of the pelvic fins (which in the male are modi- fied elongations of the second rays) are slipped into the hood, thus forming' a tube- like structure through which the sperm are shot out at the female (Fraser-Brunner, 1947).Vaupel (1929) proposed that the hood may be inserted and then expanded within the female genital aperture, thus permitting the entrance of spermatophores. Christman (1928) reported that during gonopodial con- tact only one pelvic fin is brought forward. Our observations confirm those of Christ- man. We have found that during swinging, thrusting, and copulation, one pelvic fin is brought forward and that it is always the one on the side towards which the gonopo- dium is swung (Plate V) . Thus an enclosure is formed into which the spermatophores are ejaculated and directed towards the female. The hood is too small and transparent to be seen readily during behavioral observations, but our photographs of guppies while swing- ing and thrusting, taken with an electric flash unit (Plates I through V) show the hood dangling loosely. In view of its soft and flabby structure it is therefore very doubtful that during copulation the hood either holds the tip of the pelvic fin as. Fraser-Brunner reported (1947) or is inserted into the geni- tal opening as Vaupel suggested (1929). Moreover, our data on amputation and Sen- gun’s (1949) regeneration experiments show clearly that this structure is not necessary for effective insemination. The histological examination of the hood has demonstrated a large number of nerve fibers extending to the tip where there is an extensive nerve plexus. Since the structure contains no mus- cles, and few glands, it is presumed that these nerves are mostly sensory, and that the gonopodial hood is primarily a sensory organ. Although our experiment revealed that amputation of the hood does not inter- fere with insemination, it should be noted that we used only sexually experienced males. It may be of considerable interest to repeat the above experiment using inexperienced males and observational procedures. An examination of the morphology of the gonopodium (Text-fig. 1) reveals that the most basic and elaborate components are rays 3, 4 and 5. Our experimental results after ablating the distal ends of these rays confirm the findings of Sengun and the views expressed by most authors, namely, that these rays are indispensable for sperm trans- fer. Stepanek stated that the distal com- 62 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [36:4 HOOD Text-fig. 1. Gonopodium of a mature male Lebistes reticulatus. X 22. ponents, especially the hook on ray 5, was necessary for the grip of the male on the female, which he believed occurred during copulation. Sengiin, however, showed that males with abnormally regenerated gono- podia and lacking this hook, are able to in- seminate females. Our results indicate that the absence of the tip of rays 3, 4 and 5 which includes this hook and other modified serrae-like ray segments may prevent copu- lation. But as Sengun’s studies indicate, the gonopodia may again become functional after an abnormal regeneration of this region. In Platypoecilus maculatus and Xipho- phorus hellerii, the tip of the gonopodium is differentiated into an arrowhead-shaped structure. It consists of hooks and serrae highly suggestive of a holdfast organ; the hood, however, is lacking. In these species insemination occurs only during a pro- nounced copulatory act during which the pair appear hooked together and may even swim around the tank in close contact. Copulation in these fishes ends in a pronounced snap-like break as the fishes appear to pull away forcibly from each other (Clark, Aronson & Gordon, In ms.) . In Lebistes the hooks and serrae on the tip of the gonopodium are not nearly so prominent. Our observations lead us to believe that during copulation the male and female guppies are not hooked together as in the platyfish and the swordtail; rather, contact is maintained by the male who ac- tively swims and pushes against the station- ary female. This is most easily observed during the long copulations. Moreover, since the male and female are not hooked, the ter- mination of copulation is not accompanied by any sharp, snap-like break. It is not sur- prising therefore that copulation in the gup- py is not usually as pronounced and as easily recognized as in either the platyfish or swordtail. Dr. Haskins, in a personal com- munication, has informed us of an unusual case where a pair of guppies were found attached to each other in one of his aquaria. At the time they were discovered the male was dead and the tip of his gonopodium was firmly hooked to the genital region of the female (Plate VII, Fig. 14). We believe that the actual attachment which occurred here represents an abnormal situation resulting, perhaps, from an atypical gonopodium. Gonopodial function evidently shows some important differences among viviparous eyprinodonts. In doraichthys the gonopo- dium-like anal fin is greatly modified, par- ticularly the distal segments of rays 4 and 5 (Kulkarni, 1940). However, these modi- fications are of a very different nature from X. hellerii, P. maculatus or L. reticulatus. Horn-like, spoon-shaped, conical, and at- tenuated processes are conspicuously devel- oped, and except for a small hyaline recurved hook on the inner wall of the tubular portion of ray 5, there are no conspicuous hooks or serrae. Kulkarni observed mating in this fish. By examining females for sperm (which are packed in spermatophores embedded in the tissue around the female genital papilla) after his observations, he discovered that spermatophores are transferred to the fe- male during a momentary contact. As the male “approaches his mate, he lashes out the gonopodium sideways almost at right angles to his body and strikes its terminal end Text-fig. 2. Outline drawings of Lebistes gono- podia. Broken lines indicate levels at which amputations were made. A, B, and C correspond to groups designated in Table 6. 1951] Clark & Aronson: Sexual Behavior in the Guppy 63 against her genital opening” in what we would probably term a contact thrust or possibly a short copulation. It thus appears that in the various cypri- nodonts the gonopodia function in quite dif- ferent fashions. Their customary designa- tion as “intromittent organs” is misleading. The highly differentiated and complex gono- podia of mostcyprinodontid fishes are indeed remarkable structures. Although gonopodial morphology has been studied in great detail, especially for taxonomic (Regan, 1913) and genetic (Sengiin, 1949; Gordon & Rosen, 1951) purposes, little is known concerning the reproductive behavior of most of these cyprinodonts. However, on the basis of our present knowledge one could expect to find a definite correlation between gonopodial structure and function. Hence further com- parative studies of cyprinodont sexual be- havior and gonopodial morphology coupled with experimental methods involving vari- ous types of gonopodial ablations should re- veal far more valuable information. Summary and Conclusions. 1. A review of the scientific and popular literature reveals many interesting and con- troversial ideas concerning the mechanisms of sexual behavior of the guppy, particularly in regard to the act of insemination. 2. In a series of observational studies and experiments, various courtship patterns were analyzed, particularly the behavior of the male which we called gonopodial swing- ing, body curving, thrusting and copulation. 3. By the use of a genital smear technique, it was possible to detect the presence of sperm in females several days after insemi- nation. By taking smears on females imme- diately after observations it was learned that actual inseminations are relatively infre- quent. Inseminations occur during definite and recognizable types of contacts (copula- tions) between the male and female when the latter specifically halts in her swimming. Inseminations were not effected during the commonly observed non-contact and momen- tary contact thrusts. 4. The action and function of the gono- podium was analyzed. During swinging, thrusting and copulation the gonopodium is brought forward and to one side, together with a forward movement of one of the pelvic fins. The gonopodial hood is not necessary for insemination. The presence of large num- bers of nerve fibers and the extensive plexus at the tip of the gonopodial hood suggests that it serves primarly in a sensory capacity. The absence of the distal segments of rays 3, 4 and 5 hinders and may completely pre- vent sperm-transfer to the female. Literature Cited. Aronson, Lester R. 1943. The sexual behavior of anura. 5. Ovi- position in the green frog, Rana clami- tans, and the bull frog, Rana cates- beiana. Amer. Mus. Novitates, no. 1224: 1-6. 1949. An analysis of the reproductive be- havior in the mouthbreeding ciehlid fish, Tilapia macrocephala (Bleeker). Zoologica, 34 (3) : 133-158. Beach, Frank A. 1947. A review of physiological and psycho- logical studies of sexual behavior in mammals. Physiol. Rev., 27 (2) : 240- 307. Breder, C. M., Jr. & C. W. Coates 1932. A preliminary study of population sta- bility and sex ratio of Lebistes. Copeia, no. 3: 147-155. 1935. Sex recognition in the guppy, Lebistes reticulatus Peters. Zoologica, 19 (5) : 187-207. Breider, Hans 1934. Die besamungsfolge bei den lebend- gebarenden Zahnkarpfen. Zool. Anz., 106: 277-283. Bruning, Christian 1918. Zur^ Biologie des Millionenfisches, Lebistes reticulatus (Girardinus gup- py i). Wochenschr. Aquar.-u. Terra- rienkunde, 15 (23) : 219-221. Christman, Guinevere C. 1928. The morphology of the primary and accessory genital organs of certain Poeciliidae. (Thesis in Cornell Univer- sity Library) . Clark, Eugenie 1950. Notes on the behavior and morphology of some West Indian plectognath fishes. Zoologica, 35 (13) : 159-168. Clark, Eugenie, L. R. Aronson & Myron Gordon 1948. An analysis of the sexual behavior of two sympatric species of poeciliid fishes and their laboratory induced hy- brids. Anat. Rec., 101 : 692. 1949. The role of the distal tip of the gono- podium during the copulatory act of the viviparous teleost, Platypoecilus maculatus. Anat. Rec., 105 (3) : 26. In ms. The sexual behavior of two sympatric species of xiphophorin fishes and their laboratory-induced hybrids, with an analysis of the isolating mechanism. Dempster, Robert P. 1947. Guppies. The Aquarium Jour., 18 (4) : 4-6. Fraser-Brunner, A. [1947]. The Guppy. An “Aquarist” booklet, England, Buckley Press Ltd., 13 pp. 64 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [36:4 Gordon, Myron 1948. Guppy’s antics analyzed by scientists. The Aquarium, 17 (11) : 243-246. Gordon, Myron & Donn Eric Rosen 1951. Genetics of species differences in the morphology of the male genitalia of xiphophorin fishes. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 95: 409-464. Haskins, C. P. & Edna F. Haskins 1949. The role of sexual selection as an iso- lating mechanism in three species of poeciliid fishes. Evolution, 3 (2) : 160- 169. Hopper, Arthur F. 1949. The effect of ethynyl testosterone on the intact and regenerating anal fins of normal and castrated females and normal males of Lebistes reticulatus. Jour. Exp. Zool., Ill (3) : 393-414. Jaski, C. J. 1939. Ein Oestruszyklus bei Lebistes reticu- latus (Peters). Proc. Kon. Med. Akad. van Weten, 42 (2) : 201-207. Klemm, E. 1924. Versuche iiber die Regeneration des Gonopodiums bei Lebistes reticulatus Peters. Blatter f. Aquar.-u. Terrarien- kunde, 35 : 9-10. Kulkarni, C. V. 1940. On the systematic position, structural modifications, bionomics and develop- ment of a remarkable new family of Cyprinodont fishes from the province of Bombay. Rec. Indian Mus., 42 (2) : 379-423. Langer, W. Fr. 1913. Beitrage zur Morphologie der vivi- paren Cyprinodontiden. Morph. Jahr- buch, 47: 193-307. Latham, Ada H. 1949. Do female guppies court males? The Aquarium, 18 (2) : 37. Lillie, R. D. 1948. Histopathologic Technique. The Bla- kiston Co., Philadelphia, Pa.: 300 pp. Matsuyama, George 1949. Jealous female guppies. The Aquarium, 18 (5) : 107. McClung, C. E. 1929. Handbook of Microscopical Technique. Paul B. Hoeber, Inc.: New York: 495 pp. McKenzie, Fred F. & Clair E. Terrill 1937. Estrus, ovulation, and related phe- nomena in the ewe. Univ. Missouri College Agric. Research Bull., no. 264: 1-88. Noble, G. K. 1938. Sexual selection among fishes. Biol. Rev., 13: 133-158. Noble, G. Kingsley & Lester R. Aronson 1942. The sexual behavior of anura. 1. The normal mating pattern of Rana pipiens. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 80 (5) : 127-142. Noble, G. K. & B. Curtis 1939. The social behavior of the jewel fish, Hemichromis bimaculatus Gill. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 76 (1) : 1-46. Philippi, Erich 1909. Fortplfanzungsgeschichte der vivipa- ren Teleosteer Glaridichthys januarius und G. decem-maculatus in ihrem Ein- fluss auf Lebensweise, makroskopische und mikroskopische Anatomie. Zool. Jahrbiicher, 27: 1-94. Purser, G. L. 1941. Sex-dimorphism in the fins of Lebistes reticulatus. Jour. Quekett Microscop. Club., Ser. 4, 1 (4) : 172-178. Regan, C. T. 1913. A revision of the cyprinodont fishes of the sub-family Poeciliinae. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 2: 977-1018. Ritscher, Fredrich 1927. Lebistes reticulatis Peters, der “Gup- pyi” und meine ersten Zuchterfolge. Wochen. f. Aquar. u. Terrar.-Kunde, 24: 637-638. Rum mel, Whitcomb B. 1932. Beauty. The Home Aquar. Bull., 2 (10) : 15. Schlosberg, Harold, M. C. Duncan & B. H. Daitch 1949. Mating behavior of two live-bearing fish Xiphophorus hellerii and Platy- poecilus maculatus. Physiol. Zool., 22 (2) : 148-161. Schmidt, Johs. 1920. IV. The genetic behaviour of a second- arv sexual character. C. R. travaux Lab. Carlsberg, 14 (8) : 1-12. Sengun, Atif 1949. Experimente zur sexuall-mechanischen Isolation, II. Rev. Fac. Sci. Univ. Is- tanbul, Series B, 14 (2) : 114-128. Stepanek, Otakar 1928. Morfologie a biologie genitalnich orga- nu u Lebistes reticulatus Ptrs. (Cy- prinodontidae viviparae). Pub. Fac. Sci. Univ. Charles, 79: 1-30. Van Oordt, G. J. 1928. The duration of life of the sperma- tozoa in the fertilized female of Xipho- phorus helleri. Regan Tijdschrift Nederl. Dierk. Vereen., Ser. 3 (1) : 77- 80. Vaupel, J. 1929. The spermatogenesis of Lebistes re- ticulatus. Jour. Morp., 47 : 555-587. 1951] Clark & Aronson: Sexual Behavior in the Guppy 65 WlNGE, 0. 1922. A peculiar mode of inheritance and its cytological explanation. Jour. Genetics, 12: 137-144. 1927. The location of eighteen genes in Lebistes reticulatus. Jour. Genetics, 18 (1): 1-43. 1937. Succession of broods in Lebistes. Nature, 140 (3541) : 467. Young, William C. 1941. Observations and experiments on mating behavior in female mammals. Quart. Rev. Biol., 16 (2) : 135-156; ibid., (3) : 311-335. Zahl, Paul A. 1933. Nuptial behavior in viviparous fish. The Aquariana, 8 (1) : 192-193. 66 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [36: 4: 1951] Action Fig. 1. Fig. 2. Fig. 3. Action Fig. 4. Fig. 5. Fig. 6. Fig. 7. Fig. 8. Fig. 9. Fig. 10. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Plate I. of the gonopodium at the beginning of swinging behavior. Gonopodium in resting position (point- ing caudally). The arrow points to the gonopodial hood. Gonopodium at the beginning of a “swing” is moving ventrally away from the body of the fish. Gonopodium moving forward and to left side; note position of left pelvic fin which is also moving forward. The dorsal fin often remains folded at this stage. Plate II. of the gonopodium at the height of swinging behavior. The gonopodium is now forward and on the left side of the fish. The left pelvic fin is also forward and the dorsal fin is erected. Arrow points to gonopo- dial hood. A slightly more advanced stage of the preceding picture. The pelvic fin is completely forward. The gonopodium is far forward. It appears braced against the pelvic fin. The gonopodial hood (arrow) still dangles loosely on the dorsal margin of the gonopodium now that the latter has been swung through a 180° arc. The body of the fish is arching up- wards. This is a picture of a swing to the right. The peak of a swing on the left side of the fish showing the body twisted into an “S” shape. Plate III. Thrusting behavior. A male (left) approaching a female from above and thrusting at her. A male (left) approaching a female from the side and thrusting. Plate IV. Thrusting behavior. A male (right) in position to make a contact thrust. Female’s body is straight but male’s body is curved and tilted toward female. Fig. 11. A male (right) in position just before or after a contact thrust. The female is tilted away from the male but his gonopodium is still within reach of her genital region. Plate V. Fig. 12. A male approaching the right side of the female for a thrust. Gonopodium and left pelvic fin are being brought forward in the same manner as in swinging behavior. Plate VI. Fig. 13. The same male as in Plate V, approach- ing the other side of the female. The gonopodium and pelvic fin are com- pletely forward. Note the gonopodial hood (arrow) which in this picture ap- pears dark. Plate VII. Fig. 14. Unusual case where the gonopodium of a dead male was found firmly hooked to the gential region of the female. Courtesy of Dr. Caryl P. Haskins. Fig. 15. Transverse section through the proxi- mal portion of the gonopodial hood. Haematoxylin and eosin X 410. Fig. 16. Transverse section through the middle of the gonopodial hood. Haematoxylin and eosin X 410. Fig. 17. Transverse section through the distal tip of the gonopodial hood. Haema- toxylin and eosin X 480. Fig. 18. Whole mount of tip of gonopodial hood showing nerve plexus. Large black dots are melanophores. Methylene blue X 280. Abbreviations : c. = concavity of hood ca. = caecum ep. = epithelium co. - - core c.m. m core membrane c.t. = connective tissue layer l.b.v. = major left blood vessel (carries blood proximally) r.b.v. = major right blood vessel (carries blood distally) m. = melanophore CLARK a ARONSON. PLATE I. FIG. 1. mmm M wm FIG. 2. FIG. 3. SEXUAL BEHAVIOR IN THE GUPPY, LEBISTES RETICULATUS (PETERS). CLARK & ARONSON. PLATE II. FIG. 4. FIG. 5. FIG. 6. FIG. 7. SEXUAL BEHAVIOR IN THE GUPPY. LEBISTES RETICULATUS (PETERS). CLARK & ARONSON PLATE III FIG. 8. CLARK & ARONSON. PLATE IV. FIG. 11. SEXUAL BEHAVIOR IN THE GUPPY, LEB1STES RETICULATUS (PETERS). CLARK a ARONSON. PLATE V. FIG. 12. SEXUAL BEHAVIOR IN THE GUPPY. LEBISTES RETICULATUS (PETERS). &*0& msM WM$$ gfegjsg ggg| mS0 i , {T(T v,, pip MM - ; / :- ,.'V ^ ''if '■ CLARK & ARONSON. PLATE VI. PLATE VII. CLARK & ARONSON. SEXUAL BEHAVIOR IN THE GUPPY. LEB1STES RETICULATUS (PETERS). NEW YORK ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY General Office: 30 East Fortieth Street, New York 16, N. Y. Publication Office: The Zoological Park, New York 60, N. Y. OFFICERS Fairfield Osborn, President Alfred Ely, Vice-president Laurance S. Rockefeller, Vice-president Donald T. Carlisle, Vice-president Harold J. O’Connell, Secretary Cornelius R. Agnew, Treasurer Zoological Park Lee S. Crandall, General Curator Robert M. McClung, Assistant Curator, Mammals and Birds Grace Davall, Assistant to General Curator Leonard J. Goss, Veterinarian Christopher W. Coates, Curator and Aquarist James W. Atz, Assistant Curator Ross F. Nigrelli, Pathologist Myron Gordon, Geneticist C. M. Breder, Jr., Research Associate in Ichthyology Homer W. Smith, Research Associate in Physiology Department of Tropical Research William Beebe, Director Jocelyn Crane, Research Zoologist Henry Fleming, Entomologist William K. Gregory, Associate John Tee-Van, Associate SCIENTIFIC STAFF General John Tee-Van, Executive Secretary William Bridges, Editor and Curator of Publications Sam Dunton, Photographer Aquarium Scientific Advisory Council A. Raymond Dochez Alfred E. Emerson W. A. Hagan Caryl P. Haskins K. S. Lashley John S. Nicholas Editorial Committee Fairfield Osborn, Chairman William Beebe William Bridges Christopher W. Coates Lee S. Crandall Leonard L. Goss John Tee-Van ZOOLOGICA SCIENTIFIC CONTRIBUTIONS of the NEW YORK ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY VOLUME 36 Part 2 Numbers 5-9 Published by the Society The Zoological Park, New York August 20, 1951 CONTENTS PAGE 5. Eastern Pacific Expeditions of the New York Zoological Society. XLIII. Mollusks from the West Coast of Mexico and Central America. Part X. By Leo George Hertlein & A. M. Strong. Plates I-XI 67 6. Spontaneous Neoplasms in Fishes. V. Acinar Adenocarcinoma of the Pancreas in a Hybrid Platyfish. By Ross F. Nigrelli & Myron Gordon. Plates I-VIII; Text-figure 1 121 7. Genetics of Platypoecilus maculatus. V. Heterogametic Sex- determining Mechanism in Females of a Domesticated Stock Originally from British Honduras. By Myron Gordon. Plates I & II; Text-figure 1 127 8. Sex Determination in Platypoecilus maculatus. I. Differentiation of the Gonads in Members of All-male Broods. By Walter Chavin & Myron Gordon. Plates I-IV ; Text-figures 1-3 135 9. Sex Determination in Platypoecilus maculatus. II. History of a Male Platyfish that Sired All-female Broods. By Myron Gordon & Olga Aronowitz. Plates I-IV ; Text-figure 1 147 Hertlein & Strong: Mollusks of Mexico and Central America 67 5. Eastern Pacific Expeditions of the New York Zoological Society. XLIII. Mollusks from the West Coast of Mexico and Central America. Part X.1 Leo George Hertlein & A. M. Strong. California Academy of Sciences. (Plates I-XI). [This is the forty-third of a series of papers dealing with the collections of the Eastern Pacific Expeditions of the New York Zoological Society made under the direction of William Beebe. The present paper is concerned with specimens taken on the Templeton Crocker Ex- pedition (1936) and the Eastern Pacific Zaca Expedition (1937-1938). For data on localities, dates, dredges, etc., refer to Zoologica, Vol. XXII, No. 2, pp. 33-46, and Vol. XXIII, No. 14, pp. 287-298], Contents. Page Introduction 69 Class Scaphopoda 69 Order Solenoconcha 69 Family Dentaliidae 69 Genus Dentalium Linnaeus 69 Subgenus Rhabdus Pilsbry & Sharp 69 Dentalium ( Rhabdus ) cedrosense Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 69 Family Siphonodentaliidae 70 Genus Cadulus Philippi 70 Subgenus Platyschides Henderson 70 Cadulus ( Platyschides ) austinclarki Emer- son 70 Class Gastropoda 71 Order Opisthobranchiata 71 Family Atyidae 71 Genus Atys Montfort 71 Subgenus Aliculastrum Pilsbry 71 Atys ( Aliculastrum ) liriope Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 71 Order Ctenobranchiata 71 Superfamily Toxoglossa 71 Family Turritidae 71 Genus Carinodrillia Dali 71 Carinodrillia pilsbryi Lowe 71 Genus Clathurella Carpenter 71 Clathurella erminiana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 71 Genus Fusiturricula Woodring 72 Fusiturricula armilda Dali 72 Fusiturricula howelli Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 72 Genus Crassispira Swainson 73 Crassispira turricula ballenaensis Hertlein & Strong, subsp. nov 73 Crassispira chacei Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 73 Crassispira brujae Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 74 Crassispira ericana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 74 Crassispira xanti Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. 74 Crassispira tangolaensis Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 75 Genus Elaeocyma Dali 75 Elaeocyma craneana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 75 Elaeocyma salvadorica Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 76 Genus Kylix Dali 76 Kylix turveri Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 76 Kylix zacae Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 76 Genus Cymatosyrinx Dali 76 Cymatosyrinx arenensis Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 76 Cymatosyrinx allyniana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 77 Cymatosyrinx strohbeeni Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 77 1 Contribution No. 895, Department of Tropical Research, New York Zoological Society. Page Cymatosyrinx asaedai Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 78 Genus Kurtzina Bartsch 78 Kurtzina cyrene Dali 78 Genus Crockerella Hertlein & Strong, gen. nov.. 78 Crockerella pederseni Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 78 Crockerella hilli Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. 79 Genus Cytharella Monterosato 79 Cytharella burchi Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. 79 Superfamily Rhachiglossa 79 Family Fasciolariidae 79 Genus Latirus Montfort 79 Latirus hemjDhilli Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. 79 Latirus mediamericanus Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 80 Family Buccinidae 81 Genus Pseudoneptunea Kobelt 81 Pseudoneptunea panamica Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 81 Family Nassariidae * 81 Genus Nassarius Dumeril 81 Nassarius insculptus gordanus Hertlein & Strong, subsp. nov 81 Family Columbellidae 82 Genus Anachis H. & A. Adams 82 Anachis coronata hannana Hertlein & Strong, subsp. nov 82 Anachis ritteri Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov.. 82 Anachis teevani Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov.. 83 Anachis rehderi Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov.. 83 Genus Aesopus Gould 83 Aesopus osborni Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov.. 83 Genus Strombina Morch 84 Strombina marksi Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 84 Genus Strombinoturris Hertlein & Strong, gen. nov 84 Strombinoturris crockeri Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 84 Family Muricidae 85 Genus Pterynotus Conrad 85 Subgenus Pteropurpura Jousseaume 85 Pterynotus ( Pteropurpura ) swansoni Hert- lein & Strong, sp. nov 85 Genus Muricopsis Bucquoy & Dautzenberg 85 Muricopsis zetelci Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. 85 Genus Trophon Montfort 86 Subgenus Zacatrophon Hertlein & Strong, subgen. nov 86 Subgenus A cantho trophon Hertlein & Strong, subgen. nov 86 Trophon ( Acanthotrophon ) sorenseni Hert- lein & Strong, sp. nov 86 Genus Calotrophon Hertlein & Strong, gen. nov.. 87 Calotrophon bristolae Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 87 Superfamily Ptenoglossa 88 Family Epitoniidae 88 Genus Epitonium Bolten 88 Subgenus Asperiscala De Boury 88 Epitonium ( Asperiscala ) vivesi Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 88 Epitonium ( Asperiscala ) manzanillense Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 88 Epitonium ( Asperiscala ) wallcerianum Hert- lein & Strong, sp. nov 88 Subgenus Cirsotrema Morch 89 Epitonium ( Cirsotrema ) togatum Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 89 Subgenus Nitidiscala De Boury 89 Epitonium ( Nitidiscala ) oerstedianum Hert- lein & Strong, sp. nov 89 Epitonium ( Nitidiscala ) durhamianum Hert- lein & Strong, sp. nov 89 Subgenus Punctiscala De Boury 90 Epitonium ( Punctiscala ?) colimanum Hert- lein & Strong, sp. nov 90 Subgenus Sthenorytis Conrad 90 ws2am 68 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [36: 5 Page Epitonium ( Sthenorytis ) paradisi Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 90 Superfamily Gymnoglossa 90 Family Eulimidae 90 Genus Balds Leach 90 Subgenus Balds s.s 90 Balds (Balds) corintonis Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 90 Subgenus Vitreolina Monterosato 91 Balds (Vitreolina) drangai Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 91 Family Pyramidellidae 91 Genus Turbonilla Risso 91 Subgenus Bartschella Iredale 91 Turbonilla (Bartschella) vestae Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 91 Subgenus Careliopsis Morch 91 Turbonilla (Careliopsis) beltiana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 91 Subgenus Chemnitzia d’Orbigny 92 Turbonilla (Chemnitzia) nicarasana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 92 Subgenus Cingulina A. Adams 92 Turbonilla (Cingulina) realejoensis Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 92 Subgenus Mormula A. Adams 92 Turbonilla (Mormula) guatulcoensis Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 92 Subgenus Ptycheulimella Sacco 92 Turbonilla (Ptycheulimella) porto parker en- ds Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 92 Subgenus Pyrgisculus Monterosato 93 Turbonilla (Pyrgisculus) utuana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 93 Subgenus Pyrgiscus Philippi 93 Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) vivesi Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 93 Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) domingana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 93 Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) yolettae Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 94 Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) amiriana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 94 Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) colimana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 94 Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) zacae Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 95 Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) sulacana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 95 Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) templetonis Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 95 Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) ayamana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 96 Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) otnirocensis Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 96 Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) ulyssi Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 96 Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) nicoyana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 96 Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) cholutecana Hertlein & Strong 97 Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) chinandegana Hert- lein & Strong, sp. nov 97 Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) guanacastensis Hert- lein & Strong, sp. nov 97 Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) ozanneana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 98 Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) rhizophorae Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 98 Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) biolleyi Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 98 Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) ekidana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 99 Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) gordoniana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 99 Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) ottomoerchi Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 99 Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) tehuantepecana Hert- lein & Strong, sp. nov 99 Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) gruberi Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 100 Subgenus Pyrgolampros Sacco 100 Turbonilla (Pyrgolampros) soniliana Hert- lein & Strong, sp. nov 100 Turbonilla (Pyrgolampros) meanguerensis Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 100 Subgenus Strioturbonilla Sacco 101 Turbonilla (Strioturbonilla) masayana Hert- lein & Strong, sp. nov 101 Turbonilla (Strioturbonilla) corintonis Hert- lein & Strong, sp. nov 101 Turbonilla (Strioturbonilla) oaxacana Hert- lein & Strong, sp. nov 101 Turbonilla (Strioturbonilla) nahuatliana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 101 Turbonilla (Strioturbonilla) contrerasiana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 102 Turbonilla (Strioturbonilla) nicaraguana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 102 Genus Odostomia Fleming 102 Page Subgenus Besla Dali & Bartsch 102 Odostomia (Besla) caneloensis Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 102 Subgenus Chrysallida Carpenter 103 Odostomia (Chrysallida) costaricensis Hert- lein & Strong, sp. nov 103 Odostomia (Chrysallida) woodbridgei Hert- lein & Strong, sp. nov 103 Odostomia (Chrysallida) guatulcoensis Hert- lein & Strong, sp. nov 103 Odostomia ( Chrysallida ) corintoensis Hert- lein & Strong, sp. nov 104 Subgenus Telloda Hertlein & Strong, subgen. nov 104 Odostomia (Telloda) subdotella Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 104 Subgenus Evalea A. Adams 104 Odostomia (Evalea) gallegosiana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 104 Subgenus Evalina Dali & Bartsch 105 Odostomia (Evalina) tehuantepecana Hert- lein & Strong, sp. nov 105 Subgenus Menestho Moller 105 Odostomia (Menestho) nicoyana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 105 Subgenus Miralda A. Adams 105 Odostomia (Miralda) rhizophorae Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 105 Superfamily Taenioglossa 106 Family Cerithiopsidae 106 Genus Cerithiopsis Forbes & Hanley 106 Cerithiopsis guatulcoensis Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 106 Cerithiopsis guanacastensis Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 106 Cerithiopsis perrini Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 106 Cerithiopsis oaxacana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 107 Family Cerithiidae 107 Genus Bittium Leach in Gray 107 Subgenus Lirobittium Bartsch .107 Bittium (Lirobittium) arenaense Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 107 Family Turritellidae 108 Genus Turritella Lamarck 108 Turritella clarionensis Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 108 • Family Rissoidae 108 Genus Alvania Leach in Risso 108 Alvania? ingrami Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 108 Family Rissoinidae 109 Genus Rissoina d’Orbigny 109 Rissoina alarconi Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. 109 Rissoina axeliana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. 109 Subgenus Folinia Crosse 109 Rissoina (Folinia) ericana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov 109 Family Vanikoridae HO Genus Vanikoro Quoy & Gaimard 110 V anikoro galapagana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov HO Superfamily Rhipidoglossa HO Family Liotiidae HO Genus Macrarene Hertlein & Strong, gen. nov. ..110 Family Vitrinellidae HO Genus Cyclostrema Marryat . . . . HO Cyclostrema gordana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov HO Genus Cyclostremiscus Pilsbry & Olsson 110 Cyclostremiscus humboldti Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov HO Genus Cir cuius Jeffreys Ill Circulus taigai Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. .111 Circulus bailyi Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov.. . .111 Genus Scissilabra Bartsch Ill Scissilabra martensiana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov Ill Genus Teinostoma A. Adams 112 Teinostoma herbertiana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov H2 Teinostoma zacae Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov H2 Genus Anticlimax Pilsbry & McGinty 112 Subgenus Subclimax Pilsbry & Olsson 112 Anticlimax (Subclimax) willetti Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov H2 Superfamily Zygobranchia H3 Family Fissurellidae 113 Genus Fissurella Bruguiere 113 Fissurella beebei Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. .113 Genus Hemitoma Swainson . . 113 Hemitoma chiquita Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov H3 Subclass Amphineura H4 Order Polyplacophora H4 Superfamily Mesoplacophora H4 Family Ischnochitonidae H4 Genus Ischnochiton Gray . . H4 Ischnochiton crockeri Willett, sp. nov 114 1951] Hertlein & Strong: Mollusks of Mexico and Central America 69 Introduction. This is the tenth and final part of the se- ries of papers published in Zoologica dealing with the mollusks collected during the East- ern Pacific Expeditions of the New York Zoological Society, 1936, 1937-1938. Parts I-IX dealt with the Pelecypoda collected on those expeditions. These appeared as follows: Part Volume Part Number I 25 4 25 II 28 3 19 III 31 2 5 IV 31 3 8 V 31 4 10 VI 33 4 13 VII 34 2 9 VIII 34 4 19 IX 35 4 19 This paper deals with the new species of Scaphopoda, Gastropoda and Amphineura collected during the Eastern Pacific Expe- ditions of the New York Zoological Society, 1936, 1937-1938. Originally it was planned to publish references to and descriptions or notes dealing with all of the species of gastro- pods and scaphopods occurring in tropical west American waters. Conditions resulting from unsettled international relations caused changes in this plan as mentioned in Part II of this series of papers. Accordingly, man- uscript was prepared dealing with the spe- cies obtained during the expeditions of 1936, 1937-1938. The increased cost of pub- lication as well as the desirability of publish- ing the results of other expeditions and projects of the New York Zoological Society have led to the necessity of closing this series of papers in Zoologica with Part X. This paper is limited almost entirely to the de- scriptions of new species. The description of the single new species of chiton, Ischnochiton crockeri, was prepared by the late George Willett. It is planned that additional papers dealing with tropical west American marine mollusks will be published in other period- icals from time to time. Three such papers2 have recently appeared. In completing this series of papers the authors wish to express their appreciation to the many persons and institutions who have aided them in this work. The late Templeton Crocker, owner of the Yacht Zaca during the expeditions on which the collec- tions here described were assembled, co- operated and maintained a strong interest in the work. Our thanks are here extended to Dr. William Beebe whose unfailing coop- eration and interest have inspired the 2 Hanna, G. D., & Strong, A. M. West American mollusks of the genus Conus. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ser. 4, Vol. 26, No. 9, January 28. 1949, pp. 247-322, pis. 6-10, 4 text- figures. Hertlein, L. G., & Strong, A. M. Description of a new species of Trophon from the Gulf of California. Bull. South. Calif. Acad. Sci., Vol. 46, Pt. 2, May-August, 1947, issued February 5, 1948, pp. 79-80, pi. 18. Strong, A. M. Additional Pyramidellidae from the Gulf of California. Bull. South. Calif. Acad. Sci., Vol. 48, Part 2, May-August, issued November 4, 1949, pp. 71-93, pis. 11, 12. authors throughout this work. We wish to reiterate our statement in Part I, namely, that his collecting and recording of locality information is a model of its kind. Also we extend our thanks to Mr. William Bridges, Curator of Publications of the New York Zoological Society, who has at all times shown the utmost cooperation and patience Pages Plates Date 369-430 1,2 December 31, 1940 149-168 1 December 6, 1943 53- 76 1 August 20, 1946 93-120 1 December 5, 1946 129-150 1 February 21, 1947 163-198 ' 1,2 December 31, 1948 63- 97 1 August 10, 1949 239-258 1 December 30, 1949 217-252 1,2 December 30, 1950 in seeing the publications through the press. Dr. G. Dallas Hanna, Curator of the Depart- ment of Paleontology, California Academy of Sciences, and Mr. A. G. Smith, Research Associate of the same institution, have aided us whenever called upon during our work on these papers. Acknowledgment also is due those persons who have aided us by the loan of specimens, indentification of species, or in other ways. These include Dr. A. Myra Keen, Stanford University; Dr. Harald A. Rehder, U. S. National Museum; Miss Viola Bristol, San Diego Society of Natural His- tory; Dr. Wm. M. Ingram, Mills College. Occasionally books for reference purposes were made available by authorities of the University of California, the University of California at Los Angeles, The John Crerar Library and the Library of Congress. The photographs used to illustrate the spe- cies represented on the plates of this paper were made by Mr. Frank L. Rogers. The authors wish to express their appreciation to officials of the American Philosophical Society for a grant-in-aid3 to the senior author which was made available to defray the expense of photography incidental to the present paper. We also wish to express our appreciation to Mrs. Georgia Fitzsimmons for careful secretarial work on the man- uscript. Class Scaphopoda. ORDER SOLENOCONCHA. Family Dentaliidae. Genus Denfalium Linnaeus. Subgenus Rhabdu s Pilsbry & Sharp. Denfalium IRhabdusI cedro sense Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate XI, Fig. 9. Shell nearly straight and extremely slen- der, thin, glossy, white, circular in section; apex very gently curved, truncate, without notch, slit or apical tube; shell sculptured with a few fine longitudinal lines which are visible under moderate magnification and 3 For report on Grant No. 1078, see The American Philo- sophical Society Yearbook 1949, issued 1950, pp. 147-148. 70 Zoologica : New York Zoological Society [36: 5 cross lighting; posterior half of shell orna- mented with a series of low, close-set con- centric, rounded ridges which gradually fade out toward the anterior smoother half. Di- mensions of the type: Length, 9 mm.; diam- eter at aperture, .24 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 126-D-12, Lat. 28° 20' 00" N„ Long. 115° 10' 30" W., a mile off the east coast of Cedros Island, Lower California, Mexico, in 45 fathoms (82 meters), crushed shell and mud; collected by the Templeton Crocker Expedition, May 22, 1936. This species is similar to Dentalium rec- tius Carpenter4 but that species (as well as all others from the west coast comparable in size and shape) , lacks the concentric sculp- ture which is so obvious on this one. Two specimens of this species were dredged by the Templeton Crocker Expedi- tion, 1932, in Lat. 23° 03' 00" to 23° 06' 00" N., Long. 109° 36' 00" to 109° 31' 00" W., in 20-220 fathoms. It seems quite possible that the new spe- cies described here may be referable to the subgenus Episiphon Pilsbry & Sharp because of the presence of sculpture consisting of strong annular rings on the posterior por- tion of the shell. According to Pilsbry & Sharp, some of the species of the subgenus Rhabdus possess numerous low variceal an- nular swellings. The apex of shells referred to Episiphon usually possess a short pro- jecting tube or a wide shallow U-shaped lateral notch. However, Pilsbry & Sharp mentioned that the apex of shells of this sub- genus may be . . . “simple or notched apex, or truncate with a supplemental apical tube.” Woodring5 stated with regard to this sub- genus “The apical tube, which may not be a feature of biologic significance, is absent even on many specimens of the type species and is not confined to species included in this subgenus. Most of the living species of Ep- isiphon are deep-water dwellers.” The ab- sence of a tube or notch on the apex of the present species, as well as the habitat in comparatively shallow water, has led us, at least for the present, to place the present species in the subgenus Rhabdus. Family Siphonodentaliidae. Genus C adulus Philippi. Subgenus Platyschides Henderson. Cadulus I Platyschides) austinclarki Emerson. Plate XI, Figs. 1, 6. Cadidus ( Platyschides ) austinclarki Em- 4 Dentalium rectius Carpenter, Rept. Brit. Assoc. Ad v. Sci. for 1863 (issued August, 1864), pp. 603 [Nom. nud.], 648. Puget Sound and vicinity.— Carpenter, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Vol. 17, August 7, 1865, p. 59. "Hab.— In sinu Pugetiano legit Kennerley."— Pilsbry & Sharp, Man. Conch., Vol. 17, 1897, p. 113, pi. 21, fig. 45. Localities cited from Puget Sound to off Cortes Bank, California, in 13 to 984 fathoms. 5 Woodring, W. P., Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. 366, May 20, 1925, p. 203. erson, Jour. Washington Acad. Sci., Vol. 41, No. 1, January 15, 1951, p. 24, figs. 1, 2. “Santa Inez Bay, Baja California (Gulf of Califor- nia), west around Santa Inez Point, dredged in 6-12 feet of water in fine black sand.” Also other localities. Type Locality. Santa Inez Bay, Lower California, Mexico, in the Gulf of California, in 6-12 feet, black sand. Range : Santa Maria Bay, west coast of Lower California to Santa Inez Bay in the Gulf of California and south to Panama City and the Galapagos Islands. Collecting Station: Mexico: Santa Inez Bay, Gulf of California (145-D-l, 3), 4-13 fathoms (7.5-24 meters), sand. Description: Shell gently arcuate, the bend greater posteriorly, rather short and stubby, inflated in the central portion; translucent, glossy, with extremely faint concentric and longitudinal lines; apertural end tapering gently to a diameter not more than a third larger than the apical opening, aperture oblique; apical margin with on some speci- mens 2, on others 4, notches on the ventral side and spaced about 75° apart. Dimensions of the hypotype: length, 4.05 mm.; diameter at aperture, 0.18 mm.; greatest diameter, 0.27 mm.; at the apex, 0.135 mm. This species is smaller and much more in- flated in the center than Cadulus quadrifis- satus Carpenter in Pilsbry & Sharp6. A set of the latter in the California Academy of Sciences has been used for comparison since they probably are a portion of the original lot. Cadulus ( Platyschides ) austinclarki was compared by its author with similar east American species. It is said to resemble Cadidus ( Platyschides ) nitidus Henderson (17. S. Nat. Mus., Bull. Ill, 1920, p. 129, pi. 19, fig. 9), from Porto Rico, in apical fea- tures but differs in the shorter and less atten- uated shell which also is more inflated at the equator. The general outline of the west coast species resembles that of Cadulus ( Platy- schides') parvus Henderson, from Florida and Barbados, but differs in that the shell is shorter and has less prominent apical fea- tures. The shell of Cadulus ( Platyschides ) austinclarki is less attenuated and less con- vex than that of Cadulus ( Polyschides ) quitus Pilsbry & Olsson7 which was origi- nally described from the Pliocene of Ecuador. Distribution: A few specimens of this species were taken in Santa Inez Bay in the Gulf of California. It also has been reported as occurring at various localities from southern Lower California to Panama and the Galapagos Islands, in 1 to 4V2 fathoms. 6 C[adulus']. quadrifissatus (Carpenter) , Pilsbry & Sharp. Man. Conch., Vol. 17, May 3, 1898, p. 150, pi. 29, figs. 10, 11, 12, 13. “San Diego, California, 10 fms. (Henry Hemp- hill, in Acad, coll.) ; San Pedro (Smithsonian Institution).” 7 Cadulus ( Polyschides ) quitus Pilsbry & Olsson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Vol. 93, September 9, 1941, p. 48, pi. 10, figs. 9, 10. “Canoa formation, Punta Blanca.” Ecuador. Pliocene. 1951] Hertlein & Strong: Mollusks of Mexico and Central America 71 Class Gastropoda. ORDER OPISTHOBRANCHIATA. Family Atyidae. Genus Atys Montfort. Subgenus Aliculastrum Pilsbry. Atys lAliculastruml liriope Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate VIII, Fig. 2. Shell slenderly elongate-ovoid, shining, translucent, white; entire surface orna- mented with fine, closely spaced spiral threads which are cut by equally fine but more widely spaced incised axial lines, to- ward the base the axial lines become fainter and the spiral cords broader; apex obliquely truncated, deeply, narrowly pitted, with both the axial and spiral sculpture entering the pit; aperture as long as the shell; outer lip rising from the edge of the pit with a rounded notch or sulcus partly reflected over it, above which the lip extends for a short distance before rounding sharply to form a narrow aperture along the body of the shell; columella curved, forming a broadening of the aperture, the edge broadly reflected over the umbilical region without a visible fold, the lower end extended downward to join the outer lip in a canal-like projection. Di- mensions: length, 9.8 mm.; maximum di- ameter, 3.6 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 7-D-27, probably from Station 136-D-27, Arena Bank, Gulf of California, Lat 23° 28' 00" N., Long. 109° 24' 00" W., dredged in 50 fathoms (91 meters), sand, calcareous algae, rock. The outer lip in the unique type is imper- fect but the general characters of the shell seem to be quite different from any species described from the west coast. It differs from Atys chimera Baker & Hanna8 in the more uniform, closely spaced, raised sculpture, lack of columellar fold, and in a canal-like basal projection of the aperture. In shape the new species is more like Cylichna fan- tasma Baker & Hanna9 which species, how- ever, lacks the apical notch or sulcus. ORDER CTENOBRANCHIATA. Superfamily Toxoglossa. Family Turritidae. Genus Carinodrillia Dali. Carinodrillia pilshryi Lowe. Plate I, Fig. 10. Clathrodrillia pilshryi Lowe, Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. 8, No. 6, March 8 Atys chimera Baker & Hanna, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ser. 4, Vol. 16, No. 5, April 22, 1927, p. 126, pi. 4, fig. 4. . . dredged in shallow water in Puerto Escondido, Lower California.” Also off La Paz and in Coyote Bay, Concep- cion Bay, east coast of Lower California. 9 Cylichnella fantasma Baker & Hanna, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ser. 4, Vol. 16, No. 5, April 22, 1927, p. 128, pi. 4, fig. 6. . . taken in Isthmus Bay, Espiritu Santo Island, Gulf of California.” Also taken in San Gabriel Bay, Espiritu Santo Island and in San Luis Gonzaga Bay, Lower California. 21, 1935, p. 23, pi. 4, fig. 2. “Punta Penasco, Sonora, dredged 10 fathoms (1934).” Type Locality: Punta Penasco, Sonora, Mexico, in the Gulf of California, dredged in 10 fathoms. Range : Punta Penasco, Sonora, Mexico, to Gorda Banks, in the Gulf of California. Collecting Stations: Mexico: Santa Inez Bay, Gulf of California (143-D-l), 29 fath- oms, mud, crushed shell, weed; off Arena Point, Lower California (136-D-14), 45 fathoms, mud ; Gorda Banks, Gulf of Cali- fornia (150-D-8), 40-50 fathoms, muddy sand. Description: Shell slender, acute, nucleus and first 3 postnuclear whorls whitish, the remainder brown ; nuclear whorls 3, smooth, shining; postnuclear whorls 12, sutures closely appressed, with the narrow, spirally striated, anal fasciole immediately adjacent; axial sculpture of (on the last whorl 7) strong, swollen, nearly vertical ribs which do not cross the anal fasciole and fade out on the base; spiral sculpture of sharp threads, strongest on the tops of the axial ribs but not nodulous, of these 3 or 4 appear on the spire between the anal fasciole and suture with about 15 similar cords on the base and canal ; aperture narrow, outer lip thin, serrated at the edge by the spiral threads, last axial rib not varicose; anal sulcus small, deep, rounded, with a small callus pile on the body; inner lip callous, with a sharp, raised edge along the canal, leaving a decided umbilical chink; canal fairly short, slightly recurved. The specimen illustrated measures: length, 34 mm.; maximum diameter, 11.5 mm. This species resembles Clathrodrillia cal- lianira Dali10 * * but has fewer and more prom- inent axial ribs and lacks the cord-like sub- sutural band. It also seems to be larger for the same number of whorls, C. callianira being described as length 16 mm. with 8V2 postnuclear whorls but shown with 10 post- nuclear whorls in the original figure. Lowe’s species is very similar to Carinodrillia adonis Pilsbry & Lowe11 but possesses more nu- merous spiral ribs. Distribution: A few specimens of this spe- cies were dredged at 3 localities in the Gulf of California in 29 to 50 fathoms. Genus Clafhurella Carpenter. Clathnreila erminiana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate I, Fig. 8. Shell small, slender, brownish; nuclear whorls 2 y2, smooth, swollen; postnuclear whorls 7, sutures appressed ; first 3 whorls with 8 sharp nodes near the lower edge, on the fourth whorl these begin to become ax- ially elongated with first 1 and then 2 spirally elongated ridges crossing the tops but absent 10 Clathrodrillia callianira Dali, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 56, No. 2288, August 8, 1919, p. 16, pi. 5, fig. 2. “Range.— Station 2823, off Lower California in 27 fathoms, sand, U. S. Bureau of Fisheries.” 11 Carinodrillia adonis Pilsbry & Lowe, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Vol. 84, May 21, 1932, p. 45, pi. 2, fig. 2. “Manzanillo, Mexico, dredged in about 20 fathoms.” 72 Zoological New York Zoological Society [36: 5 in the interspaces; on the last whorl there are 10 axial ribs extending from the anal fasciole to the canal, crossed by 5 spiral cords, strong on the tops of the ribs, faint in the interspaces, these are followed by 12 closely spaced spiral threads on the lower part of the base and on the canal ; anal fas- ciole rather broad, marked by numerous, curved lines of growth; aperture narrow, outer lip thin at the edge, greatly thickened a short distance back by a strong varix, separated from the canal by a shallow in- ternal depression, interior not dentate ; anal sulcus small, deep, with a raised edge and small subsutural callosity; inner lip smooth, the edge not raised; canal rather short, hardly recurved. The type measures: length, 12.5 mm.; maximum diameter, 5.0 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), dredged at Station 147-D-2, Lat. 26° 57' 30" N., Long. 111° 48' 30" W., off Concepcion Point, Santa Inez Bay, Gulf of California, in 60 fathoms (110 meters), mud, crushed shell. A second specimen was dredged at the same locality. This species is quite similar to Glyph- ostoma sirena Dali12 from the Galapagos Islands, but differs principally in the less distinct axial ribs, fewer spiral cords and in the color. Genus Fusiturricula Woodring. Fusiturricula armilda Dali. Plate VIII, Fig. 4. Turris (Surcula) armilda Dali, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Vol. 43, No. 6, October, 1908, p. 262. “U.S.S. ‘Albatross’, station 3017, Gulf of California, off Cape Lobos, in 58 fathoms, mud, bottom temperature 51.8°F.” Type Locality: Off Cape Lobos, Gulf of California, in 58 fathoms, mud. Range: Santa Maria Bay, Lower Cali- fornia, to Santa Inez Bay, Gulf of Cali- fornia, and south to the Gulf of Chiriqui, Panama. Collecting Stations: Mexico: Arena Bank, Gulf of California (136-D-4, 6, 9, 14, 17, 23, 24), 35-55 fathoms, mud, sand, weed, Area conglomerates; Santa Inez Bay, Gulf of California (146-D-l), 35 fathoms, mud, crushed shell; Gorda Banks, Gulf of California (150-D-23), 45 fathoms, sand, calcareous algae; Costa Rica: off Ballena Bay, Gulf of Nicoya (213-D-ll, 17), 35 fathoms, mud; Panama: Gulf of Chiriqui (221-D-l, 5), 35-40 fathoms, sandy mud. Description: Shell fusiform, thin, spire acute, whorls angulated; sculpture consist- ing of about 12 short, oblique, protractive axial ribs, about 12 on the last whorl on which 2 or 3 are much larger than the others; axials crossed by spiral threads of which 2 on the periphery are slightly larger 12 Glyphostoma sirena Dali, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 56, No. 2288, August 8, 1919, p. 53, pi. 17, fig. 3. “Range. —Station 2813, in the Galapagos Islands, in 40 fathoms, coral sand, surface temperature 81° F. U. S. Bureau of Fisheries.’’ than the others ; canal long, narrow, slight- ly recurved; pale brown, interior pinkish. A specimen from Arena Bank, Gulf of California, measures: height, 40.3 mm.; maximum diameter, 14 mm. The shell of this species differs from that of Fusiturricula fusinella Dali in that the axial ribs are oblique rather than straight and in that on large specimens about every fourth rib is enlarged. Distribution: A number of specimens of this species were dredged by the expedi- tion in the region between Santa Inez Bay, Gulf of California, and the Gulf of Chir- iqui, Panama. Fusiturricula howelli Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate VIII, Fig. 8. Shell slender, acute, bleached a dull white; nucleus defective; normal whorls 8, strongly shouldered; axial sculpture of 9 nearly vertical, strong ribs which undulate the sutures, feeble above the shoulder angle and extending over the base to the canal; spiral sculpture of raised cords, 3 above the shoulder angle and 4 much stronger below, riding over the ribs on the tops of which they are somewhat swollen, base and canal with about 30 closely spaced cords which have a tendency to alternate in strength; aperture with the outer lip not varicose but turned in by the last rib, notch triangular, close to the suture, inner lip with a thin wash of callus; canal open, long, straight and slender. The type measures: length, 31 mm.; length of aperture and canal, 16 mm.; maximum diameter, 11 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 214-D-l, 4, 14 miles S. X E. of Judas Point, Costa Rica, Lat. 9° 19' 32" to 9° 17' 40" N„ Long. 84° 29' 30" to 84° 27' 30" W., dredged in 42-61 fathoms (76.5-112 meters), mud, shell, rocks. This species bears some resemblance to the species described by Dali as Turris {Surcula) fusinella13, but differs in that the axial ribs are continuous rather than represented by spirally elongated nodes ar- ranged in axial lines. There is doubt as to whether the spe- cies here described as new should be placed in the genus Fusiturricula in which the axial ribs are said to be similar to those described on T. fusinella. However, it ap- pears best to leave it in Fusiturricula until more is known of the variation of the char- acters of the type species of the various genera of this family. This species is named for Mr. John Thomas Howell, Curator of the Department of Botany, California Academy of Sciences. 13 Turris ( Surcula ) fusinella Dali, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Vol. 43, No. 6, October, 1908, p. 261, pi. 14, fig. 7. “U. S. S. ‘Albatross’ station 3391, in the Gulf of Panama, in 153 fathoms, mud, bottom temperature 55.8° F.” Also off Cape Lobos, Gulf of California, west coast of Mexico, in 58 fathoms. 1951] Hertlein & Strong: Mollusks of Mexico and Central America 73 Genus Crassispira Swainson. Crassispira turricula ballenaensis Hertlein & Strong, subsp. nov. Plate XI, Figs. 4, 11. The shell of this subspecies differs from that of typical Crassispira turricula Sower- by in that the whorls are more rounded, the last whorl is shorter in proportion to the height and the axial ribbing is finer. The color is dark brown. Dimensions of holotype: length, 33.2 mm.; maximum di- ameter, 11 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), dredged at Station 206-D-l, 3, Lat. 10° 37' 03" to 10° 36' 22" N., Long. 85° 41' 12" to 85° 41' 08" W., off Port Cu- lebra, Costa Rica, in 14 fathoms (25.5 meters), sandy mud. 1 specimen was dredged at Station 213-D-ll, 17, Lat. 9° 44' 52" N., Long. 84° 51' 25" W., to Lat. 9° 42' 00" N., Long. 84° 56' 00" W., off Bal- lena Bay, Gulf of Nicoya, Costa Rica, in 35 fathoms (63.7 meters), mud. 5 specimens were dredged at Station 183-D-3, Lat. 19° 14' 30" N., Long. 104° 51' 30" W., Tena- catita Bay, Mexico, in 40 fathoms (73 meters), sandy mud. 3 specimens were dredged in Acapulco Bay, Mexico, by the Templeton Crocker Expedition of the Cali- fornia Academy of Sciences in 1932. Pleurotoma turricida Sowerby14 was de- scribed in 1834. On the same page imme- diately following this description Sowerby also described Pleurotoma corrugata* 1^. Reeve in 1843 illustrated Pleurotoma tur- ricula, placed P. corrugata in the synonymy and stated that there was not the slightest difference between the specimens upon which Sowerby based the two specific names. Reeve also indicated that Sowerby’s P. corrugata was distinct from a species from West Africa which also was described as Pleurotoma corrugata by Kiener. This African species was not described until 1839-1840 and therefore does not take pri- ority over Sowerby’s earlier use of the same combination of names. In a later por- tion of his monograph of Pleurotoma Reeve illustrated (his species 162) under the name of Pleurotoma turricula the species originally described from England by Mon- tagu in 1803 as Murex turricula. In the er- rata to his monograph Reeve renamed the west American shell, Sowerby’s Pleuroto- ma turricula (Reeve’s species 49), Pleuro- toma sowerbyi. Murex turricula Montagu 14 Pleurotoma turricula Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lon- don for 1833, p. 137 (issued April 16, 1834). “Hab. ad Sanctam Elenam Columbiae Occidentalism’ “From sandy mud at a depth of six fathoms.”— Reeve, Conch. Icon., Vol. 1, Pleurotoma, 1843, sp. 49, pi. 6, fig. 49. In errata it is stated “Species 49. For P. turricula, Sowerby— read P. sowerbyi. Reeve: and for P. turricula, refer to species 162.” — Tryon, Man. Conch., Vol. 6, 1884, p. 180, pi. 10, fig. 67 (as Drillia sowerbyi) . Not Murex turricula Montagu, Test. Brit., Pt. 1, 1803, p. 262, Suppl. Tab. 9, fig. 1. 15 Pleurotoma corrugata Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lon- don for 1833, p. 137 (issued April 16, 1834). “Hab. ad Sinum Montijae et ad Portam Portreram.” “Found in muddy sand at ten fathoms’ depth.” Not Pleurotoma cor- rugata Kiener, Spec. Gen. et Icon. Coq. Viv., Fam. Canali- feres, Pt. 1, Pleurotoma, 1839-1840, p. 26, pi. 9, fig. 2. “Habite les cotes de Goree et de Guinee.” was designated as the type of a genus Pro- pebela Iredale, 1918, but Winckworth, 1932, placed the species in the genus Lora Gistel, 1848. Sowerby’s Pleurotoma turricula has line priority over his P. corrugata. It appears then that turricula is the valid specific name for the west American shell of which we here describe a new subspecies as Crassi- spira turricula ballenaensis. The species from Panama cited by C. B. Adams, 1852, under the name of Pleurotoma corrugata Sowerby was later described as a new species, Crassispira adamsiana, by Pils- bry & Lowe.16 Crassispira efiocei Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate I, Fig. 12. Shell stout, brownish; nucleus and first 3 or 4 postnuclear whorls lost, remaining whorls 8; anal fasciole strongly impressed, sculptured with fine curved lines of growth and microscopic spiral striations, close to the suture but is separated from it by a narrow raised band on which there are 1 or 2 fine spiral threads; axial sculpture of (on the last whorl 14) slightly protractive ribs, which are highest at the margin of the anal fasciole, flattening out toward the suture and fading out on the lower part of the base; spiral sculpture of subequal, raised threads which ride over the axial ribs, of these there are 7 on the penultimate whorl between the lower edge of the anal fasciole and the following suture and about 20 on the base and canal ; aperture nar- row, outer lip thin at the edge, with an indistinct stromboid notch, the last axial rib varicose and some distance back; anal sinus small, deep, rounded, with a raised pile of callus on the body; inner lip callous, with a raised edge along the canal; canal very short, slightly recurwed. The type measures: length, 29.5 mm.; maximum di- ameter, 10.7 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 150-D-23, Lat. 23° 01' 00" N., Long. 109° 27' 30" W., Gorda Banks, Gulf of California, dredged in 45 fathoms (82 meters), sand, calcareous algae. 1 specimen was taken nearby at Sta- tion 150-D-9, 50-60 fathoms (91-109 me- ters), muddy sand. 1 specimen was dredged at Station 142-D-3, Lat. 27° 04' 00" N., Long. 111° 54' 00" W., Santa Inez Bay, Lower California, Gulf of California, in 40 fathoms (73 meters), sand, weed. This species resembles Crassispira tur- ricula Sowerby ( Crassispira sowerbyi Reeve17) in many ways, but the canal is much shorter and the axial ribs do not cross the anal fasciole to form nodules on the sub- sutural band as on Sowerby’s species. All the specimens secured are more or less 16 Crassispira adamsiana Pilsbry & Lowe, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Vol. 84, May 21, 1932, p. 48, pi. 2, fig. 11. Type from “Reef off ‘French Plaza’, Panama City.” Also collected at San Juan del Sur, Nicaragua. 17 See Reeve, L., Conch. Icon., Vol. 1, Pleurotoma, 1843, pi. 6, fig. 49. 74 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [36: 5 bleached. Living shells are probably uni- formly dark brown or blackish. This species is named for Emery Chace of Lomita, California, an indefatigable col- lector of west American shells. Crassispira brujae Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate I, Fig. 18. Shell slender, whitish under a persistent black periostracum ; nuclear whorls 2, very small, smooth; postnuclear whorls 12; axial sculpture of (on the penultimate whorl 12) narrow ribs, strongest just below the anal fasciole, extending to the following suture, fading out on the base, absent on the nar- row anal fasciole but appearing as faint nodes on the low, narrow, subsutural cord; entire surface with microscopic spiral stria- tions; base and canal with about a dozen fine spiral threads, those on the canal slightly the stronger and faintly nodulous; aperture narrow, outer lip thin at the edge, the last 2 axial ribs enlarged, forming a slight hump; anal sulcus deep, rounded, with a projecting subsutural callosity; in- ner lip callous, with a raised edge; canal short, slightly recurved. The type meas- ures: length, 29 mm.; maximum diameter, 9.2 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), dredged at Station 136-D-13, Lat. 23° 29' 00" N., Long. 109° 24' 00" W., Arena Bank, Gulf of California, in 45 fath- oms (82 meters), mud, Area conglomerates. The sculpture of the unique type is some- what similar to that of Crassispira erigone Dali18 described from Panama Bay, but is much finer. The shell also is much more slen- der than Dali’s species. It also is more slender and the nodes on the subsutural cord are much finer than on C. erebus Pilsbry & Lowe.19 The specific name of this species is derived from that of the ship Bruja on which Lieut. R. W. H. Hardy explored the upper portion of the Gulf of California, 1825-1828. Crassispira ericana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate I, Fig. 11. Shell small, rather thick, with a persistent black periostracum ; nuclear and first 2 or 3 postnuclear whorls lost, remaining whorls 8, sutures appressed, undulated by the axial ribs; axial sculpture of (on the last whorl 12) ribs, broadest near the anal fasciole, ex- tending to the following suture and fading out on the base, absent on the anal fasciole and subsutural band ; subsutural band mod- erately wide, axially striated, bounded at the lower edge by a strong cord; anal fasciole 18 Crassispira erigone Dali, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 56, No. 2288, August 8, 1919, p. 21, pi. 7, fig. 8. “Range.— Station 2798, in Panama Bay, in 18 fathoms ; U. S. Bureau of Fisheries.” 19 Crassispira erebus Pilsbry & Lowe, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Vol. 84, May 21, 1932, p. 49, pi. 2, fig. 10. “Corinto, Nicaragua, in about 20 fathoms (Lowe).” broad, sculptured by 4 spiral threads crossed by strong lines of growth ; other spiral sculp- ture of fine raised threads in the interspaces between the axial ribs similar to those on the anal fasciole, 6 appearing on the penulti- mate whorl and about 24 on the base and canal; aperture narrow, purplish; outer lip slightly thickened, not varicose, anal sulcus small, very deep, the outer edge strongly constricted by a strong subsutural callosity; inner lip callous, the edge scarcely raised; canal short, slightly recurved. The type meas- ures: length, 11.5 mm.; maximum diameter, 4.3 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), dredged at Station 145-D-l, 3, Lat. 26° 52' 00" N., Long. 111° 53' 00" W., Santa Inez Bay, Lower California, Gulf of California, in 4-13 fathoms (7.5-24 meters), sand. In many ways this shell fits the descrip- tion of the unfigured ?Drillia hanleyi Car- penter,20 but the axial ribs would seem to be fewer in number and more nearly vertical. The presence of a strong subsutural cord on the present shell serves to separate it from C. tepocana Dali.21 This species is named in honor of Eric Knight Jordan in recognition of his contri- butions to the knowledge of West American marine mollusks. Crassispira xantl Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate I, Fig. 3. Shell small, stout, with a pointed spire and a persistent black periostracum; nuclear whorls 2, smooth, whitish; postnuclear whorls 9, with the subsutural band and anal fasciole occupying more than half the space between the sutures; axial sculpture of (on the last whorl 12) strong ribs, extending from the anal fasciole to the following suture and over the base to the siphonal fasciole, absent on the anal fasciole and subsutural band ; subsutural band broad, bordered at the lower edge by a smooth keel, between which and the suture there are 4 subequal spiral threads crossed by strong lines of growth; anal fasciole with 3 similar but more dis- tinct spiral threads, below which there are 3 sharply incised spiral lines in the inter- spaces between the axial ribs ; periphery with a broad space on which the spiral sculpture is indistinct, followed by an incised spiral line and about 13 subequal spiral threads on the base; aperture purplish at the edge, white within, narrow; outer lip with a shal- low but distinct stromboid notch, somewhat thickened by the last rib which is slightly swollen; anal sulcus shallow, rounded (prob- ably not mature) with a small subsutural 20 ?Drillia hanleyi Carpenter, Cat. Mazatlan Shells, No- vember, 1856, p. 398. “Hab.— Mazatlan ; 1 fresh sp., L’pool Col.” 21 Crassispira tepocana Dali, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 56, No. 2288, August 8, 1919, p. 25, pi. 6, fig. 6. “Range.— Station 3018, off Cape Tepoca, Lower California, in 36 fathoms, sand, bottom temperature 63.3° F ; U. S. Bureau of Fisheries.” 1951] Hertlein & Strong: Mollusks of Mexico and Central America 75 callosity; inner lip callous, purplish, with the edge little raised; siphonal fasciole distinct, sculptured with fine lines of growth and fol- lowed by 6 spiral cords ; canal short, slightly recurved. The type measures: length, 15.5 mm.; maximum diameter, 5.8 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 135, dredged in San Lucas Bay at the southern end of Lower California, Mexico. 1 specimen was dredged at Station 195-D-9, Lat. 15° 44' 28" N., Long. 96° 07' 51" W., Port Guatulco, Mexico, in 7 fathoms (12.6 meters), gr. sand, crushed shell. 1 specimen was dredged at Station 200-D-16, Lat. 12° 27' 41" N., Long. 87° 12' 08" W., near Corinto, Nicaragua, in 4-7 fath- oms (7-13 meters), mangrove leaves. 1 small specimen was taken at Port Parker, Costa Rica, and 2 specimens at Piedra Blanca, Costa Rica. The shell of the present species resembles the preceding species in general appearance but is broader and differs in the ornamenta- tion of the subsutural area. This species ap- pears in some instances to have been record- ed as Crassispira nigerrima Sowerby.22 It differs from that species in the narrower axial ribs and very broad subsutural area which bears a much stronger carina which occurs much farther anterior to the suture. For comparative study, we have used 2 speci- mens of C. nigerrima in the collections of the California Academy of Sciences which were collected at Santa Elena Bay, Ecuador, by Woodbridge Williams, which agree exceed- ingly well with Reeve’s illustration of that species. This species is named for John Xantus who collected many specimens of marine mol- lusks at Cape San Lucas, Lower California. Crassispira tanqolaensis Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate I, Fig. 13. Shell small, biconic, uniformly dark, the extreme tip broken, remaining whorls 8, strongly sculptured; axial sculpture of 12 strong, somewhat retractive ribs, fading out on the base, very faint over the narrow, de- pressed fasciole but rising to rounded tu- bercles at the suture; spiral sculpture of very fine, closely spaced threads over the entire surface, on the base every third or fourth thread the strongest; aperture nar- row, outer lip thickened, with a small, round- ed anal sulcus near the suture; inner lip 22 Pleurotoma nigerrima Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lon- don for 1833, p. 137 (issued April 16, 1834). “Hab. ad Panamam.” “Dredged in sandy mud in six and ten fath- oms.”—Reeve, Conch. Icon., Vol. 1, Pleurotoma , 1843, sp. 102, pi. 12, fig. 102. “Hab. Panama and Bay of Caraccas (dredged from sandy mud at the depth of ten fathoms) ; Cuming.” The species named Pleurotoma cornuta Sowerby {Proc. Zool. Soc. London for 1833, p. 136 (issued April 16, 1834.) “Hab. ad Sinum Caraccas Columbiae Occidentalis.” “Found in sandy mud at a depth of ten fathoms.”) has not been illustrated but has generally been considered to be iden- tical with P. nigerrima. It has page priority over the latter but the species is so well known under the name of P. nigerrima that we favor acceptance of this name. simple, canal very short, hardly differen- tiated. The type measures: length, 14 mm.; maximum diameter, 5.4 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 196-D-6, 7, Lat. 15° 45' 34" N„ Long. 96° 06' 02" to 96° 06' 03" W., Tangola-Tangola Bay, Mexico, dredged in 6-7 fathoms (11-12.8 meters), sand, crushed shell bottom. The axial ribbing on the shell of this spe- cies bears some similarity to that of Pleuro- toma rustica Sowerby23 but it differs in that the whorls of that species are said to be keeled near the suture whereas on the pres- ent shell a row of tubercles is present near the suture. Genus Elaeocyma Dali. Elaeocyma craneana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate I, Fig. 2. Shell slender, acute, dull white; nucleus of 2 bright, shining whorls, the first smooth, inflated, the second with a peripheral keel; normal whorls 10; axial sculpture of 12 strong ribs, extending from the anal fasciole to the canal but absent for a short distance back of the outer lip, and strong lines of growth prominent and curved on the fas- ciole; spiral sculpture indistinct on the spire, gradually increasing in strength toward the periphery, base and canal with 12 narrow spiral cords; aperture rather wide, outer lip smooth, sharp, inner lip curved, with a raised callus, and ending in a callus pile separating the deep, rounded sinus from the body of the shell; canal open, distinct, set off by a raised thread marking the siphonal fasciole. The type measures : length, 21 mm. ; maximum diameter, 8 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Bahia Honda, Panama. This species is of much the same form as Elaeocyma pallida Sowerby24 from the same general locality but is larger with fewer and stronger axial ribs and only indistinct spiral sculpture. The species described as Pleuro- toma ( Drillia ) cretata by E. A. Smith25 appears to be another member of this group. This species is named for Miss Jocelyn Crane, Technical Associate, Department of Tropical Research, New York Zoological So- ciety, who accompanied the Eastern Pacific Zaca expedition, 1937-1938, during the course of which the type of the present spe- cies was collected. 23 Pleurotoma rustica Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Soc. London for 1833, p. 138 (issued April 16, 1834). “Hab. sub lapidi- bus ad Xipixapi Columbiae Occidentalis.”— Reeve, Conch. Icon., Vol. 1, Pleurotoma, 1843, sp. 91, pi. 11, fig. 91. 24 Pleurotoma pallida Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Soc. London for 1833, p. 137 (issued April 16, 1834). “Hab. ad Portam Portreram Amerieae Centralis.” “Found in thirteen fath- oms, on a sandy muddy floor.”— Reeve, Conch. Icon., Vol. 1, Pleurotoma, 1843, sp. 134, pi. 16, fig. 134.—* 1 Tryon, Man. Conch., Vol. 6, 1884, p. 196, pi. 14, fig. 8 (as Drillia pallida ) . 25 Pleurotoma ( Drillia ) cretata E. A. Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 6, Vol. 2, No. 10, October, 1888, p. 305. “Hab. Panama (A. H. Cooke).” 76 Zoolog ica : New York Zoological Society [36: 5 Elaeocyma salvadorica Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate XI, Fig. 5. Shell large for the genus, acute, white; nuclear whorls defective, remaining whorls 11; axial sculpture of 16 protractive ribs which extend from suture to suture and over the base to the canal, strongly curved where they cross the depressed anal fasciole and indistinct on the last third of the body whorl between a light stained hump and the edge of the outer lip; spiral sculpture of closely spaced, flattened cords separated by sharp, incised lines which cut across the ribs, ren- dering them slightly nodulous, 3 appearing on the fasciole and 6 between it and the per- iphery, base and canal with 12 similar cords ; aperture short, outer lip thin, sharp, inner lip with a raised callus ending in a callus pile separating the very narrow, deep anal sinus from the body of the shell; canal short, deep, slightly recurved with a shelly siphonal sinus. The type measures: length, 29 mm.; maximum diameter, 11 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 198-D-l, off La Libertad, El Salvador, Lat. 13° 27' 20" N., Long. 89° 19' 20" W., dredged in 13 fathoms (24 meters), mud. This species is very similar in many ways to Elaeocyma pallida Sowerby26 but is larger with fewer and less well developed ribs. It is larger and is sculptured with more numerous axial ribs than E. craneana. Genus Kylix Dali. Kylix turveri Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate I, Fig. 1. Shell small, with a pointed spire, pinkish- white, shining; nuclear whorls 2, swollen, with a peripheral keel ; postnuclear whorls 9 ; axial sculptui’e of (on the penultimate whorl 20) strong ribs, with narrower interspaces, lower and curved over the constricted anal fasciole, rising to points at the suture, ex- tending over the base to the siphonal fasci- ole, obsolete on the last quarter turn ; spire with 3 or 4 sharply incised spiral lines be- tween the anal fasciole and the following suture which cut the axial ribs into some- what rounded segments ; base similarly sculptured with 10 incised lines between the periphery and the siphonal fasciole and 4 or 5 cords on the canal; aperture narrow, smooth within, with a very slight varicose hump and a distinct stromboid notch; anal sulcus deep, rounded, with a projecting sub- sutural callosity; inner lip callous, with the edge reflected; canal short, somewhat re- curved. The type measures: length, 19.3 mm. ; maximum diameter, 7.4 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci‘. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 142-D-2, Santa Inez Bay, east coast of Lower California, Lat. 27° 04' 00" N., Long. 111° 55' 00" W., dredged in 30-35 fathoms (54-64 meters), muddy sand, crushed shell. 26 For references to this species see footnote No. 24, p. 75. The unique type of this new species ap- pears to belong in the group with ?Clathro- drillia {Kylix) alcmene Dali27 and ?Clathro- drillia {Kylix) alcyone Dali28, having similar sculpture and color. However, in the present species the anal sulcus is deep, with a pro- jecting callosity, and the number of incised spiral lines is different from those on the two species described by Dali. Dali stated with regard to alcmene that the aperture is “probably not quite mature” and of alcyone that “It has every appearance of being adult.” In the figure of alcyone the outer lip does not seem to be fully formed. This species is named for Mr. Harry R. Turver of South Gate, California. Kylix zacae Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate I, Fig. 5. Shell small, with a pointed spire, brown- ish-white, shining; nuclear whorls lost, re- maining whorls 8; axial sculpture of (on the penultimate whorl 14) broad ribs, curved over the narrow, rather indistinct anal fas- ciole, somewhat nodulous at the suture, ex- tending over the base to the siphonal fas- ciole; spire with from 3 to 5 sharply incised spiral lines between the anal fasciole and the following suture which cut the axial ribs into spirally elongated segments, base with 10 similar incised spiral lines between the per- iphery and the siphonal fasciole, followed by 5 cords on the canal ; aperture narrow, smooth within; outer lip thin, externally with fine axial striae for some distance back from the edge; the stromboid notch shal- low, indistinct; anal sulcus deep, rounded, with a projecting subsutural callosity; in- ner lip callous, the edge slightly raised ; canal short, somewhat recurved. The type meas- ures : length, 14.5 mm. ; maximum diameter, 5.0 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.) from Station 145-D-l, 3, off San Domingo Point, Santa Inez Bay, east coast of Lower California, Lat. 26° 52' 00" N., Long. 111° 53' 00" W., dredged in 4-13 fathoms (7.5-24 meters), sand. A second specimen, dredged at the same locality, has 2 swollen nuclear whorls, the second with a strong peripheral keel. The shell of this species is quite similar to that of the preceding species, K. turveri, but is smaller and with fewer and broader axial ribs. Genus Gymatosyrinx Dali. Gymatosyrinx arenensh Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate I, Fig. 17. Shell slender, strong, polished, white, light brown on the fasciole and on the lower part 27 ‘IClathrodrillia ( Kylix ) alcmene Dali, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 56, No. 2288, August 8, 1919, p. 19, [not fig- ured]. “Range.— Dredged at Agua Verde Bay, Gulf of Cali- fornia, by Dr. Paul Bartsch.” 28 IClathrodrillia (Kylix) alcyone Dali, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 56, No. 2288, August 8, 1919, p. 20, pi. 2, fig. 3. “Range.— Station 3016, on the west coast of Mexico off Cape Lobos, in 76 fathoms, mud, bottom temperature 59° F. U. S. Bureau of Fisheries.” 1951] Hertlein & Strong: Mollusks of Mexico and Central America 77 of the base; nuclear whorls decollated ; post- nuclear whorls 13, with a broad anal fasciole and appressed suture; axial sculpture of strong, rounded ribs, 12 on the body whorl, reaching from suture to suture and over the base to the siphonal fasciole, sharply pinched in on the middle of the anal fasciole; spiral sculpture of fine threads, 5 or 6 between the anal fasciole and the following suture, and about 10 on the base; aperture short, in- ternally white with a brown band; outer lip thin at the edge, thickened just back of it by the last axial rib, notch deep, rounded, close to the suture, with a raised edge and a small callus pile on the body of the shell; columella with a strong, white callus ; siphon- al notch distinct with a broad, smooth fas- ciole; canal short, slightly recurved. The type measures: length, 45 mm.; maximum diam- eter, 14.5 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), dredged at Station 136-D-22, Lat. 23° 28' 30" N., Long. 109° 25' 00," W., Arena Bank, Gulf of California, in 45 fath- oms (82 meters), mud. A second specimen was dredged at the same locality. 3 specimens were dredged in this general locality at Sta- tion 136-D-4, Lat. 23° 32' 00" N., Long. 109° 27' 00" W., in 55 fathoms (100 meters) , mud; 1 specimen at Station 136-D-14, Lat. 23° 29' 30" N,. Long. 109° 25' 00" W., in 45 fathoms (82 meters), mud; 1 specimen at Station 136-D-21, Lat. 23° 29' 00" N., Long. 109° 25' 00" W., in 45 fathoms (82 meters), mud; 1 specimen at Station 136-D-32, Lat. 23° 24' 30" N., Long. 109° 24' 00" W., in 42 fathoms (76 meters), sand; 3 specimens were dredged at Station 150-D-23, Lat. 23° 01' 00" N., Long. 109° 27' 30" W., Gorda Banks, in 45 fathoms (82 meters), sand, cal- careous algae. This species belongs in a group of species including Cymatosyrinx empyrosia Dali.29 It differs from Dali’s species and others in the group in the much larger size and the better development of axial ribs. Cymatosyrinx ailyniana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate I, Fig. 7 Shell small, acute, uniformly grayish- white; the extreme tip broken, remaining whorls 9; axial sculpture of (on the last whorl 14) strong ribs, straight over the body of the whorls, continuous over the base to the canal, on the deeply impressed anal fasciole they become very fine and strongly curved but rise to points at the appressed suture; other axial sculpture of curved lines of growth on the fasciole; spiral sculpture of about 8 fine, close, raised threads on the whorls below the fasciole on the spire and about 12 additional similar threads on the base, followed by 6 slightly larger cords on the canal ; aperture short, with a deep, 29 Drillia empyrosia Dali, Nautilus, Vol. 12, No. 11, March, 1899, p. 127. “Found in deep water off San Pedro, Cala., by Mr. and Mrs. T. S. Oldroyd.”— Dali, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 56, No. 2288, 1919, p. 12, pi. 4, fig. 1 (as “Elaeocyma empyrosia”) . rounded, anal fasciole and a strong subsutu- ral callosity; outer lip thin at the edge, smooth within, thickened by the first rib which is slightly varicose; inner lip with a pure white callus which is extended along the canal with a raised, somewhat reflected edge; canal short, deep, slightly recurved. The type measures: length, 20.7 mm.; maxi- mum diameter, 8.2 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.) , dredged at Station 136-D-4, Lat. 23° 32' 00" N., Long. 109° 27' 00" W., Arena Bank, Gulf of California, in 55 fathoms (100 meters), mud. Additional specimens were dredged in the same general locality as fol- lows: 1 specimen from Station 136-D-18, Lat. 23° 30' 00" N., Long. 109° 25' 00" W., in 40 fathoms (73 meters), mud; 1 specimen from Station 136-D-24, Lat. 23° 29' 00" N., Long. 109° 23' 30" W., in 50 fathoms (91 meters), mud. Area conglomerates; 1 speci- men from Station 136, the exact haul number unknown. In many features this species resembles ? Elaeocyma aerope Dali30 and E. acapulcana Lowe31 but differs markedly from both of them in the more slender shell, more deeply impressed anal fasciole, more numerous raised ribs and in the strongly raised spiral threads. This species is named for Mr. Allyn G. Smith, Research Associate, Department of Paleontology, California Academy of Sci- ences. Cymatosyrinx strohbeeni Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate I, Fig. 14. Shell small, slender, shining, flesh-colored, with a row of light brown patches between the axial ribs on the anal fasciole and a fainter row of similar spots near the middle of the whorls; nuclear whorls 21/2, smooth, pale brown, translucent; postnuclear whorls 9; axial sculpture of (on the last whorl 12) protractive, curved ribs, continuous from suture to suture and over the base to the canal, but constricted and cut by a fine incised spiral line to form the anal fasciole, leaving a row of rounded nodes against the appressed suture; spiral sculpture of 4 incised spiral lines in the interspaces between the axial ribs on the spire, base with 6 similar incised spiral lines of which the lower 3 cut across the continuation of the axial ribs and are followed by 3 closely set cords on the canal; aperture narrow, anal sulcus deep, narrow, with a broad subsutural callus ; outer lip thin at the edge, thickened by the first rib ; pillar with a raised white callus; canal very short, deep, slightly recurved. The type measures: length, 11.5 mm.; maximum diameter, 3.5 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. 30 Elaeocyma aerope Dali, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 56, No. 2288, August 8, 1919, p. 13, pi. 1, fig. 3. “Range.— Agua Verde Bay, Lower California, Dr. Paul Bartsch.” 31 Elaeocyma acapulcana Lowe, Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. 8, No. 6, March 21, 1935, p. 23, pi. 4, fig. 1. “Acapulco, dredged 20 fathoms (1930).“ 78 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [36: 5 Type Coil.), dredged off Cape San Lucas, Lower California. Seven additional speci- mens were dredged at the same locality. This species belongs in the group of spe- cies combined by Grant & Gale32 under the name of Clavus ( Cymatosyrinx ) hemphillii Stearns.33 Of this group it is nearest to Elaeocyma arbela Dali34 from Scammon La- goon, differing in the more slender form and lighter color as well as in the details of the sculpture. This species is named for Mr. John Stroh- been of Santa Cruz, California. Cymatosyrinx asaedai Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate I, Fig. 4. Shell of medium size, with a sharp pointed spire, uniformly whitish (probably bleached) ; nuclear whorls partly broken, one smooth whorl remaining ; postnuclear whorls 11, sutures closely appressed ; axial sculpture of (on the penultimate whorl 13) short, slightly protractive ribs, strongest just be- low the anal fasciole, fading out on the base, obsolete on the last quarter turn ; entire sur- face with microscopic incised spiral lines and lines of growth; anal fasciole broad, without a subsutural band or rib, showing the contin- uations of the axial ribs very faintly ; aper- ture narrow, with a deep, rounded anal sinus and a strong, rounded subsutural callosity; outer lip thin at the edge, thickened a short distance back by a slight swelling, smooth within; inner lip eroded, canal short, defec- tive. The type measures : length, 27 mm. ; maximum diameter, 9.8 mm. Plolotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), dredged at Station 136-D-2, Lat. 23° 30' 30" N., Long. 109° 26' 00" W., Arena Bank, Gulf of California, in 45 fathoms (82 meters), mud, Area conglomerates. The unique type is about the size and shape of C. rosea Sowerby35 but the latter has a narrower fasciole, fewer and more rounded ribs and lacks the microscopic sculpture. The shell of this species bears a general resemblance to that of the species described as Clavatula quisqualis Hinds36 but differs 32 Grant, IV, U. S., & Gale, H. R., Mem. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. 1, 1931, p. 577-578. 33 Pleurotoma (Drillia) hemphillii Stearns, Conch. Memor., No. 7, August 28, 1871, (second page). “Habitat— Los Todos Santos Bay, Lower California.”— Stearns, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., Vol. 5, May, 1873, p. 80, pi. 1, fig. 3. Original locality cited. 34 Elaeocyma arbela Dali, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 56, No. 2288, August 8, 1919, p. 10, pi. 4, fig. 3. “Range.— Scammon Lagoon, Lower California, collected by Henry Hemphill.” 35 Pleurotoma rosea Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Soc. London for 1833, p. 134 (issued April 16, 1834). “Hab. ad Salango et ad Montem Christi.” “Found in sandy mud in from twelve to sixteen fathoms.”— Reeve, Conch. Icon., Vol. 1, Pleurotoma, 1843, sp. 43, pi. 6, fig. 43.— Tryon, Man. Conch., Vol. 6, 1884, p. 190, pi. 10, fig. 62 (as Drillia rosea). 36 Clavatula quisqualis Hinds, Zool. Voy. Sulphur, Moll., Pt. 1, July, 1844, p. 19, pi. 6, fig. 5. “Inhab. Gulf of Papa- gayo. Central America. From eight to fourteen fathoms, mud.”— Reeve, Conch. Icon., Vol. 1, Pleurotoma, 1845, sp. 230, pi. 26, fig. 230. Brazier, 1877, cited this species as occurring at Darnley Island, Torres Straits. Hedley (1913), referring to this in the greater size, presence of microscopic spiral lines and in other details. This species is named for Mr. Toshio Asaeda, photographer and preparateur, who accompanied the expedition during which the type specimen of the present species was collected. Genus Kurtzina Bartsch. Kurtzina cyrene Dali. Plate VIII, Fig. 9. Mangilia ( Kurtziella ) cyrene Dali, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 56, No. 2288, August 8, 1919, p. 62, PI. 21, fig. 5. “Range.— Sta- tion 2823, off La Paz, Lower California, in about 26 fathoms, broken shell. U. S. Bureau of Fisheries.” Type Locality : Off La Paz, Lower Cali- fornia, in about 26 fathoms, broken shell. Range : Santa Inez Bay, Gulf of Califor- nia, to San Juan del Sur, Nicaragua. Collecting Station : Mexico: Santa Inez Bay, Gulf of California (145-D-l, 3), 4-13 fathoms, sand. Description: Shell small, whorls obtusely angulated; axial sculpture consists of about 8-10 ribs (on the last whorl) ; spiral sculp- ture consists of about 12 threads (on the last whorl), the peripheral thread the strongest; incremental lines of growth are closely spaced giving a characteristic frosted ap- pearance to the surface. Length, 8.5 mm.; diameter, 3.4 mm. Distribution: A few specimens of this species were dredged in Santa Inez Bay, Gulf of California, in 4-13 fathoms. This is an ex- tension north of the known range of this species. Genus Crockereila Hertlein & Strong, gen. nov. Shell small; nucleus smooth; outer lip varicose, smooth within ; canal short but dis- tinct, the anal sinus rounded, near the suture, and with little or no anal fasciole. Type; Clathurella crystallina Gabb, Proc. Calif. Acad. Nat. Sci., Vol. 3, January, 1865, p. 184. “Hab. Catalina Island, 40 fms. Dr. Cooper.”— Dali, U. S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 112, 1921, p. 79, pi. 6, fig. 4 (as Philbertia cry- stallina). “Off Catalina Island, in 50 fath- oms.” The species assigned to this genus differ from those generally assigned to Philbertia Monterosato and Cytharella Monterosato in that the anal fasciole is indistinct or lacking. Crockereila pederseni Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate I, Fig. 15. Shell very small, fusiform, white, with sharply cut sculpture giving it a frosted appearance ; nuclear whorls 2, the first very small, smooth, the second much larger, an- record stated, “But, in the British Museum, two, perhaps types but not so marked, are labelled, ‘W. coast of Central America, Sir E. Belcher Coll.’ These two habitats are in- compatible.” Drillia lucida Nevill, 1875, was considered to be an oriental representative of C. quisqualis. 1951] Hertlein & Strong : Mollusks of Mexico and Central America 79 gulated in the middle, sculptured with a fine spiral cord on the angle and numerous fine axial riblets ; postnuclear whorls 6 ; sutures distinctly undulated by the axial ribs, anal fasciole only feebly indicated; axial sculp- ture of 10 strong ribs, continuous up the spire and over the base to the canal ; spiral sculpture of a strong cord on the angle of the whorls with 7 or 8 smaller threads be- tween it and the preceding suture, below the angle there are 3 or 4 fine threads and then a cord only a little less strong than the one at the angle, with 3 finer threads between it and the following suture, on the last whorl below the angle there are 5 cords with 3 or 4 finer threads between each of them and then 10 more equal cords extending to the end of the canal, all spiral cords and threads riding over the axial ribs without nodulation ; aperture narrow, outer lip thick- ened by the varicose swelling of the last rib, smooth within except for a slight swell- ing at the lower edge of the anal sulcus; anal sulcus shallow, rounded, close to the suture; inner lip not callous; canal hardly differentiated. The type measures: length, 4.8 mm., length of aperture and canal, 2.0 mm. ; maximum diameter, 1.9 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), dredged at Station 145-D-l, 3, Lat. 26° 52' 00" N., Long. 111° 53' 00" W., Santa Inez Bay, Gulf of California, in 4-13 fathoms (7.5-24 meters), sand. The species described by Carpenter as “Mangelia” subdiaphana 37 from Cape San Lucas, Lower California, the type specimen of which was figured by Dali,38 possesses a similar but less angulated shell. The descrip- tion indicates a number of differences in the sculpture and in the color in comparison to those of the present species. This species is named for Captain Alfred Pedersen of the yacht Zaca. Croc kerella hilli Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate I, Fig. 16. Shell very small, fusiform, white, with in- dications of a brown band in the suture, canal brown ; nuclear whorls 2, the first mi- nute, smooth, the second much larger, angu- lated in the middle, sculptured with fine axial riblets; postnuclear whorls 5, the upper whorls strongly angulated in the middle, the last less so, sutures appressed, undulated by the axial sculpture; axial sculpture of (on the last whorl 7) strong ribs with much wider interspaces, extending from suture to suture and over the base to the canal; spiral sculpture of a low, flattened cord on the angle of the whorl which rides over the axial ribs, and 2 similar cords between it and the follow- ing suture; base with 4 similar cords, fol- ’owed by 7 rounded cords on the canal; aperture narrow, outer lip varicose, re- 37 Mancielia subdiaphana Carpenter, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 3, Vol. 14, July, 1864, p. 45. Reprint in Smithson. Miscell. Coll., No. 252, 1872, p. 218. “Cape St. Lucas.” 38 Cvtharella subdiaphana Carpenter, Dali, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 56, 1919, p. 75, pi. 24, fig. 4. fleeted, the face with microscopic axial and spiral threads ; anal sulcus large, rather deep, close to the suture; inner lip without callus; canal very short. The type measures: length, 3.8 mm. ; maximum diameter, 1.5 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 145-D-l, 3, Lat. 26° 52' 00" N„ Long. 111° 53' 00" W., Santa Inez Bay, Gulf of California, dredged in 4-13 fathoms (7.5-24 meters), sand. 9 additional specimens were dredged at the same locality. This species is quite similar to the preced- ing one, Crockerella pederseni, differing principally in the more sharply angulated whorls and in the absence of the fine, sec- ondary sculpture. This species is named for Dr. Howard Hill, Curator of Mollusks in the Los Angeles County Museum, Los Angeles, California. Genus Cytharella Monterosato. Cytharella bur chi Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate I, Fig. 6. Shell small, fusiform, uniformly light brown; nuclear whorls 3, translucent, dark brown, the first 2 smooth, the last with close- set, axial riblets ; postnuclear whorls 7 ; axial sculpture of low, rounded ribs, continuous from the narrow, slightly depressed anal fas- ciole to the following suture and over the base to the canal, 16 appearing on the penul- timate whorl ; spiral sculpture of fine, sub- equal cords, 7 appearing on the anal fasciole, followed by 8 on the spire and about 50 on the last whorl, with occasional finer threads in the interspaces, these cords ride evenly over the axial ribs and are cut in turn by fine lines of growth, giving a finely cancellated surface to the entire shell; aperture narrow, about half as long as the shell ; outer lip thickened by a strong varix, smooth within ; anal sulcus deep, rounded, close to the suture; inner lip not callous, canal hardly differentiated. The type measures: length, 16.5 mm.; length of aperture and canal, 10.1 mm., maximum di- ameter, 6.3 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 136-D-22, Arena Bank, Gulf of California, Lat. 23° 28' 30" N., Long. 109° 25' 00" W., dredged in 45 fathoms (82 meters) , mud. The unique type of this new species is quite similar in shape to Cytharella caris- sima Pilsbry & Lowe39 but is much larger, lacks the spots of color and has somewhat coarser spiral sculpture. This species is named for Mr. John Q. Burch of Los Angeles, California. Superfamily Rhachiglossa. Family Fasciolariidae. Genus Latirus Montfort. Latirus hemphilli Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate II, Fig. 4. Shell fusiform, moderately slender, spire 39 Cytharella carissima Pilsbry & Lowe, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Vol. 84, May 21, 1932, p. 58, pi. 4, figs. 1, la. “Manzanillo, dredged in about 20 fathoms (H. N. Lowe.) ” 80 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [36: 5 high, thick, whorls broadly rounded; sculp- ture consists of rather broad axial folds or ridges which are crossed by spiral threads varying in size, on the earlier whorls 2 or 3 threads stand out stronger than the others; aperture elongately ovate, anterior canal moderately long, a siphonal fasciole present, the columella bears 3 oblique plaits; color yellowish covered with a dark brown perio- stracum, interior white. Dimensions of the holotype: length, 68.5 mm.; maximum diam- eter, 23.8 mm. ; height of spire, 39 mm. Holotype and paratypes (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Port Parker, Costa Rica. 10 specimens, rather small, were dredged near the same locality (203-D-1-3), in 12-15 fathoms (22-27 meters). 2 speci- mens were dredged at Port Culebra, Costa Rica (206-D-1-3), in 14 fathoms (25.5 me- ters), sandy mud. Range : Off Santa Margarita Island, Mag- dalena Bay, Lower California, to Taboga Island, Panama. The shell of this species is somewhat varia- ble. Some specimens, especially young forms, are shorter and broader than adult shells, some of which are quite elongate. The axial ridges are often weaker on the body whorl of adult shells. The shell of this new species differs from that of the following species, Latirus medi- americanus, in that the whorls as well as the axial ridges are more rounded, and the spiral threads are very much stronger especially on the body whorl. This species probably has been cited from tropical west American waters under the name of Latirus spadiceus Reeve. C. B. Adams, 1852, cited Reeve’s species from Taboga Island, Panama; Melvill, 1891, cited it from Acapulco and Panama but also from “Fernando Noronha (Ridley)”, off Brazil, and Pilsbry & Lowe, 1932, cited it from Aca- pulco and San Juan del Sur. Turbinella spadi- cea Reeve40 was originally described without information as to the locality from which it came. Some of our specimens bear a resem- blance to Reeve’s illustration of that species but none of them are as broad in proportion to the height, the whorls are less strongly rounded and the canal is longer. The whorls of Reeve’s species appear to be more tumid than those of our shells but less so than Latirus tumens Carpenter41 which ap- proaches the Indo-Pacific L. nodatus Martyn. Reeve, Melvill, and Hidalgo 42 cited the latter species from Panama. Pease43 long ago stated that it does not occur in west Ameri- can waters. We have not seen any specimens 40 Turbinella spadicea Reeve, Conch. Icon., Vol. 4, Tur- binella, August, 1847, species 44, pi. 9, fig. 44. “Hab.— V* 41 Latyrus tumens Carpenter, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, November 11, 1856, p. 166. “Hab. In Sinu Panamensi ; legit T. Bridges. Sp. un. in Mus. Cuming.’*— Melvill, Mem . & Proc. Manchester Lit. & Philos. Soc., Ser. 4, Vol. 4, No. 5, 1891, pp. 391, 405, pi. 2, fig, 14 (as Latirus tumens) “Amer. centr.”— Tomlin, Jour. Conch., Vol. 18, No. 6, 1927, p. 159. Gorgona Island, Colombia, on shore. 42 Hildalgo, J. G., Mem. R. Acad. Cienc. Fis. y Nat. Madrid, Vol. 19, 1900, p. 341. • 43 Pease, W. H., Amer. Jour. Conch., Vol. 5, Pt. 2, October 7, 1869, p. 83. from Panama or other west American locali- ties which we could refer to L. tumens on the basis of Melvill’s figure. The present species, Latirus hemphilli, bears considerable resemblance to the species described as Turbinella acuminata Wood,44 a Philippine species, but is more slender in outline, the concentric ribbing appears to be less evenly arranged and it possesses a well developed siphonal fasciole. Kiener later pro- posed the same name for the Philippine shell and referred to Wood’s original figure. The illustrations of Wood’s species given by Wood, Kiener and Reeve indicate that it lacks a siphonal fasciole, or nearly so. Turbinella candelabrum Reeve, which was described as coming from Santa Elena, Ecua- dor, was later cited by Hidalgo, 1904-1905, as occurring in the Philippine Islands. This species is named for Henry Hemp- hill, early collector of mollusks on the Pacific coast. Much of his fine collection is now in the Department of Paleontology of the Califor- nia Academy of Sciences. Latirus mediamericanus Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate XI, Figs. 3, 10. Turbinellus acuminatus Kiener, Reeve, Conch. Syst., Vol. 2, 1842, p. 180, pi. 229, fig. 2. [No locality cited]. Not Turbinella acuminata Wood, 1828, nor Turbinella acuminata Kiener, 1840. Turbinella castanea Reeve, Conch. Icon., Vol. 4, Turbinella, July, 1847, species 26, pi. 5, fig. 26. “Hab. Panama (in the crevices of rocks) ; Cuming.” Not Turbinella castanea Gray, Zool. Bee- chey’s Voy., 1839, p. 114. “Inhab. Pacific Ocean.” Latirus castaneus Reeve, Tryon, Man. Conch., Vol. 3, 1881, p. 91, pi. 68, fig. 138 (copy of Reeve’s figure). Panama. Type Locality : Gorgona Island, Colombia. Range : Manzanillo, Mexico, to Gorgona Island, Colombia. Collecting Stations: Costa Rica: Port Parker; Piedra Blanca Bay; Panama: Pearl Islands; Colombia: Gorgona Island. Description : Typical forms of this attrac- tive west American Latirus may be easily recognized by the comparatively smooth, often somewhat flattened whorls, bearing rude, oblique axial plications. The anterior canal is sculptured with about 8 spiral ribs. The earlier whorls bear spiral threads and sometimes the whole shell bears weak or sub- obsolete spirals. The color is chestnut brown. The name Turbinella castanea was first proposed by Gray in 1839 for a shell which Melvill later referred to the synonymy of Leucozonia cingulif era Lamarck. The orig- inal description indicates that it is quite 44 Turbinella acuminata Wood, Index Test., Suppl., 1828, p. 57, pi. 5, fig. 12, As Murex acuminatus on p. 15. Habitat unknown. — Kiener, Spec. Gen. et Icon. Coq. Viv., Canali- feres, Turbinella, 1840, p. 28, pi. 15, fig. 2. “Habite I’ocean Indien.”— Reeve, Conch. Icon., Vol. 4, Turbinella, 1847, species 47 pi. 9, fig. 47. “Hab. Philippine Islands ; Cuming. 1951] Hertlein & Strong: Mollusks of Mexico and Central America 81 different from Reeve’s shell of the same name. It therefore becomes necessary to propose a new name for Reeve’s Turbinella castanea and the name Latirus mediamer- icanus is here proposed. It is based on a holo- type from Gorgona Island, Colombia. It measures: height, 52.8 mm.; maximum di- ameter, 18 mm. A paratype came from Pearl Island, Panama Bay. It measures: length (apex incomplete), 58.3 mm.; maximum diameter, 22 mm. Specimens are often cov- ered with calcareous algae. Distribution: Several specimens of this species were taken in the region between Port Parker, Costa Rica, and Gorgona Island, Colombia. It also has been recorded as occurring in the Pleistocene of Panama and in the Quaternary of Manta, Ecuador. Family Buccinidae. Genus Pseudoneptunea Kobelt. Pseudoneptunea panamlea Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate II, Figs. 6, 10. Shell ovately elongate, rather broad, spire moderately elevated, moderately thick, about 7 to 8 whorls which are subangulate at the shoulder; sculpture consisting of longitu- dinal ridges, about 10 on the penultimate and 9 on the last whorl, these are crossed by spiral lirae of uneven strength but about 10 are noticeable on the lower portion of the last whorl and canal, between these major threads usually 2, occasionally 3, striae are present, where the major threads cross the axial ridges a row of rather sharp spirally elongated tubercles is formed at the angu- lation, on the penultimate whorl there is another row below the shoulder and on the last whorl there are 2 rows below the shoul- der; aperture rather widely subovate, the parietal wall and columella are covered with a thin callus, columella with a slight siph- onal fasciole and a slight fold near the base which is slantingly truncated, end of canal slightly recurved, outer lip lirate internally, apparently about 10-12 lirae on the type which is somewhat eroded. Color (para- types) whitish-brown, the tubercles darker brown and a vague band of that color present on the base of the last whorl. Dimensions of holotype: length, 39 mm.; maximum diameter, 25 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), dredged at Station 224, Lat. 7° 23' 30" N., Long. 82° 03' 00" W., on Hannibal Bank, Panama, in 35-40 fathoms (64-73 meters), bottom of rocks, dead coral, mud, sand, shells, algae. Two specimens, para- types, were dredged at Station 142-D-3, Lat. 27° 04' 00" N., Long. 111° 54' 00" W., Santa Inez Bay, Gulf of California, in 40 fathoms (73 meters), sand, weed bottom. This new species differs from any de- scribed shell from west American waters which has come to our attention. It somewhat resembles the east American species de- scribed as Fusus multangulus Philippi45. The shell of the present species is more sharply tuberculate and the spiral threads are much more uneven in strength than those on the species described by Philippi. Both Fusus multangulus and the species here described as new appear to be referable to the genus Pseudoneptunea Kobelt46, the type of which was designated by Cossmann47 as “Siphon, varicosa, Kien.”48 The shell of Pseudoneptunea panamica is thinner, the body whorl is more inflated, and lacks the varix on the outer lip, the spiral ribbing is much finer and the axial ribs much more strongly tuberculated than those of Cantharus vibex Broderip. Family Nassariidae. Genus Nassarius Dumeril. Nassarius insculptus gordanus Hertlein & Strong, subsp. nov. Plate VIII, Fig. 6. Typical Nassarius inscidptus Carpenter49 has the axial sculpture confined to the first few whorls and the spiral sculpture is strong- est on the base. In the subspecies N. insculp- tus eupleura Dali50 the axial ribs are “pro- longed over the periphery of the whorl to the base.” The present form also has the axial sculpture quite distinct on the last whorl but the spiral grooves are quite strong over the entire surface, particularly so on the sloping shoulders of the whorls. The shell is darker brown and ranges much farther south than the others which have not been reported south of Cedros Island. The type measures: length, 22 mm.; diameter, 11.5 mm. Holotype and paratype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.) from Station 150- D-6, dredged on Gorda Banks, Gulf of Cali- fornia, in 60 fathoms (109 meters), muddy sand, rocks, Lat. 23° 02' 00" N., Long. 109° 31' 00" W. In the same general area 2 speci- mens were dredged at Station 150-D-2, in 75 fathoms (137 meters), sand, Lat. 23° 01' 00" N., Long. 109° 28' 00” W., and 1 specimen was dredged at Station 150-D-16, in 67-75 45 Fusus multangulus Philippi, Zeit. f. Malakozool., Jahrg. 5, February, 1848, p. 25. “Patria: Yucatan, com- municavit cl. Largilliert.”— Perry, Bull. Amer. Paleo., Vol. 26, No. 95, 1940, p. 144, pi. 31, fig. 219 (as Muricidea multangula. Under subgenus Pseudoneptunea) . 4G Pseudoneptunea Kobelt, Jahrb. deutsch. Malakozool. Gesell., Bd. 9, 1882, p. 17. 47 Cossman, M., Ess. de Paleo., Vol. 4, 1901, p. 111. 48 Fusus varicosus Kiener, Spec. Gen. et Icon. Coq. Viv., Canaliferes, Pt. 1, Fusus, 1840, p. 41, pi. 10, fig. 2. “Habite les cotes de l’Oceanie, celles de Pile Timor.” Wenz recorded doubtful occurrence of this species in Peru (Handbuch der Palaozool., Lief. 7, Bd. 6, Gastropoda, Teil 5, 1941, p. 1170, fig. 3324. ‘‘Rezent ? bei Peru.).” Oostingh discussed this species and stated that the locality Peru, cited by Deshayes, is probably incorrect ( Mededeel . Landbouwhoogeschool, Deel 26, Verhandl. 3, 1923, p. 116). 49 Nassa insculpta Carpenter, Rept. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. for 1863, issued August, 1864, p. 613. “Cat. Is., living in 40 fm., rare”, p. 662, Santa Barbara Islands. Reprint in Smithson. Miscell. Coll., No. 252, 1872, pp. 99, 148. Illustrated by I. S. Oldroyd, Stanford Univ. Publ. Univ. Ser. Geol. Sci., Vol. 2, Pt. 1, 1927, p. 267, pi. 26, fig. 12. 50 Alectrion insculptus, new variety eupleura Dali, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 51, No. 2166, January 15, 1917, p. 576. “It has been collected from San Simeon, California, to Cerros Island.” 82 Zoologica : New York Zoological Society [36: 5 fathoms (122-136 meters), Lat. 23° 02' 00" N., Long. 109° 30' 30" W. Family Columbellidae. Genus Anachis H. & A. Adams. Anachis coronata hannana Hertlein & Strong, subsp. nov. Plate II, Fig. 3. Shell small, slender, consisting of 10 slightly rounded whorls including the undif- ferentiated nucleus, the first 7V2 whorls smooth, polished, light brown, with faint lighter dots; the last 2% whorls developing low, nearly vertical, axial ribs, slightly nodu- lous at the shoulder of the whorls, while the light dots gradually increase in size until on the last whorl they form narrow, zigzag, white and brown lines of about equal width ; of the axial ribs there are about 10 on the last whorl, fading out on the base where they are replaced by about a dozen fine spiral threads extending to the end of the canal; aperture narrow; outer lip thickened, with a sharp edge, internally with 8 spirally elon- gated denticles, of which the upper is the largest and is separated from the suture by a shallow notch; inner lip with a sharply raised edge; canal short, recurved. Dimen- sions of holotype: length, 13.6 mm.; maxi- mum diameter, 6.3 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Cape San Lucas, Lower California, Mexico. The shell of this new subspecies described here is similar to that of Anachis coronata Sowerby51 but differs in the following par- ticulars: the more slender outline, finer and more numerous axial ribs which develop correspondingly weaker coronations at the shoulder of the ultimate and penultimate whorls and in the pronounced color pattern which consists of divaricate stripes of white on a dark brown ground. Two lots typical of the form here described are present in the Henry Hemphill collection in the California Academy of Sciences, one from Scammon Lagoon and one from Mag- dalena Bay, Lower California. Judging from the collections which we have studied it ap- pears that this beautifully colored form is characteristic of the northern portion of the range of Anachis coronata and it is there- fore accorded subspecific rank. The unique type somewhat resembles a small specimen of Anachis fluctuata Sower- by52 in the peculiarly polished surface and zigzag lines of color but it is more slender and the axial ribs on the body whorl are straight instead of curved. 51 Columbella coronata Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, August 14, 1832, p. 114. “Hab. in Sinu Panamae sub lapi- dibus.”— Sowerby, Thes. Conch., Vol. 1, 1844, p. 135 bis, pi. 39, fig. 134.— 1 Tryon, Man. Conch., Vol. 5, 1883, p. 153, pi. 54, figs. 36, 37.— Baker, Hanna & Strong, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ser. 4, Vol. 23, No. 16, 1938, p. 249, pi. 24, fig. 5 (as Anachis coronata). 52 Columbella fluctuata Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lon- don, August 14, 1832, p. 115. “Hab. sub lapidibus ad oras Americae Centralis. (Gulf of Nocoiyo) /'—Sowerby, Thes. Conch., Vol. 1, 1844, p. 138 bis, pi. 38, fig. 150. Type locality cited. This subspecies is named for Dr. G. Dallas Hanna, Curator of the Department of Pa- leontology, California Academy of Sciences. Anachis ritteri Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate II, Fig. 11. Shell small, solid, ovate, the extreme tip eroded, without distinct nuclear whorls; normal whorls 6, the first 4 nearby smooth, the fifth with faint axial swellings which on the last whorl expand into strong axial ribs extending from the suture to the periphery on the front of the whorl but are faint for some distance back of the lip, other sculpture of rounded spiral cords strongest near the suture, on the base, and canal where they become more closely spaced ; outer lip thick- ened with 3 strong denticles on the posterior portion; columella with 3 equally strong denticles on the anterior portion. Dimensions of holotype: length, 7.4 mm.; diameter, 3.8 mm. Holotype and paratypes (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 195- D-9, off Port Guatulco, Mexico, Lat. 15° 44’ 28" N., Long. 96° 07' 51" W., dredged in 7 fathoms (12.6 meters), gr. sand, crushed shell. About 40 additional specimens were taken with the type. Other specimens were dredged off Tangola-Tangola Bay, Mexico, at Station 196-D-6, 7, Lat. 15° 45' 34" N., Long. 96° 06' 02" W., and Lat. 15° 45' 34" N., Long. 96° 06' 03" W., in 6-7 fathoms (11-12.8 meters), sand, crushed shell; Station 196- D-14, 15, Lat. 15° 45' 34" N., Long. 96° 06' 03" W., in 5 fathoms (9.1 meters), crushed shell. The color markings on the type are quite striking. Immediately below the suture there is a narrow light band, below this and over the body of the whorl is a darker band, while the base and canal are light again. In addi- tion there are fine penciled spiral lines of dark reddish-brown, 6 appearing on the body whorl. In the paratypes there is much varia- tion in the strength of these colored lines, being entirely absent in some cases. There is much variation in the ribbing, some speci- mens are nearly smooth, others strongly ribbed. A specimen with poorly developed ribs and strongly developed spiral lines approaches Anachis incerta Stearns53, a somewhat smaller species from the Galapa- gos Islands. The shells of the species here described as new bear some resemblance to Anachis varians Sowerby54 originally described as having come from the Galapagos Islands. The present shells are more slender and less shouldered and lack dark coloration at the base of the canal which Tryon stated 53 Nitidella incerta Stearns, Nautilus, Vol. 6, No. 8, December, 1892, p. 88. “Galapagos Islands (special island not stated), Dr. Simeon Habel.”— Stearns, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 16, No. 942, 1893, p. 390, pi. 51, fig. 6. “Inde- fatigable Island.” Also island not stated, Habel collection. 54 Columbella varians Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, August 14, 1832, p. 118. “Hab. ad insulas Gallapagos. (Hood’s Island.)” Also “Mr. Sowerby has a great number brought by the Endeavor, Capt. Cook, many years since, but without locality.”— Sowerby, Thes. Conch., Vol. 1, 1844, p. 117 bis, pi. 37, figs. 47-50. 1951] Hertlein & Strong: Mollusks of Mexico and Central America 83 is a characteristic feature of C. varians. This coloration is well shown on Sowerby’s figures 49 and 50. Specimens agreeing al- most exactly with Sowerby’s illustrations occur in the Hawaiian Islands. Iredale55 pointed out the ambiguity of Sowerby’s statement that specimens came from Hood’s Island, Galapagos group, and that others without information as to the locality from which they came were said to have been col- lected on Captain Cook’s voyage on the Endeavor. Iredale cited (p. 261) Sowerby’s species under the name of Euplica varians from Middleton Reef off eastern Australia. He stated that it is the species generally referred to Columbella varians on Lord Hood Island. Baker, Hanna & Strong, 1938, men- tioned that although Sowerby’s species was described from the Galapagos Islands it might be confined to more western portions of the Pacific Ocean. This species is named for Dr. Friedrich Ritter, once a resident of Charles Island, Galapagos Islands. Anaehls teevani Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate II, Fig. 5. Shell small, rather slender, extreme tip broken, whorls 7, slightly rounded, moder- ately slopingly shouldered at the summit, sculptured with faint axial ribs and equally faint spiral threads strongest on the shoul- der and on the base and canal where about 20 can be counted; aperture narrow, outer lip with 5 small denticles, columella with 4 denticles. The ground color is yellowish- white with irregular and irregularly placed patches of reddish-brown, 2 of which show through on the inside of the outer lip. Di- mensions of holotype: length, 8 mm.; di- ameter, 3.5 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 189-D-4, 17 miles SE. X E. of Acapulco, Mexico, Lat. 16° 38' 30" N., Long. 99° 40' 00" W., dredged in 28 fathoms (51 meters), mud. If it were not for the faint sculpture and the strong denticles this shell would be much like Mitrella tuberosa Carpenter56 of the California coast. This species is named for Mr. John Tee- Van, General Associate, Department of Tropical Research, New York Zoological Society, who accompanied the expedition during which the type of the present species was collected. Anaehis rehderi Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate II, Fig. 14. Shell small, rather slender; nucleus of 3 smooth, glassy whorls ; normal whorls 6, 55 Iredale, T., Australian Zool., Vol. 8, Pt. 4, March 12, 1937, p. 255. 56 Amycla tuberosa Carpenter, Rept. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. for 1863, issued August, 1864, pp. 539, 628, 662. Fossil at Santa Barbara, California; Vancouver Island and Straits of Juan de Fuca, and vicinity: region of Mon- terey : region between San Pedro and San Diego, California, and the Santa Barbara Islands. For additional references to this species see Grant & Gale, Mem. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. 1, 1931, p. 697, pi. 26, fig. 45. flat-sided, sculptured with strong, slightly sinuous axial ribs, about 20 appearing on all whorls, extending from the suture to be- low the periphery, at the suture these ribs are expanded to form a row of raised nodules coronating the whorls; spiral sculpture ab- sent on the spire but strong on the base and canal, 10 cords showing between the peri- phery and the end of the canal; aperture narrow, outer lip thin but probably not ma- ture and without denticles or embayment at the suture, inner lip and columella smooth, with a raised edge. The type is a “dead shell,” bleached a dull white but showing very faint indication of colored spiral bands. Dimensions of holotype: length, 8.5 mm.; diameter, 3.3 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 203-D-3, off Port Parker, Costa Rica, Lat. 10° 55' 45" N., Long. 85° 49' 05" W., dredged in 12 fathoms (22 meters), shelly mud. Several additional specimens were taken at the type locality. On some specimens more than 10 spiral cords are present between the periphery and the end of the canal. 1 specimen was dredged at Station 192-D-l, 4 miles SSW. of Mal- danado Point, Mexico. Lat. 16" 16' 30° N., Long. 98° 37' 00" W., 26 fathoms (47 meters) , mud. This new species bears some resemblance to Anaehis gracilis C. B. Adams57 but the presence of a subsutural cord and different color pattern easily serve to separate it from that species. This species is named for Dr. Harald A. Rehder, Curator of Mollusks, U. S. National Museum. Genus Ae sopus Gould. 4esopus osborni Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate XI, Fig. 2. Shell minute, subcylindric, with a blunt, somewhat eroded apex; whorls 6, slightly convex, sutures distinct; sculpture of 22 low, rounded, nearly vertical, axial ribs with slightly wider interspaces; pale brownish with faint white dots on the tops of the ribs arranged in diagonal rows; aperture short, outer lip somewhat thickened, smooth with- in, columella short, smooth; canal short, straight, wide. The type measures: length, 3.0 mm.; diameter, 1.0 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 195-D-9, Lat. 15° 44' 28” N., Long. 96° 07' 51" W., near Port Guatulco, Mexico, dredged in 7 fathoms (12.6 meters), gr. sand and crushed shell. As usual in this genus there is much dif- ference in color among a number of speci- mens. Some are nearly white and do not show the diagonal rows of dots. Others are dark brown and show the dots very distinct- ly, the dark areas without magnification ap- pearing as nodules on the ribs. This species is named for Mr. Fairfield 57 i Columbella gracilis C. B. Adams, Ann. Lyceum Nat. Hist. New York, Vol. 5, June, 1852, pp. 313, 531 (separate, pp. 89, 307). “Habitat.— Panama.” 84 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [36: 5 Osborn, President of the New York Zoolog- ical Society. Genus Strombina Morch. Strombina marks! Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate II, Fig. 7. Shell small, slender, with a pointed spire, light brown with a few, small, irregular, white spots; nuclear whorls 2, smooth, well rounded, slightly larger than the following whorl ; postnuclear whorls 9, slightly shoul- dered, flattened, the first 5 smooth; begin- ning with the sixth axial ribs begin to appear, becoming strong on the last two whorls, ribs rounded, strongest on the upper part of the whorls, fading out at the peri- phery, 9 appearing on the last whorl; spiral sculpture of about a dozen strong threads on the base and canal and a few microscopic striations on the shoulder of the whorls; aperture narrow; outer lip thick with a strong varix externally, internally smooth, shining, with a narrow depression just below the suture; inner lip raised, spreading into a thin callus over the body whorl; canal short, strongly recurved. The type measures: length, 23.8 mm.; maximum diameter, 9.5 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 136-D-4, Lat. 23° 32' 00" N., Long. 109° 27' 00" W., dredged in 55 fathoms (100 meters), on Arena Bank, Gulf of California, mud. One additional specimen was dredged at the same locality. Additional specimens were dredged in the Arena Bank area as follows: three speci- mens at Station 136-D-14, Lat. 23° 29' 30" N.. Long. 109° 25' 00" W., dredged in 45 fathoms (82 meters), mud; two specimens at Station 136-D-15, Lat. 23° 28' 30"' N., Long. 109° 25' 00" W., dredged in 40 fathoms (73 meters), mud, crushed shell; two speci- mens from Station 136-D-16, Lat. 23° 29’ 30" N., Long 109° 25' 30" W., dredged in 45 fathoms (82 meters), muddy sand, weed; one specimen at Station 136-D-17, Lat. 23° 30' 30" N., Long. 109° 26' 00" W., dredged in 45 fathoms (82 meters), mud. The shell of this species bears some re- semblance to that of Strombina recurva Sowerby58 but the axial ribs do not rise to points at the periphery of the rounded whorls, the spiral sculpture on the spire is much fainter, the canal is less recurved and the color is lighter. Compared to Strombina bonita Strong & Hertlein59, the present shell has much shorter and less strongly developed axial ribbing. Compared to Strombina car- mencita Lowe00, the shell of the present spe- 58 Columbella recurva Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, August 14, 1832, p. 115. “Hab. ad oras Americae Meri- dionals. (Isle of Plata.)” “Found among coral sand at a depth of seventeen fathoms.”— Sowerby, Thes. Conch., Vol. 1, 1844, p. 139 bis, pi. 40 ( Columbella , pi. 5), fig. 152. 59 Strombina bonita Strong & Hertlein, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ser. 4, Vol. 22, No. 6, December 31, 1937, p. 169, pi. 35, fig. 9. “dredged in 20 to 25 fathoms off Cape San Lucas, Lower California, Mexico.” 80 Strombina carmencita Lowe, Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. 8, No. 6, March 21, 1935, p. 21, pi. 3, fig. 1. “Carmen Island, Gulf of California, dredged 20 fathoms (1932).” cies is much more slender and bears much fewer and weaker spirals. Strombina gradata Guppy, described from the Bowden Miocene of Jamaica, bears a gen- eral similarity to S. marksi. This species is named for Dr. Jay G. Marks, Paleontologist with the Creole Pe- troleum Corporation, Caracas, Venezuela, in recognition of his contribution to the knowledge of the family Cancellaridae. Strombinoturris Hertlein & Strong, gen. nov. Shell slender, turrited, with a thickened, varicose outer lip and a long, recurved canal, much the size and shape of the more slender species placed in the genus Strombina, but with the shallow depression on the inner portion of the outer lip near the suture shown on those species developed into a deep rounded notch. This notch is thickened and very similar to the anal sulcus in some spe- cies of Clathrodrillia but it is not armored. Type, Strombinoturris crockeri Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Strombinoturris crockeri Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate I, Fig. 9. Shell slender, turrited, dull brownish ; nu- clear whorls 2, smooth, shining, white; post- nuclear whorls 10, slopingly shouldered su- tures appressed ; axial sculpture on the spire consists of elongated nodules extending from the shoulder to the following suture, 13 appearing on the penultimate whorl, on the last whorl these form sharp nodules at the shoulder and narrower ribs extending to the canal; spiral sculpture of sharp threads, strong on the ribs, fainter in the interspaces, of which 2 appear on the first whorl, increas- ing to 5 on the penultimate, on the last whorl there are 26 between the shoulder and the end of the canal forming beaded nodules at their intersections with the axial ribs; aper- ture narrow; outer lip thickened externally by a strong varix, the edge slightly serrated by the spiral sculpture, with a deep, rounded, thick-edged notch just below the suture, the trace of which forms a narrow band in the suture roughened by the curved lines of growth; inner lip and body callus white, glazed, showing the continuation of the spiral threads and with a small callus pile opposite the notch ; canal long, open, strongly recurved. The type measures: length, 43.2 mm.; diameter, 14.0 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 136-D-24, Arena Bank, Gulf of California, Lat. 23° 29' 00" N., Long. 109° 23' 30" W., dredged in 50 fathoms (91 meters), mud, Area conglomerate. One additional specimen was taken at the type locality. About 15 additional specimens were dredged as follows: Mexico: Arena Bank, Gulf of California (136-D-4, 5, 9, 14, 16, 18, 24, 32), 33-55 fathoms (60-100 meters), mud, muddy sand, weed, Area conglomerate; Santa Inz Bay, east coast of Lower Califor- nia (142-D-3, 4), 40-50 fathoms (73-91 1951] Hertlein & Strong: Mollusks of Mexico and Central America 85 meters), sand, weed; Gorda Banks off south- ern end of Lower California (150-D-8), 40- 45 fathoms (73-82 meters), muddy sand; Costa Rica: off Port Culebra (206-D-3), 14 fathoms (25.5 meters), sandy mud; 14 miles S. X E. of Judas Point (214-D-l, 4), 42-61 fathoms (76.5-112 meters), mud, rocks. This species appears to be identical with the one collected by Hinds in the Bay of Panama and illustrated by Reeve under the name of Pleurotoma stromboides Sowerby61. However, Reeve’s illustration apparently represents a different species than that origi- nally illustrated by Sowerby62 under the name of Pleurotoma stromboides without in- formation as to the locality from which it came. This latter form appears to be the same or nearly the same shell named Pleurotoma strombiformis G. B. Sowerby63 in 1839. The Recent West American species is here assigned a new name, Strombinoturris crockeri, in honor of the late Templeton Crocker, owner of the yacht Zaca upon which the expedition was made during which the type of this new species was collected. The combination of characters of the shell of this species are peculiar in that they are in part those of Strombina and in part those of Clathrodrillia. Probably a study of the anatomy of the animal will be required to determine the relationship. We place it pro- visionally in the Columbellidae. Family Muricidae. Genus Pterynotus Conrad. Subgenus Pteropurpura Jousseaume. Pterynotus IPteropurpural swansoni Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate II, Figs. 8, 12. Shell trialate, yellowish-white; nuclear whorls more than 2, apparently smooth ; postnuclear whorls 7, roundly shouldered ; axial sculupture of 3 flattened, digitated va- rices between which are low, rounded knobs; spiral sculpture of a low rounded rib on the shoulder which is produced on the varices to long recurved digitations, slightly grooved on the face; on the base 2 similar, smaller spiral ribs are produced as shorter, recurved points; other spiral sculpture of fine stria- tions most prominent on the back of the varices, the front of the varices showing fine fimbriations; aperture ovate with a pro- jecting margin, slightly raised at the junc- tion with the 3 spiral cords but without dentation; canal closed for about two-thirds of its length, curved to the right; operculum thin, brown. The type measures: length, 59 mm.; maximum diameter, including the varices, 49 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. G1 Pleurotoma stromboides Sowerby, Reeve, Conch. Icon., Vol. 1, Pleurotoma, April, 1843, sp. 71, pi. 9, fig. 71. “Hab. Bay of Panama (found in mud at the depth of seven fathoms) ; Hinds.’'— Tryon, Man. Conch., Vol. 6, 1884, p. 176, pi. 10, fig. 58 (as Drillia stromboides). 62 Pleurotoma stromboides Sowerby, Gen. Rec. and Foss. Shells, Vol. 2, [?] 1832, pi. 228, fig. 4. 03 Pleurotoma strombiformis G. B. Sowerby, Jun., Conch. Man., 1839, p. 85, fig. 381. Type Coll.), from Station 136-D-22, dredged on Arena Bank, Gulf of California, Lat. 23° 28' 30" N., Long. 109° 25' 00" W., in 45 fathoms (82 meters) mud. A second speci- men was dredged at Station 142-D-3, in Santa Inez Bay, Gulf of California, Lat. 27° 04' 00" N., Long. 111° 54' 00" W., in 40 fathoms (73 meters) , sand, weed. A juvenile specimen was dredged at Station 146-D-l, also in Santa Inez Bay, Lat. 26° 54' 20" N., Long. 111° 48' 45" W., in 35 fathoms (64 meters), mud, crushed shell. The shell of this species is quite similar to that of Pterynotus petri Dali64 from the coast of southern California. It differs in the fewer digitations which extend outward from the shoulder of the whorls rather than upward, also the surface is much smoother. This species is named for Mr. George Swanson, artist on the expedition, 1936, dur- ing which the type specimen was collected. Genus Muricopsis Bucquoy & Dautzenberg. Muricopsis zeteki Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate II, Fig. 9. Murex aculeatus Wood, Index Test., Suppl., 1828, pp. 15, 44, pi. 5, fig. 19. [No locality cited] . Not Murex aculeatus Lamarck, 1822. Murex dubius Sowerby, Conch. Illustr., Murex, 1841, Cat., p. 8, pi. 61, fig. 23. “Pana- ma. Mr. Cuming.” New name for Murex aculeatus Wood, 1828, not Murex aculeatus Lamarck, 1822. — Reeve, Conch. Icon., Vol. 3, Murex, 1845, species 116, pi. 26, fig. 116. “Hab. Panama; Cuming.” — Sowerby, Thes. Conch., Vol. 4, Murex, 1879, p. 43, pi. 403 {Murex, pi. 24), fig. 250. Panama. — Tryon, Man. Conch., Vol. 2, 1880, p. 109, pi. 29, fig. 266. Panama. Not Murex dubius Dillwyn, Descript. Cat. Rec. Shells, Vol. 2, 1817, p. 716. “Inhabits—.” Type Locality : Panama City, Panama. Range: Manzanillo, Mexico (Dali), to the Bay of Panama. Collecting Stations: Mexico: Port Guatul- co (195-D-15), 1.5 fathoms, coral; Costa Rica: Port Parker (203-D-4-15) , 1-9 fath- oms, sandy mud, cr. shell, shelly sand, algae, shelly mud, rocks, coral, gravel, mangrove leaves, also on beach; Potrero Grande Bay; Piedra Blanca Bay. Description: Shell elongately ovate, spire rather acuminated, whorls angulated on upper portion, about 6-7 varices present, these where crossed by about 5-6 spiral threads, give rise to sharp spines, between these threads are fine spiral striae, the whole finely squamose; aperture elongately ovate, anterior canal short, slightly recurved, colu- mella obliquely truncated at the base by the canal, often slightly nodose or subplicate, outer lip strongly dentate within, the pos- 64 Murex petri Dali, Nautilus, Vol. 14, No. 4, August, 1900, p. 37. “San Pedro, in rather deep water.’’— Dali, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 24, No. 1264, 1902, p. 632, pi. 34, fig. 7 (as Murex ( Pteropurpura ) petri). “San Pedro, California, in about 50 fathoms : Oldroyd.” See also A. G. Smith in Min. Conch. Club South. California, No. 51, August, 1945, pp. 33-34. 86 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [36: 5 terior denticles usually the largest; exterior whitish and brown, the spines and varices darkest, aperture bluish-white, columella sometimes with a brownish tinge on the anterior portion. The largest specimen in the present collec- tion from Port Parker, Costa Rica, measures : height, 22 mm.; maximum diameter, includ- ing spines, 13.3 mm. The name Murex dubius which was applied to this species by Sowerby is not valid be- cause that combination of names had already been applied to a different species by Dillwyn in 1817. We base the new name, Muricopsis zeteki, upon a specimen collected by Dr. James Zetek at Panama City, Panama, length, 27.3 mm. ; maximum diameter includ- ing spines, 18.5 mm. This species is the one illustrated by Reeve (plate 26, fig. 116) from Panama. None of our specimens are as strongly spinose as shown for this species in the illustrations of Sowerby and Reeve. However, in other features they agree well. The subnodose or subplicate character of the lower portion of the columella as well as the strongly dentate inner portion of the outer lip are quite unlike many shells referred to Murex. However, Tryon pointed out that the operculum is Muricoid. In some features the shell resembles some species of Engina. Muricopsis zeteki differs from M. squamu- lata Carpenter65 in the lower spire, more nodose or subplicate lower portion of the columella, strongly dentate inner portion of the outer lip and in the darker color. Muricopsis pauxillus A. Adams66 appears to be a similar species. According to Tryon’s illustration and description of Adams’ spe- cies it appears to possess a slightly more slender shell with shorter spines and the color was said to be purplish, the revolving ribs usually white. Distribution : Three specimens, rather small, were dredged by the expedition at Port Guatulco, Mexico, in 1.5 fathoms. It also has been recorded as occurring in the Pleistocene of the Galapagos Islands. Genus Trophon Montfort. Subgenus Zacatrophon Hertlein & Strong, subgen. nov. Type: Trophon ( Boreotrophon ) beebei Hertlein & Strong, Bull. South. Calif. Acad. Sci., Vol. 46, Pt. 2, May-August, 1947 (issued February 5, 1948), p. 80, pi. 18, figs. 1, 2 (on p. 79) . Gorda Banks in the southern por- tion of the Gulf of California, dredged in 60 fathoms. This subgenus is characterized by the loosely coiled, tabulate whorls which are com- paratively smooth externally; sculptured 65 Muricidea dubia var. squamulata Carpenter, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, March 14, 1865, p. 281. Reprint in Smithson. Miscell. Coll., No. 252, 1872, p. 274. “Hab. Cape St. Lucas (Xantus) M. Smith, Illustr. Cat. Rec. Spec. Rock Shells (Trop. Labor., Lantana, Florida), 1939, p. 11, pi. 12, fig. 6 (as Muricidea dubius squamulata Carpenter and Muricidea squamulifera Pfeiffer). 66 Murex -pauxillus A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. London for 1853, p. 71 (issued July 25, 1854). “Hab. Gulf of California.”— Tryon, Man. Conch., Vol. 2, 1880, p. 109, pi. 29, fig. 264. “Mazatlan.” Mexico. with faint spiral striae, strongest on the base, with somewhat stronger axial growth striae and with a row of sharp, erect, guttered spines on the angulation at the shoulder. Sometimes the spines are slightly extended anteriorly into short lamellae; aperture smooth interiorly; canal moderately long, broad, open ; operculum muricoid. Subgenus Acanthotrophon Hertlein & Strong, subgen. nov. Type: Trophon I Acanthotrophonl sorensenl Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. The shells of this subgenus are rather thin, biconic in outline; spiral sculpture con- sisting of 2 or 3 rather weak, usually spinose cords below the shoulder on the body whorl and another one a little more prominent on the canal about halfway between the upper cords and the end of the canal; axial sculp- ture of weak axially elongated nodes which are developed into a row of sharp, erect, guttered spines on the angulation of the body whorl. The earlier whorls bear a row of nodes rather than spines. A slight siphonal fasciole is present; aperture smooth inte- riorly. This subgenus is somewhat similar in gen- eral features to Enixotrophon Iredale67 with He type Trophon carduelis Watson, an Aus- tralian species. Actinotrophon Dali68 appears to belong to quite a different group than Acanthotrophon. Trophon I Acanthotrophonl sorensenl Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate II, Fig. 1. Shell thin, dingy white ; only the last whorl of the nucleus remaining, apparently smooth ; postnuclear whorls 6, angulated, sculptured with axially elongated nodes on the upper whorls which on the last whorl are produced into 10 narrow, radial, guttered spines; spiral sculpture consists of 2 faint cords immediately below the shoulder and a third, slightly more prominent, about half way be- tween the upper cords and the end of the canal; aperture ovate; canal narrow, open, distinctly recurved; outer lip thin; inner lip appressed to the base, the enamel termi- nating some distance from the end of the canal, leaving an umbilical chink. The type measures: length, 31 mm.; length of aper- ture and canal, 19 mm. ; maximum diameter (not including spines), 14 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 150-D-24, Lat. 23° 01' 00" N., Long. 109° 29' 00" W., dredged on Gorda Banks, southern portion of the Gulf 67 Enixotrophon Iredale, Rec. Australian Mus.f Vol. 17, No. 4, September 4, 1929, pp. 185, 189. “type Trophon carduelis Watson.” (See Rept. Sci. Res. Voy. Challenger, Zool., Vol. 15, 1886, Gastropoda, p. 167, pi. 10, fig. 7. Dredged off Sydney, Australia, in 410 fathoms). 68 Actinotrophon Dali, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 24, No. 1264, March 31, 1902, p. 541. Sole species Boreotrophon actinophorus Dali (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Vol. 18, June, 1889, p. 206, pi. 15, fig. 2. Caribbean region, off Santa Cruz in 248 fathoms; off Martinique in 170 fathoms; near Barbados in 140 fathoms.) 1951] Hertlein & Strong : Mollusks of Mexico and Central America 87 of California, in 60 fathoms (109 meters), sand, calcareous algae. The interior of the unique type has the appearance of a fresh shell but the exterior appears weathered and worn. Spines may have been present originally on the upper whorls. This new species bears some resemblance to “Mnrex” carduus Broderip69 originally de- scribed from Pacasmayo, Peru, but it has but a slight umbilical groove, the canal is more elongate, much more pointed, and it lacks the numerous spiral rows of spines on the body whorl and canal which are so promi- nent on Broderip’s species. The shell is simi- lar in shape to Trophon avalonensis Dali70, described from off Avalon, Catalina Island, California, but is larger, lacks the varicose lamellae present on that species and the spines are longer and narrower. This species is named for Mr. Andrew Sorensen of Pacific Grove, California, who has assiduously collected marine mollusks in the Gulf of California. Genus Calotrophon Hertlein & Strong, gen. nov. Type: Calotrophon hristolae Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Shell subfusiform, whorls subangulated, sculptured with rounded axial ribs which be- gin at the angulation and extend to the fol- lowing suture on the spire, to the base on the body whorl; spiral sculpture of rather coarse cords, the first one, beginning at the angulation, forms low vaulted scales where it crosses the axial ribs, the remainder are squamosely scaly; outer lip with spirally elongated denticles; canal short, open, some- what recurved at the end, a well developed siphonal fasciole present. The very strong axial ribs with vaulted scales at the angulation, strong spiral cords and dentate interior of the outer lip are fea- tures separating this genus from Boreo- trophon. The scaly sculpture of the spiral ribs of this genus is somewhat reminiscent of Xeno- tr option Iredale71 with the type X. euschema, an Australian species. Benthoxystus Iredale72 with the type Trophon columnarius Hedley & May, has 60 Murex carduus Broderip, Proc. Zool. Soc. London for 1832, p. 175 (issued January 14, 1833). “Hab. in oceano juxta Pacosmayo Peruviae.” “From a coral reef twelve miles from the land, at the depth of twenty-five fathoms.” —Reeve, Conch. Icon., Vol. 3, Mure x, 1845, sp. 125, pi. 28, fig. 125. 70 Boreotrophon avalonensis Dali, Proc . U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 24, No. 1264, March 31, 1902, p. 546. “Dredged off Avalon, in the Santa Barbara channel, California, by the U. S. Fish Commission steamer Albatross, at station 3664, in 80 fathoms, sand, bottom temperature 50° F. ; U. S. N. M., 109109.”— Dali, U. S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 112, 1921, p. 110, pi. 8, fig. 8 (as Neptunea avalonensis) . 71 Xenotrophon Iredale, Rec. Australian Mus., Vol. 17, No. 4, September 4, 1929, pp. 184, 189. "Type Xenotrophon euschema Iredale,” p. 184, pi. 40, fig. 3. “Type trawled off Montague Island, New South Wales, 50-60 fathoms.” 72 Benthoxystus Iredale, Rec. Australian Mus., Vol. 17, No. 4, September 4, 1929, pp. 185, 189. “type Trophon columnarius Hedley & May. (See Rec. Australian Mws., Vol. 7, No. 2, September 11, 1908, p. 121, pi. 24, fig. 22. Dredged 7 miles East of Cape Pillar, Tasmania, in 100 fathoms. sculpture somewhat lattice-like in pattern vaguely resembling that of Trophon boivinii Kiener, 1843 ( Murex horridus Broderip, 1833, not of Brocchi, 1814). Trophon colum- narius has, however, a very high spire and differs in other details from the west Ameri- can shell. Calotrophon hristolae Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate II, Fig. 2. Shell fusiform, white, fairly thick; nu- clear whorls decollated; postnuclear whorls 7, slopingly shouldered ; axial sculpture con- sisting of nearly vertical, rounded ribs, ex- tending from the shoulder to the following suture on the spire and becoming slightly less strong over the base, 10 present on the last whorl; spiral sculpture consists of a cord on the shoulder which rises to small, vaulted scales where it rides over the ribs, followed by 2 similar, smoother cords be- tween the shoulder and the suture on the spire and 6 more on the base and canal; all spiral cords show a tendency to form vaulted scales, both on crossing the ribs and in the interspaces, particularly in the area imme- diately back of the edge of the outer lip; aperture ovate, thin at the edge, thickened within where it bears 5 spirally elongate denticles; canal short, open, slightly re- curved; inner lip appressed to the base ex- cept at the lower end where it bounds a dis- tinct siphonal fasciole. The type measures: length, 39 mm. ; length of aperture and canal, 22 mm. ; maximum diameter, 20 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo, Type Coll.), from Station 150-D-24, Lat. 23° 01' 00" N., Long. 109° 29' 00" W., dredged on Gorda Banks in the southern portion of the Gulf of California in 60 fathoms (109 meters), sand, calcareous algae. 1 additional specimen was taken at the type locality. Sev- eral specimens were dredged in the vicinity of the type locality as follows : 1 at Station 150-D-6, in 60 fathoms (109 meters) , muddy sand, rocks; 2 at Station 150-D-13, in 70-80 fathoms (128-146 meters), sand, calcareous algae; 6 at Station labeled 150-D-27 but that haul number is erroneous because no haul with that number was recorded from Station 150. The general features of this species are somewhat similar to those of Trophon boi- vinii Kiener73 ( Murex horridus Broderip74, 1833, not Murex horridus Brocchi, 1814), which was originally described from Ecuador and Panama. The present shell differs in that the spiral cords are much more closely 73 Murex boivinii Kiener, Spec. Gen. et Icon. Coq. Viv., Fam. Canaliferes, Murex, 1843, p. 81, pi. 43, fig. 2. “Habite.” 74 Murex horridus Broderip, Proc. Zool. Soc. London for 1832, p. 176 (issued January 14, 1833). “Hab. ad Sanctam Elenam et ad Panamam.” “Found in sandy mud at the depth of from eight to twelve fathoms.”— Reeve, Conch. Icon., Vol. 3, Murex, 1845, species 128, pi. 28, fig. 128. Original locality cited. The combination of names Murex horridus used by Broderip in 1833 had already been used by Brocchi in 1814. The specific name boivinii of Kiener thus becomes applic- able to the species described by Broderip. 88 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [36: 5 spaced, not forming a latticed pattern, and the interspaces are not striated as in Bro- derip’s species. The spiral cords on this new species are often somewhat irregularly spaced and occasionally a small spiral thread occurs between the major cords, especially on the upper portion of the whorl just below the shoulder. This species is named for Miss Viola Bristol, Curator of Mollusks, San Diego Society of Natural History. Superfamily Ptenoglossa. Family Epitoniidae. Genus Epitonium Bolten. Subgenus Asperiscala De Boury. Epitonium I Asperiscala I vivesi Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate III, Fig. 11. Shell small, thin, pure white; nuclear whorls 3, well rounded, smooth ; postnuclear whorls 8, well rounded with deep sutures, regularly increasing in size ; axial sculpture of 7 strong, varicose ribs, continuous up the spire about which they make nearly a full turn, strongly reflected, exposing the edges of the cell-structure as axial striations, form- ing long, curved, coronating points at the shoulder, beyond which they dip concavely into the sutures; spiral sculpture of numer- ous fine, distant striations which are distinct on the upper whorls but gradually fade out until on the last whorl they are scarcely dis- cernible ; ribs continuous over the base with- out cord or disk, fusing with the raised inner lip; aperture nearly circular, the outer and basal lips thickened by the last varicose rib. The type measures: length, 7.0 mm.; maxi- mum diameter, 3.2 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 145-D-1-3, Lat. 26° 52' 00" N., Long. 111° 53' 00" W., off San Domingo Point, Santa Inez Bay, Gulf of Cali- fornia, dredged in 4-13 fathoms (7.5-24 meters), sand. 5 additional but younger specimens were dredged at the same locality. The strongly coronating points and fewer varicose ribs of this species make it quite distinct from any west coast species de- scribed in the subgenus Asperiscala. Epi- tonium ( Nitidiscala ) apiculatum Dali75 is about the same size and shape for the same number of whorls and has about the same number of varicose ribs, but it lacks the spiral sculpture and the ribs are more erect with less coronation. This species is named for Mr. Gaston J. Vives, native of La Paz, Lower California, who developed a method for cultivating the West American pearl oyster, Pinctada mazatlanica. 75 Epitonium apiculatum Dali, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 53, No. 2217, August 10, 1917, p. 480. “Range, Lower California to Panama Bay, in 30 fathoms.’’— Baker, Hanna & Strong, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ser. 4, Vol. 19, No. 5, 1930, p. 51, pi. 3, figs. 4, 5, 6 (as Epitonium ( Nitidoscala ) apiculatum) . Epitonium lAsperiscala) manzanillense Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate III, Fig. 13. Shell small, pure white, broadly conic; nu- clear whorls 4, smooth, elevated, horn- colored, separated from the first postnuclear whorl by a sharp line; postnuclear whorls 5, well rounded, separated by a deep suture, rapidly increasing in size ; axial sculpture of 16, thin, erect, sharp edged varices, without spine or angulation, curving into the suture where they meet and fuse, continuous over the spire which they about half encircle, on the imperforate base continuing without change to the edge of the columellar lip; spiral sculpture of raised threads in the interspaces between the varices, about 12 appearing on the last whorl ; aperture nearly circular with a broad outer lip slightly ex- panded anteriorly. The type measures: length, 3.7 mm.; diameter, 1.4 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 184-D-2, Lat. 19° 04' 00" N., Long. 104° 22' 00" W., near Man- zanillo, Mexico, dredged in 30 fathoms (55 meters), gravelly sand. In shape and sculpture this shell resembles Epitonium ( Asperiscala ) bellastriatum Car- penter from the California coast but is smaller for the same number of whorls and lacks the coronation of the varices and umbilicus of that species. The unique speci- men is probably not mature. Epitonium lAsperiscalal walkerianum Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate III, Fig. 12. Shell small, pure white, elongate-conic; nuclear whorls 4, smooth, white, forming an elevated spiral point to the shell without noticeable break in the outline; postnuclear whorls 5, rounded, separated by a distinct but rather shallow, rounded suture; axial sculpture of 20 low, rounded ribs, without spine or angulation, curving into the sutures where they meet and fuse, continuous over the spire which they nearly encircle, on the imperforate base continuing without change to the edge of the columellar lip ; spiral sculp- ture of sharp, incised lines in the interspaces between the axial ribs, about 12 appearing on the last whorl; aperture nearly circular, with the outer lip but little thickened and narrower than the columellar lip. The type measures: length, 3.7 mm.; diameter, 1.2 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 200-D-19, Lat. 12° 28' 03" N., Long. 87° 12' 39" W., near Corinto, Nicaragua, dredged in 12-13 fathoms (22-24 meters), mangrove leaves. Additional speci- mens were collected in beach drift at Corinto. Epitonium ( Asperiscala ) onchodes Dali76, from Panama Bay in 62 fathoms, seems from the description to be a somewhat similar 76 Epitonium ( Asperoscala ) onchodes Dali, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mas., Vol. 53, No. 2217, August 10, 1917, p. 476. “Range, Panama Bay in 62 fathoms, sand.” 1951] Hertlein & Strong: Mollusks of Mexico and Central America 89 shell but the sutures are said to be deep and the base minutely perforate. This species is named for William Walker, one time president of Nicaragua. Subgenus Cirsotrema Morch. Epitonium l Cirsotrema I toqatum Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate III, Figs. 1, 5. Shell of medium size, with a slender, tur- rited spire, dingy white; nuclear and prob- ably the first 1 or 2 postnuclear whorls lost; remaining whorls 10, narrowly tabulated, with deep sutures, regularly increasing in size, the upper whorls with the sculpture much worn; axial sculpture of (on the last whorl 20) retractive, strongly reflected ribs, continuous from suture to suture, of which every fourth, fifth or sixth is swollen to form a strong varix; spiral sculpture of 7 cords in the interspaces between the axial ribs and numerous fine striae; the reflected faces of the varices with close, waved, axial striae, that of the intermediate axial ribs below the slightly coronated shoulder with 3 or more sharp, waved, axial laminae, the points of which correspond to the spiral cords, and in some cases span the interspaces between the axial ribs; base with a strong spiral cord forming a narrow basal disk, the axial ribs expanded on the cord but become narrow where they fuse with the inner lip ; aperture circular, the outer and basal lip thickened by the last varix. The type measures : length, 37.5 mm.; maximum diameter, including the varices, 13.8 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 150-D-19, Lat. 23° 01' 00" N., Long. 109° 27' 30" W., Gorda Banks, Gulf of California, dredged in 50 fathoms (91 meters), sand. A second speci- men was secured at the same locality. Two specimens, apparently the same spe- cies although varying somewhat from the type specimen, were taken, one at Station 184-D-2, Lat. 19° 04' 00" N., Long. 104° 22' 00" W., near Manzanillo, Mexico, dredged in 30 fathoms (55 meters), gravelly sand, and one at Station 214-D-1-4, Lat. 9° 19' 32" N., Long. 84° 29' 30" W., to Lat. 9° 17' 40" N., Long. 84° 27' 30" W., 14 miles S. X E. of Judas Point, Costa Rica, dredged in 42-61 fathoms (76.5-112 meters) , mud, shell, rocks. The shell of this species appears to be quite distinct from any other known from the west coast. It is quite similar to the shell illus- trated by Dali77 under the name of Scala ( Cirsotrema ) cochlea Sowerby from the northern part of the Gulf of Mexico, but is more slender, with more numerous axial ribs. The figure of “Scalaria” cochlea Sowerby78, a species said to have come from Loanda, West Africa, is more slender than our shell, 77 Scala ( Cirsotrema ) cochlea Sowerby, Dali, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 24, No. 1264, 1902, p. 506, pi. 30, fig. 7. Gulf of Mexico. Also cited from the West Indies and off Cape Hatteras, North Carolina, and near Cedar Keys, Florida. 78 Scalaria cochlea Sowerby, Thes. Conch., Vol. 1, Scala- ria, p. 103 bis, pi. 35, fig. 142, April 11, 1844. “From Loanda, West coast of Africa.” with more rounded whorls. Two west American species referred to Cirsotrema do not appear to belong to that subgenus. Scala ( Cirsotrema ) montereyensis Dali79 is the young of a typical Oyalia and the unfigured Cirsotrema funicidata Carpenter80 also ap- pears to be an Oyalia according to the de- scription. Subgenus Nitidiscala De Boury. Epitonium i Nitidiscala I oers tedianum Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate III, Fig. 10. Shell small, short, white, with the whorls rapidly increasing in size; nuclear whorls 4, smooth, well rounded, with a narrow brown line in the sutures; postnuclear whorls 6, swollen, with very deep sutures; axial sculp- ture of 7 high, somewhat reflected, varicose ribs, with finely striated anterior faces, con- tinuous up the spire, about which they make nearly two-thirds of a turn; at the shoulder of the whorls the ribs are expanded to form broad, coronating points, beyond which they dip concavely toward the suture, which they span to fuse with the corresponding rib on the preceding whorl, leaving deep pits in the suture; ribs continuous over the base and fusing with the expanded inner lip; spiral sculpture absent; aperture nearly circular, a broad margin formed by the last rib, pro- duced at the shoulder and at the junction of the basal and inner lips. The type measures: length, 6.5 mm. ; maximum diameter, 4.2 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 145-D-1-3, Lat. 26° 52' 00" N., Long. 111° 53' 00" W., off San Domingo Point, Santa Inez Bay, Gulf of Cali- fornia, dredged in 4-13 fathoms (7.5-24 meters) , sand. In many ways the unique type agrees with the description of the unfigured Eyitonium bialatum Dallsi but is less than half the length for the same number of whorls and has an entirely different nucleus. This species is named for Dr. Anders Sandoe Oersted, Danish botanist, whose col- lection of mollusks from the west coast of Central America in 1847 was described by Dr. O. A. L. Morch. Epitonium I Nitidiscala) durhamianum Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate III, Fig. 9. Shell small, elongate-conic, white; nuclear whorls 4, pale horn color, smooth, forming an elevated spiral point to the spire without noticeable break to the outline ; postnuclear whorls 7, the upper third of each whorl 79 Scala ( Cirsotrema ) montereyensis Dali, Nautilus, Vol. 20, No. 11, March, 1907, p. 128. “Dredged in 25 fathoms mud, off Del Monte, in Monterey Bay, Cala.” Keen has pointed out that this species should take the name Epito- nium regiomontanum Dali in De Boury (See Min. Conch. Club. South. Calif., No. 52, September, 1945, p. 31). 80 “ Cirsotrema funiculata, ? n. s.,” Carpenter, Cat. Mazatlan Shells, January, 1857, p. 447. “Hab.-Mazatlan ; 2 sp. only.” Also cited from Panama. 81 Epitonium bialatum Dali, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 53, No. 2217, August 10, 1917, p. 485. “Range, Gulf of California, near La Paz, in 10 fathoms, and West Mexico.” 90 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [36: 5 broadly, slopingly shouldered, the lower third well rounded, separated by a moder- ately deep suture; axial sculpture of 16 low, narrow, slightly reflected ribs, without spine or angulation, curving into the sutures where they meet and fuse, continuous over the spire which they nearly encircle, on the imperforate base continuing without change to the columellar lip ; spiral sculpture absent; aperture oval, outer and columellar lips only moderately thickened. The type measures : length, 5.7 mm.; diameter, 1.8 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 200-D-19, Lat. 12° 28' 03" N., Long. 87° 12' 39" W., near Corinto, Nicaragua, dredged in 12-13 fathoms (22-24 meters), bottom of mangrove leaves. Addi- tional specimens were collected in beach drift at Corinto. The sloping shoulder on the whorls of this species would seem to be a distinct character separating it from all species described from the west coast of approximately this size and with approximately this number of varices. This species is named for Dr. J. Wyatt Durham, Associate Professor of Paleon- tology, University of California, Berkeley, California. Subgenus Punctiscala De Boury. Epitonium I Punctiscala?) c olimanum Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate III, Fig. 14. Shell small, elongate-conic, white; nuclear whorls with the tip broken, the two remain- ing whorls well rounded, rapidly enlarging, the first smooth, the second axially threaded ; postnuclear whorls 6, well rounded, separated by a deep suture; axial sculpture of 10 strong, somewhat retractive, rounded ribs which hardly touch in the sutures where they alternate in most cases, interspaces rounded, wider than the ribs; base forming a distinct disk at the upper edge of which both ribs and interspaces terminate; entire surface with fine, wavy, spiral striations which con- tinue over the tops of the ribs and show on the basal disk where they extend to the um- bilical region; aperture round, outer lip thickened by the last rib, forming a flattened face with a slightly raised inner edge, colu- mellar lip similarly raised but not as wide as the outer lip. The type measures : length, 7.6 mm. ; diameter, 2.8 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 184-D-2, Lat. 19° 04' 00" N., Long. 104° 22' 00" W., near Man- zanillo, Mexico, dredged in 30 fathoms (55 meters), gravelly sand. The shell of this species differs from that of Epitonium carpenteri Tapparone-Cane- fri82, from the Gulf of California, in that it possesses 10 rather than 8 axial ribs. 82 Scalaria carpenteri Tapparone-Canefri, Journ. de Conchyl., Vol. 24, No. 2, 1876, p. 154. New name for Scalaria raricostata Carpenter (Cat. Mazatlan Shells, January, 1857, p. 447. “Hab.-Mazatian ; 1 sp. off Chama.”). Not Scalaria raricostata Wood, 1828. Subgenus Sthenorytis Conrad. Epitonium ISthenorytis) paradisi Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate III, Fig. 7. Shell turbinate, pure white; nuclear whorls and first 2 postnuclear whorls lost; remaining whorls 6, rapidly enlarging, well rounded, sutures deep; axial sculpture of varicose ribs, erect on the upper whorls, somewhat reflected on the lower whorls, ex- panded to form coronating points on the shoulder, depressed in the suture and con- fluent near the aperture, with axial stria- tions on the faces ; of these ribs there are 6 on the upper whorls and 10 on the last whorl, in general continuous up the spire about which they make nearly a full turn, the in- creasing number of ribs occurring as occa- sional splits in the sutures; aperture round, with a broad face except for a short distance along the body of the whorl ; at the lower end of the columella the lip is somewhat de- pressed and expanded but not forming a basal disk. The type measures; length, 35 mm. ; maximum diameter, including varicose ribs, 26.5 mm., not including ribs, 18 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 150-D-13, Lat. 23° 01' 00" N., Long. 109° 27' 30" W., Gorda Banks, Gulf of California, dredged in 70-80 fathoms (128-146 meters), sand, calcareous algae. A second specimen was dredged at the same locality. One specimen, somewhat eroded, was taken at Station 136-D-13, Lat. 23° 29' 00" N., Long. 109° 24' 00" W., Arena Bank, dredged in 45 fathoms (82 meters), mud, Area conglomerates. In many ways this species resembles Epitonium ( Sthenorytis ) turbinum Dali83, known only by the basal whorl of a specimen dredged off the Galapagos Islands. The more erect form, less oblique aperture and differ- ent shape of the varicose axial ribs indicate that the present specimens represent a dis- tinct species. Epitonium ( Sthenorytis ) per- nobilis Fischer & Bernardi84, an Atlantic species, is very similar to E. paradisi. Superfamily Gymnoglossa. Family Eulimidae. Genus Balds Leach. Subgenus Balds s.s. Balds I Balds) corintonis Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate VI, Fig. 1. Shell minute, elongate-conic, slender, straight, translucent, white; whorls 8, slight- ly rounded, in places showing strong lines of growth, in other places wide smooth areas resembling varices but not raised; sutures 83 Epitonium ( Sthenorhytis ) turbinum Dali, Bull . Mus. Comp. Zool., Vol. 43, No. 6, October, 1908, p. 317, pi. 9, figs. 5, 6, 8. From “four miles S. 41° E. from the east point of Hood Island, Galapagos Islands, in 300 fathoms, broken shell, bottom temperature 48.6° F”. 84 See Clench, W. J., and Turner, R. D., Johnsonia, Vol. 2, No. 29, September 30, 1950, p. 224, pi. 97, figs. 1-7. Range, North Carolina south through the Lesser Antilles. 1951] Hertlein & Strong : Mollusks of Mexico and Central America 91 quite distinct; periphery rounded, base some- what produced; aperture large, oval, outer lip produced in the middle, inner lip short, reflected and closely appressed to the base, parietal wall with a slight callus. The type measures: length, 1.9 mm.; diameter, 0.7 mm. The specimen is probably not fully mature. 1 Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 200-D-19, Lat. 12° 28' 03" N., Long. 87° 12' 39" W., near Corinto, Nicaragua, in 12-13 fathoms (22-24 meters) , mangrove leaves. About a half dozen addi- tional specimens, some of them somewhat worn, were dredged at the type locality. The shell of this new species is exceedingly slender in comparison to that of somewhat similar species such as Balds solitaria C. B. Adams85. Subgenus Vitreolina Monterosato. Balds IVitreolinal drangai Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate VI, Fig. 2. Shell small, elongate-conic, white, doubly flexed, almost the entire shell curved strongly to the right, the tip bent forward ; whorls 11, the first 3 slightly rounded, the rest flat- tened; sutures rather distinct but with the preceding whorls shining through in some lights, giving the appearance of a false su- ture; periphery rounded, base moderately produced, slightly rounded; aperture small, ovate, outer lip fairly thick, produced in the middle, inner lip short, reflected and ap- pressed to the base, parietal wall with a moderate callus. The type measures : length, 3.3 mm.; diameter, 1.2 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 195-D-9, Lat. 15° 44' 28" N., Long. 96° 07' 51" W., near Port Guatulco, Mexico, in 7 fathoms (12.6 me- ters), gr. sand, crushed shell. Four addi- tional specimens, slightly worn, were dredged at the type locality. The shell of this species is considerably wider in proportion to the height in compari- son with that of Balds taravali Bartsch86 which is exceedingly slender. This species is named for Mr. Ted Dranga of Miami, Florida, a well known collector of marine mollusks. Family Pyramidellidae. Genus Turbonilla Risso. Subgenus Bartschella Iredale. Turbonilla I Bartschella I vestae Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate VI, Fig. 4. Shell elongate-ovate, white; nucleus large, having a depressed helicoid spire, with the 85 Eulima solitaria C. B. Adams, Ann. Lyceum Nat. Hist. New York, Vol. 5, July, 1852, pp. 423, 542 (separate pp. 199, 318). “Taboga” Island, Panama. “On Holothuriae.”— Bartsch, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 53, No. 2207, 1917, p. 308, pi. 35, fig. 4 (as Melanella ( Melanella ) solitaria). 86 Melanella (Balds) taravali Bartsch, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 53, No. 2207, August 13, 1917, p. 328, pi. 42, fig. 2. “Point Abreojos, Lower California/’ axis forming an oblique angle with that of the following whorls, in the first of which it is about one-half immersed ; normal whorls 7, strongly, slopingly shouldered, flattened below the shoulder angle; axial ribs straight, slightly retractive, 18 appearing on the first whorl, increasing to 24 on the last whorl; interspaces wider than the ribs, crossed by 5 spiral series of pits, the raised areas be- tween which appear as wider, flat-topped cords, of which the one at the shoulder angle is somewhat sharper than the others and forms small tubercles at the intersection with the axial ribs ; periphery rounded, marked by a cord similar to those on the spire; base rounded, with 6 spiral cords of which the upper two are interrupted by the enfeebled extensions of the axial ribs; aperture ovate, outer lip thin, columella curved, not raised. The type measures: length, 3.1 mm.; diame- ter, 1.0 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 200-D-19, Lat. 12° 28' 03" N., Long. 87° 12' 39" W., near Corinto, Nicaragua, dredged in 12-13 fathoms (22-24 meters), mangrove leaves. This species bears a resemblance to Tur- bonilla ( Bartschella ) hipolitensis Dali & Bartsch87 but it differs from that species in possessing tuberculate spiral cords at the shoulder of the whorls. The specific name of this species is derived from that of the brig Vesta on which William Walker and his 58 “immortals” sailed to Realejo, Nicaragua, in 1855. Subgenus Careliopsis Morch. Turbonilla ICareliopsisI beltiana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate VI, Fig. 3. Shell elongate-conic, slender, white; nu- cleus having a depressed helicoid spire with the axis at right angles to that of the follow- ing whorls, in the first of which it is slightly immersed ; normal whorls 7, slightly rounded, somewhat contracted just below the suture, the first nearly smooth, the rest with micro- scopic spiral threads of which 8 appear on the first whorl, increasing to 14 on the last whorl; axial sculpture of very fine lines which render the spiral threads slightly granular and the interspaces with faintly indicated pits; periphery rounded, without definite markings ; base rather long, rounded, with 8 spiral threads similar to those on the spire; aperture ovate, outer lip thin, colu- mella short, cui’ved. The type measures: length, 3.2 mm. ; diameter, 0.9 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from beach drift at Corinto, Nicaragua. The shell of this species differs from that of Turbonilla ( Careliopsis ) stenogyra Dali 6 Bartsch88 in that the spiral sculpture con- 87 Turbonilla ( Dunkeria ) hipolitensis Dali & Bartsch, U. S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 68, December 13, 1909, p. 123, pi. 12, figs. 8, 8a. “from San Hipolito Point, Lower California/’ 88 Turbonilla (Careliopsis) stenogyra Dali & Bartsch, U. S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 68, December 13, 1909, p. 130, pi. 12, figs. 1, la. “San Hipolito Point, Lower California. ’’ 92 Zoologica : New York Zoological Society [36: 5 sists of finely granular threads rather than of a series of impressed pits. This species is named for Thomas Belt, author of The Naturalist in Nicaragua. Subgenus Chemnitzia d’Orbigny. Turbonilla IChemnitzial nicarasana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate VI, Fig. 8. Shell elongate-conic, white; nucleus hav- ing an elevated spire with the axis at right angles to that of the following whorls, the tip extending slightly beyond the edge of the first whorl, in which it is about one-third immersed; normal whorls 11, moderately rounded ; axial ribs rounded, slightly curved, strongly protractive; interspaces smooth, about twice as wide as the ribs, terminating a little above the periphery, leaving a narrow smooth band in the suture; periphery sub- angulated, base short, rounded; aperture subquadrate, outer lip thin, columella nearly straight, somewhat reflected over the um- bilical area. The type measures: length, 5.2 mm.; diameter, 1.2 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), fi'om Station 200-D-19, Lat. 12° 28' 03" N., Long. 87° 12' 39" W., Corinto, Nicaragua, dredged in 12-13 fathoms (22-24 meters), mangrove leaves. The shell of this species differs from that of Turbonilla ( Chemnitzia ) sinaloana StrongS9 in that the periphery of the body whorl is subangulated rather than well rounded. The specific name of this species is derived from that of Nicaras, a powerful Cholutec Chief in Nicaragua. Subgenus Cingullna A. Adams. Turbonilla ICiitgulina I realejoensis Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate V, Fig. 2. Shell small, elongate-conic, vitreous, nu- cleus deeply, obliquely immersed in the first of the following whorls above which only the tilted edge appears; normal whorls 6, with the greatest diameter at about the lower third where they are angulated, almost flat above and below the angle; spiral sculpture of a low cord just below the suture and a second on the angle, bounded by shallow grooves ; entire surface with microscopic spiral lines ; axial sculpture of faint indica- tions of ribs, most noticeable on the upper whorls, and very fine lines of growth; peri- phery rounded, without definite marking; base rather long, well rounded, marked with numerous microscopic spiral striations and stronger lines of growth; aperture ovate, outer lip thin, showing the spiral cord within, columella very slender. The type measures : length, 2.7 mm. ; diameter, 1.0 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Corinto, Nicaragua, col- lected in beach drift. 89 Turbonilla ( Chemnitzia ) sinaloana Strong, Bull. South. Calif. Acad. Sci., Vol. 48, Pt. 2, May-August (issued November 4), 1949, p. 73, pi. 12, fig. 2. “Mazatlan, Mexico.” The shell of this species differs from that of Turbonilla {Cingulina) academica Strong & Hertlein90 in that the penultimate whorl is sculptured with 2 rather than 3 spiral cords. Subgenus Mo rmula A. Adams. Turbonilla I Mormulal guatulcoensis Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate VI, Fig. 9. Shell elongate-conic, light brown; nu- cleus having a depressed helicoid spire with the axis at right angles to that of the fol- lowing whorls, in the first of which it is about one-half immersed ; normal whorls 8, narrowly shouldered, well rounded, with here and there slight varicose swellings; axial ribs low, irregular, sinuous, some- what retractive, 24 appearing on the first whorl, increasing to about 40 on the last whorl; interspaces varying in width, crossed by numerous fine, incised spiral lines; periphery without definite markings, base produced, the axial ribs fading out in the umbilical region, with spiral sculp- ture similar to that on the spire except that on the lower half the incised spiral lines continue over the enfeebled axial ribs; outer lip decidedly thickened, aperture oval, columella short, strongly curved, body with a distinct callus. The type measures: length: 5.9 mm.; diameter, 1.9 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 195-D-9, Lat. 15° 44' 28" N., Long. 96° 07' 51" W., near Port Guatulco, Mexico, dredged in 7 fath- oms (12.6 meters), gr. sand, crushed shell. The shell of this species differs from that of Turbonilla ( Mormula ) coyotensis Baker, Hanna & Strong91 in that the base is pro- duced rather than short. Subgenus Ptycheulimella Sacco. Turbonilla I Ptycheulimella I portoparkerensis Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate VI, Fig. 10. Shell elongate-conic, very slender, pale brown; nucleus and several of the upper whorls decollated; axial ribs faint, irregular and irregularly spaced, entire surface with incised spiral lines, about 20 on each whorl ; periphery subangulated, base short, with incised spiral lines similar to those on the spire; aperture subquadrate, outer lip thin, columella short, straight, somewhat reflected. The remaining whorls of the type measure : length, 7.3 mm. ; diameter, 1.4 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 203-D-3, Lat 10° 55' 45" N., Long. 85° 49' 05" W., near Port 99 Turbonilla ( Cingulina ) academica Strong & Hertlein, Allan Hancock Pac. Exped., Vol. 2, No. 12, August 21, 1939, p. 205, pi. 19, fig. 14. “dredged in from 3 to 9 fms. in Bahia Honda, Panama.” 91 Turbonilla ( Mormxda ) coyotensis Baker, Hanna & Strong Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ser. 4, Vol. 17, No. 7, June 29, 1928, p. 223, pi. 11, fig. 17. “Coyote Bay, Concepcion Bay, Lower California, in about two fathoms.” 1951] Hertlein & Strong : Mollusks of Mexico and Central America 93 Parker, Costa Rica, dredged in 12 fathoms (22 meters), shelly mud. The shell of this species differs from that of Turbonilla ( Ptycheulimella ) magdalin- ensis Bartsch92 in that the spiral sculpture consists of incised lines rather than of ex- ceedingly fine striations. Subgenus Pyrgisculus Monterosato. Turbonilla I Pyrgisculus! utuana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate V, Figs. 6, 8. Shell elongate-ovate, white; nucleus hav- ing a depressed helicoid spire with the axis at right angles to that of the following whorls, in the first of which it is about one- third immersed; normal whorls 7, upper whorls slopingly shouldered, flat-sided, later whorls slightly shouldered, slightly rounded; axial ribs strong, straight, vertical, 14 ap- pearing on the first whorl, increasing to 20 on the last whorl; interspaces about twice as wide as the ribs, crossed by 4 spiral series of rectangular pits, the spaces between which appear as flat-topped cords of unequal width, the lower 2 of these cords cut by 2 or 3 fine incised spiral lines; periphery rounded, marked by a narrow spiral cord ; base rounded, with a spiral row of pits just below t^e peripheral cord formed by the enfeebled extensions of the axial ribs, below this there are 3 or 4 spiral cords and in the umbilical region several fine incised spiral lines; aper- ture ovate, outer lip thin, columella curved, slightly raised. The type measures: length, 3.1 mm.; diameter, 0.9 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.) , dredged at Station 203-D-l, Lat. 10° 56' 05" N„ Long. 85° 49' 25" W., near Port Parker, Costa Rica, dredged in 15 fathoms (27 meters), sandy mud, crushed shell. The shell of this species differs from that of Turbonilla ( Pyrgisculus ) eucosmia Dali & Bartsch93 in that the ribs are nearly vertical on all the whorls rather than strongly re- tractive on the last whorl. This species is named for Pemasu Utu who collected numerous specimens during the ex- pedition on which the type of this species was collected. Subgenus Pyrgiscus Philippi. Turbonilla I Pyrgiscus I vivesi Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate VI, Fig. 15. Shell elongate-conic, light yellowish-brown with a darker band covering the periphery and base and a narrow, fainter, dark band on the middle of the whorl ; nuclear whorls moderately large, depressed, the axis at right angles to that of the postnuclear whorls, in 92 Turbonilla ( Ptycheulimella ) magdalinensis Bartsch, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 70, No. 2660, Art. 11, April 8, 1927, p. 4, pi. 1, fig. 7. “Magdalena Bay, Lower Cali- fornia.'’ Cited on p. 34 as Turbonilla ( Ptycheulimela ) mag - dalenensis. 93 Turbonilla ( Pyrgisculus ) eucosmia Dali & Bartsch, U. S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 68, December 13, 1909, p. 128, pi. 12, figs. 13, 13a. “dredged at U. S. Bureau of Fisheries Station 2822, in 21 fathoms, off La Paz, Lower California.” the first of which it is about one-half im- mersed; postnuclear whorls 12, the greatest convexity falling a little below the middle; axial sculpture of rounded, nearly vertical ribs with wider interspaces; of these ribs 14 appear on the first whorl, gradually in- creasing to 22 on the last whorl ; spiral sculp- ture of about 30 fine, closely spaced, incised lines in the interspaces between the axial ribs, of these the upper third are equal and equally spaced but on the middle of the whorls there is a tendency for them to be- come more irregular, and just above the su- ture there appears a row of deeper, rectang- ular pits; periphery with a narrow, smooth band, at the upper edge of which the axial ribs terminate; base short, rounded, with about 20 very fine, wavy spiral striations ; aperture rhomboid, somewhat flaring at the anterior end ; outer lip thin, showing the ex- ternal sculpture within; columella straight, revolute. The type measures: length, 6.8 mm.; maximum diameter, 1.6 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 145-D-l, 3, Lat. 26° 52' 00" N„ Long. 111° 53' 00" W„ off San Domingo Point, Santa Inez Bay, Lower Cali- fornia, in the Gulf of California, dredged in 4-13 fathoms (7.5-24 meters), sand. 7 addi- tional specimens were dredged at the same locality. The shell of this species differs from that of Turbonilla ( Pyrgiscus ) superba Dali & Bartsch94 in that it lacks the medial row of pits which are very distinct on that species. This species is named for Gaston J. Vives of La Paz, Lower California, in recognition of his work on the culture of pearl oysters in the Gulf of California. Turbonilla I Pyrgiscus! domlngana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate VI, Fig. 6. Shell slender , regularly elongate-conic, translucent, white; nuclear whorls 2, de- pressed, with their axis at right angles to that of the postnuclear whorls in the first of which they are about one-third immersed ; postnuclear whorls 10, the upper ones round- ly shouldered, the last 2 flattened; axial sculpture of low, nearly vertical ribs, with wider interspaces, 14 appearing on the upper whorls and 16 on the last whorl ; spiral sculp- ture of 9 incised lines in the interspaces be- tween the axial ribs, the upper 4 widely spaced and occupying a little more than half the area between the sutures, the following 5 closely spaced with the last just above the suture, a little stronger than the others ; per- iphery rounded, with a narrow smooth space bounded at the lower edge with an incised line at which the axial ribs terminate; base moderately long, with a second narrow, smooth space just below the peripheral one, followed by 5 closely spaced, incised spiral 94 Turbonilla ( Pyrgiscus ) superba Dali & Bartsch, 17. S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 68, December 13, 1909, p. 80, pi. 7, figs. 10, 10a. “dredged at U. S. Bureau of Fisheries station 2822, in 21 fathoms, gray sand and broken shells, off La Paz, Lower California.” 94 Zoological New York Zoological Society [36: 5 lines; aperture ovate, slightly expanded at the anterior end ; outer lip thin, showing the external sculpture within; columella nearly straight, reflected, revolute; body with a slightly raised callus. The type measures: length, 6.3 mm.; maximum diameter, 1.5 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 145-D-l, 3, Lat. 26° 52' 00" N., Long. 111° 53' 00" W., off San Domingo Point, Santa Inez Bay, Lower Cali- fornia, in the Gulf of California, dredged in 4-13 fathoms (7.5-24 meters), sand. The unique type can probably be best com- pared with Turbonilla ( Pyrgiscus ) corsoen- sis Bartsch95 which has similar axial ribs and the same number of spiral lines. How- ever, the present species possesses a more slender shell, with the later whorls less shoul- dered, and the arrangement of the spiral lines entirely different. Turbonilla IPyrgiscusI yoleftae Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate VI, Fig. 13. Shell small, elongate-conic, very slender, white; nuclear whorls 2x/2, large, depressed, the axis at right angles to that of the post- nuclear whorls, in the first of which they are about one-fourth immersed; postnuclear whorls 9, the first 3 well rounded, the remain- der less so, sutures distinct; axial sculpture of low, rounded, slightly waved, nearly ver- tical ribs, with somewhat wider, shallow interspaces, of these ribs 16 appear on the second whorl, gradually increasing to 22 on the last whorl; spiral sculpture of 10 incised lines in the intei'spaces between the axial ribs; of these the first 3 are very fine and closely spaced while the remainder are more distinct and rather irregular and irregularly spaced; periphery rounded, marked by a fine incised spiral line; base short, rounded, with a narrow smooth space just below the peri- pheral line marked by 6 very fine incised spiral lines and feeble continuations of the axial ribs; aperture ovate, defective in the type ; columella short, strongly revolute, with a strong fold at its insertion; body with a distinct callus. The type measures: length, 4.1 mm.; maximum diameter, 1.1 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 145-D-l, 3, Lat. 26° 52' 00" N., Long. Ill0 53' 00" W., off San Domingo Point, Santa Inez Bay, Lower California, dredged in 4-13 fathoms (7.5-24 meters), sand. A second specimen was dredged at the same locality. This shell is much the size and shape of Turbonilla ( Pyrgiscus ) histias Dali & Bartsch96 but has more feeble axial ribs and a different arrangement of the spiral cords. 95 Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) corsoensis Bartsch, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 52, No. 2193, May 29, 1917, p. 657, pi. 45, fig 8. “dredged in shallow water in Santa Maria Bay, Lower California.” 99 Turbonilla ( Pyrgiscus ) histias Dali & Bartsch, U. S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 68, December 13, 1909, p. 105, pi. 10, figs. 8, 8a. “Off La Paz, in 21 fathoms, on sand bottom off Lower California.” Fresh specimens would probably show more or less of a color pattern. Turbonilla IPyrgiscusI amiriana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate VI, Fig. 7. Shell broadly conic, white; nucleus hav- ing a depressed helicoid spire with the axis at right angles to that of the following whorls in the first of which it is about one- third immersed; normal whorls 8, broadly, slopingly shouldered ; axial sculpture of low, rounded, somewhat sinuous ribs of which 18 appear on the first whorl, increas- ing to 24 on the last whorl; interspaces a little wider than the ribs, crossed by 5 spi- ral series of pits, of which the lower is just above the suture and the upper marks the beginning of the shoulder on which there are much finer incised spiral lines ; periphery subangulated, marked by a wide spiral band without spiral sculpture but undulated by the ends of the axial ribs; base short, sculp- tured with about 10 irregularly spaced, incised spiral lines; aperture subquadrate, outer lip defective, columella twisted. The type measures: length, 5.8 mm.; diameter, 2.0 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type. Coll.), from Station 203-D-3, Lat. 10° 55' 45" N., Long. 85° 49' 05" W., near Port Parker, Costa Rica, dredged in 12 fathoms (22 meters), shelly mud. The shell of this species differs from such species as Turbonilla ( Pyrgiscus ) hypocur- ta Dali & Bartsch97 in the more broadly conic form. Turbonilla IPyrgiscusI colimana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate VI, Fig. 5. Shell elongate-conic, rather stout, very pale brown; nuclear whorls having a de- pressed helicoid spire, with the axis at right angles to that of the following whorls in the first of which it is about one-third immersed; normal whorls 7, slightly rounded with a well rounded shoulder and somewhat contracted at the suture; axial ribs strong, rounded, nearly vertical, slightly swollen at the shoulder angle, 14 appearing on the first whorl and increas- ing to 18 on the last whorl; interspaces about twice as wide as the ribs, crossed by 5 equal and equally spaced spiral series of deeply incised lines below the shoulder and 2 or 3 finer lines on the shoulder; periphery rounded, marked by a smooth band a little wider than the spaces between the incised spiral lines, on which the axial ribs termin- ate; base short, rounded, with 5 incised spiral lines similar to those on the spire but continuous; aperture subquadrate, 97 Chemnitzia hypocurta Dali & Bartsch, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 30, No. 1452, May 9, 1906, p. 347. New name for Chemnitzia caelata Carpenter (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 3, Vol. 15, May, 1865, p. 400. “probably from Panama”). Not Turbonilla caelata Gould, 1861. Car- penter’s species was also renamed Turbonilla ( Pyrgiscus ) favilla by Dali & Bartsch ( U . S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 68, De- cember 13, 1909, p. 78). 1951] Hertlein & Strong : Mollusks of Mexico and Central America 95 outer lip thin, columella short, curved. The type measures: length, 3.0 mm.; diameter, 0.9 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 184-D-2, Lat. 19° 04' 00" N., Long. 104° 22' 00" W., near Manzanillo, Mexico, dredged in 30 fathoms (55 meters), gravelly sand. Although the type specimen is not fully mature it should be easily recognizable by the shape and sculpture. The shell of this species bears a resem- blance to that of Turbonilla ( Pyrgiscus ) hypocurta Dali & Bartsch98 and similar forms but differs chiefly in that the whorls are roundly shouldered rather than flattened. Turbonilla I Pyrgiscus! sacae Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate III, Fig. 3. Shell elongate-conic, slender, white; nu- cleus having a depressed helicoid spire with the axis at right angles to that of the fol- lowing whorls, in the first of which it is about one-third immersed ; normal whorls 10, flat sided; axial ribs narrow, straight, nearly vertical, 16 appearing on the first whorl, increasing to 20 on the last whorl; interspaces about twice as wide as the ribs, crossed by 10 spiral series of subequal in- cised spiral lines; periphery well rounded, marked by a rather wide band without spiral sculpture but rendered slightly no- dulous by the lower ends of the axial ribs; base short, rounded, with 6 incised spiral lines; aperture subquadrate, outer lip broken, columella straight, high, leaving a slight umbilical chink. The type measures: length, 5.7 mm.; diameter, 1.4 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 203-D-3, Lat. 10° 55' 45" N., Long. 85° 49' 05" W., near Port Parker, Costa Rica, dredged in 12 fath- oms (22 meters), shelly mud. The shell of this species differs from that of Turbonilla, ( Pyrgiscus ) melea Bartsch99 in that it is sculptured with 20 ribs on the last whorl rather than 28. Turbonilla I Pyrgiscus! sulacana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate VI, Fig. 12. Shell elongate-conic, white; nucleus hav- ing a depressed helicoid spire with the axis at right angles to that of the following whorls, in the first of which it is about one- third immersed; normal whorls 9, well rounded, upper whorls roundly shouldered, later ones less so; axial ribs low, rounded, sinuous, nearly vertical, of which 14 appear on the first whorl, increasing to 20 on the last whorl; interspaces about twice as wide as the ribs, crossed by 6 spiral series of pits varying somewhat in strength and spacing 98 For references to this species see footnote No. 97 on p. 94. 99 Turbonilla ( Pyrgiscus ) melea Bartsch, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 66, No. 2551, Art. 14, October 17, 1924, p. 5, pi. 2, fig. 8. From “Santa Elena Bay, Ecuador.” and between these a varying number of very fine spiral lines; periphery rounded, marked by a narrow band without spiral sculpture but rendered somewhat nodulous by the ends of the axial ribs ; base short, rounded, marked with 6 incised spiral lines, the up- per one or two interrupted in some places by the feeble extension of an axial rib ; aper- ture subquadrate, outer lip thin, columella nearly straight with a raised edge. The type measures: length, 5.0 mm.; diameter 1.1 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 203-D-3, Lat. 10° 55' 45" N., Long. 85° 49' 05" W., near Port Parker, Costa Rica, dredged in 12 fath- oms (22 meters), shelly mud. The shell of this species may be differen- tiated from that of Turbonilla ( Pyrgiscus ) pequensis Dali & Bartsch100 in that the whorls are only moderately roundly shoul- dered rather than strongly so. Turbonilla I Pyrgiscus I templetonis Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate VI, Fig. 11. Shell elongate-conic, white ; nucleus having a depressed helicoid spire with the axis at right angles to that of the following whorls, in the first of which it is about one-third immersed; normal whorls 9, well rounded; axial ribs strong, rounded, nearly vertical, distinctly sinuous, flattening out toward the summit, giving the whorls a slopingly shoul- dered appearance, of these ribs 16 appear on the first whorl, increasing to 20 on the last whorl ; interspaces about 3 times as wide as the ribs, crossed by 6 spiral series of pits of which the basal 1 or 2 are slightly the stronger, and on the raised areas between the pits a few scattered, very fine incised spiral lines ; periphery subangulated, marked by a band without spiral sculpture but un- dulated by the axial ribs; base short, with 6 narrow incised spiral lines of which the upper 2 or 3 cut across the feeble extensions of the axial ribs; aperture subquadrate, outer lip thin, columella straight. The type measures : length 4.3 mm. ; diameter, 1.0 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 203-D-l, Lat 10° 56' 05" M., Long. 85° 49' 25" W., near Port Parker, Costa Rica, dredged in 15 fathoms (27 meters), sandy mud, crushed shell. The shell of this species differs from that of Turbonilla ( Pyrgiscus ) angusta Car- penter101 in that the base is short rather than somewhat extended, also in that the periph- ery of the last whorl is subangulated rather than rounded. This species is named for the late Temple- ton Crocker. 199 Turbonilla ( Pyrgiscus ) pequensis Dali & Bartsch, U. S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 68, December 13, 1909, p. 79, pi. 7, figs. 5, 5a. “U. S. Bureau of Fisheries station 2834, near Point Abreojos, in 12 fathoms, on sand bottom, off Lower California.” 101 Chrysallida angusta Carpenter, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 3, Vol. 14, July, 1864, p. 47. “Cape St. Lucas.”— Dali & Bartsch, U. S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 68, 1909, p. 91, pi. 8, fig. 6 (as Turbonilla ( Pyrgiscus ) angusta). 96 Zoologica : New York Zoological Society [36: 5 Turbonilla I Pyrgiscusl ayamana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate VI, Fig. 14. Shell elongate-conic, slender, white; nu- cleus having a depressed helicoid spire with the axis at right angles to that of the follow- ing whorls, in the first of which it is about ore-third immersed; normal whorls 9, slight- ly rounded, narrowly slopingly shouldered; axial ribs strong, in general vertical but varying somewhat in angle from whorl to whorl, of these ribs 18 appear on the first whorl, increasing to 24 on the last whorl; interspaces about twice as wide as the ribs, crossed on the upper whorls by 7 spiral series of pits, on the last whorl the lower 2 of these become very strong while numerous finer spiral incised lines tend to break up the areas between the major pits; periphery well rounded, marked by a narrow smooth band ; base short with 2 rows of spiral pits similar to those on the spire immediately below the periphery between the feeble extensions of the axial ribs, lower part of the base with 4 continuous incised spiral lines; aperture subquadrate, outer lip thin, columella some- what twisted. The type measures: length, 5.6 mm.; diameter, 1.3 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 203-D-l, Lat. 10° 56' 05" N., Long. 85° 49' 25'' W., near Port Parker, Costa Rica, dredged in 15 fathoms (27 meters), sandy mud, crushed shell. Ad- ditional specimens were dredged at Port Parker, Costa Rica, (203-D-3), 12 fathoms (22 meters), shelly mud, and at Corinto, Nicaragua (200-D-19), 12-13 fathoms (22- 24 meters), mangrove leaves. The very slender form of the shell of this species serves to differentiate it from Tur- bonilla ( Pyrgiscus ) macra Dali & Bartsch102. Turbonilla I Pyrgiscusl otnirocensls Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate V, Fig. 4. Shell elongate-conic, slender, white; nu- cleus having a depressed helicoid spire with the axis at right angles to that of the follow- ing whorls, in the first of which it is about one-third immersed ; normal whorls 9, rather high between the sutures, narrowly, roundly shouldered, flat - sided ; axial ribs low, rounded, nearly straight, somewhat retrac- tive, 16 appearing on the first whorl, increas- ing to 24 on the last whorl ; interspaces about twice as wide as the ribs, crossed by 12 fine, incised spiral lines, about equal in strength but unequal in spacing; periphery well rounded, without definite marking ; base somewhat produced, rounded, the upper part with 3 spiral series of incised lines in the interspaces between the feeble extensions of the axial ribs, the lower part with 3 con- tinuous incised spiral lines; aperture ovate, outer lip very thin, columella slightly curved. 102 Turbonilla ( Pyrgiscus ) macra Dali & Bartsch, U. S. Nat . Mus., Bull. 68, December 13, 1909, p. 91, pi. 8, figs. 10, 10a. “Point Abreojos, Lower California.” The type measures: length, 4.2 mm.; di- ameter, 0.9 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station, 200-D-19, Lat. 12° 28' 03" N., Long. 87° 12' 39" W., near Corinto, Nicaragua, dredged in 12-13 fath- oms (22-24 meters), mangrove leaves. Ad- ditional specimens were secured in the beach drift at Corinto. The shell of this species may be differen- tiated from that of Turbonilla ( Pyrgiscus ) collea Bartsch103 in that the incised lines be- tween the sutures number 12 rather than 6. Turbonilla I Pyrgiscusl ulyssl Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate 5, Fig. 10. Shell elongate-conic, rather stout, white; nucleus having a depressed helicoid spire with the axis at right angles to that of the following whorls, in the first of which it is about one-third immersed; normal whorls 8, the upper whorls well rounded, the later whorls less so; axial ribs low, rounded, dis- tinctly protractive on the upper whorls, near- ly vertical on the later ones, 18 appearing on the first whorl, increasing to 28 on the last whorl, the ribs are contracted to sharp points at the summit, undulating the suture; inter- spaces only a little wider than the ribs, crossed by sharp, incised spiral lines, vary- ing somewhat in number and spacing from whorl to whorl but averaging about 15 ; peri- phery rounded, without definite marking; base produced, with about 15 incised spiral lines similar in strength and spacing to those on the spire, the upper 5 or 6 interrupted by feeble extensions of the axial ribs; aperture ovate, outer lip slightly thickened, columella short, straight. The type measui'es: length, 5.0 mm.; diameter, 1,7 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Tvpe Coll.), from Station 200-D-19, Lat. 12° 28' 03" N., Long. 87° 12' 39" W., Corinto, Nicaragua, dredged in 12-13 fathoms (22- 24 meters), mangrove leaves. Additional specimens were secured in the beach drift at Corinto. The character of the axial ribbing of this species, sharply pointed at the ends of the ribs, serves to differentiate it from such spe- cies as Turbonilla ( Pyrgiscus ) flavescens Carpenter104. This species is named for Dr. Ulysses S. Grant, IV, Professor of Paleontology, Uni- versity of California at Los Angeles. Turbonilla I Pyrgiscusl nicoyana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate III, Fig. 4. Shell elongate-conic, slender, white, with 103 Turbonilla ( Pyrgiscus ) collea Bartsch, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 69, No. 2646, Art. 20, December 16, 1926, p. 8, pi. 1, fig. 4. “coast southeast of Punta Santa Elena, Santa Elena Peninsula, Ecuador.” !04 Chemnitzia flavescens Carpenter, Cat. Mazatlan Shells, December, 1856, p. 432. “Hab.— Mazatlan ; 1 sp. off Spondylus calcifer ; Havre Col.”— Dali & Bartsch, U. S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 68, 1909, p. 89, pi. 8, fig. 9 (as Turbonilla ( Pyrgiscus ) flavescens ) . 1951] Hertlein & Strong: Mollusks of Mexico and Central America 97 faint indications of brown on some whorls; nucleus having a depressed helicoid spire with the axis at right angles to that of the following whorls, in the first of which it is about one-third immersed ; normal whorls 7, the first 3 strongly, almost tabulately shoul- dered, the later whorls becoming shouldered ; axial ribs straight, nearly vertical, rounded, flattening out on the shoulder, 16 appearing on the first whorl, increasing to 22 on the last; interspaces a little wider than the ribs, crossed by 12 incised spiral lines which ex- tend up on the sides of the ribs but do not cross them, of these spiral lines there is on some whorls a tendency for the basal one and one a little above the middle of the whorls to become stronger; periphery rounded, marked by a narrow undulated band ; base somewhat produced, marked with 5 incised spiral lines which cross over the feeble extensions of the axial ribs; aperture oval, outer lip thin, columella twisted. The type measures : length, 4.0 mm. ; diameter, 1.1 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 203-D-3, Lat 10° 55' 45" N., Long. 85° 49' 05" W., near Port Parker, Costa Rica, dredged in 12 fathoms (22 meters), shelly mud. Additional speci- mens were dredged near Port Parker, Costa Rica (203-D-l), 15 fathoms (27 meters), sandy mud, crushed shell. The shell of this species differs from that of Turbonilla ( Pyrgiscus ) wetmorei Strong 6 Hertlein105 and similar forms in the much shorter and more rounded base. This species is named for the Sixteenth Century Indian Chief Nicoya of Costa Rica. Turbonilla I Pyrgiscus! cholufecana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate V, Fig. 5. Shell very slender, upper whorls translu- cent, white, the later whorls becoming pale brown, very thin, the basal portion of each whorl shining through the upper portion of the following whorl; nucleus large, having a depressed helicoid spire with the axis at right angles to that of the following whorl, in the first of which it is about one-fourth immersed; normal whorls 8, almost flat- sided, little raised above the sutures; axial ribs low, straight, vertical, 20 appearing on the first whorl, increasing to 26 on the last whorl ; interspaces about as wide as the ribs, crossed by about 16 very fine, spiral series of incised lines of about equal strength and spacing; periphery rounded, marked by a wide space without spiral sculpture; base decidedly produced, the upper part with three incised spiral lines which are broken by the feeble extensions of the axial ribs, the lower part with 3 continuous incised spiral lines; aperture ovate, outer lip very 105 Turbonilla ( Pyrgiscus ) wetmorei Strong & Hertlein, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ser. 4, Vol. 22, No. 6, December 31, 1937, p. 172, pi. 35, fig. 1. “Lat. 23° 12' N., Long. 106° 29' W., dredged in 12 fathoms, about five miles west of Mazatlan, Sinaloa, Mexico.” thin, columella curved. The type measures: length 4.1 mm.; diameter, 0.7 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from beach drift at Corinto, Nicaragua. The shell of this species differs from that of Turbonilla ( Pyrgiscus ) lazaroensis Bartsch106 in that the axial ribs are low and flattened rather than strong and rounded. The specific name of this species is de- rived from the tribal name of the Cholutec Indians, Nicaragua. Turbonilla I Pyrgiscus! chinandegana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate V, Fig. 3. Shell elongate-conic, milk-white; nucleus having a depressed helicoid spire with the axis at right angles to that of the following whorls in the first of which it is about one- fourth immersed; normal whorls 9, almost flat-sided, moderately elevated above the su- tures; axial ribs rounded, straight, retrac- tive; interspaces a little wider than the ribs, crossed by about 15 equal and equally spaced spiral series of incised lines ; periphery well rounded, marked by a wide smooth space; base moderately produced, the upper part with 1 or 2 incised spiral lines which are interrupted by the feeble extensions of the axial ribs, followed by a second wide smooth space, lower part of the base with 5 closely spaced continuous incised spiral lines; aper- ture ovate, outer lip thin, columella twisted. The type measures : length, 4.8 mm. ; di- ameter, 0.9 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from beach drift at Corinto, Nicaragua. The more broadly conic form of this spe- cies serves to separate it from similar spe- cies such as T. lazaroensis Bartsch and T. cholutecana in which the shells are exceed- ingly slender. The specific name of this species is de- rived from the name of the state of Chin- andega, Nicaragua. Turbonilla I Pyrgiscus! guanacastensis Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate V, Fig. 11. Shell elongate-conic, slender, white; nu- cleus having a depressed helicoid spire with the axis at right angles to that of the fol- lowing whorls, in the first of which it is only slightly immersed; normal whorls 10, mod- erately rounded, the first 3 increasing very little in size, later ones more rapidly; axial ribs low, rounded, nearly straight, moder- ately retractive, 18 appearing on the first whorl, increasing to 24 on the last whorl; interspaces a little wider than the ribs, crossed by a basal spiral series of deep pits and 10 unequal and unequally spaced shal- lower pits or incised lines ; periphery round- 10(5 Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) lazaroensis Bartsch, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 52, No. 2193, May 29, 1917, p. 655, pi. 45, fig. 11. “dredged in shallow water off Lazaro Point, Santa Maria Bay, Lower California.” 98 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [36: 5 ed, marked by a narrow smooth band, base produced, aperture broken. The type meas- ures: length, 4.3 mm.; diameter, 0.9 mm. A smaller paratype shows the aperture to be ovate and the base marked with 6 incised spiral lines of which the first 2 are inter- rupted by the feeble extensions of the axial ribs. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 203-D-3, Lat. 10° 55' 45" N., Long. 85° 49' 05" W., near Port Parker, Costa Rica, dredged in 12 fathoms (22 meters), shelly mud. An additional spe- cimen was dredged near Port Parker, Costa Rica (203-D-l), 15 fathoms (27 meters), sandy mud, crushed shell. The shell of this species differs from that of Turbonilla ( Pyrgiscus ) bartonella Strong & Hertlein107 in that the axial ribs are pro- tractive rather than nearly vertical. The specific name of this species is de- rived from the name of the state of Guana- caste, Costa Rica. Turbonilla I Pyrgiscus! ozanneana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate V, Fig. 15. Shell elongate-conic, slender, white; nu- cleus broken; normal whorls 9, slightly rounded, narrowly shouldered at the summit and contracted at the base; axial ribs low, rounded, nearly straight, vertical on the up- per whorls, somewhat retractive on the last whorl, 16 appearing on the first whorl, in- creasing to 22 on the last whorl; interspaces about twice as wide as the ribs, crossed by a basal spiral series of pits and 9 incised lines of about equal strength and spacing; periphery well rounded, marked by a rather broad, smooth band ; base short, with 6 in- cised spiral lines, the first 2 being inter- rupted by the enfeebled extensions of the axial ribs; aperture subquadrate, outer lip thin, columella nearly straight, with a slight fold at its insertion. The type measures: length, 3.9 mm.; diameter, 1.0 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from beach drift at Corinto, Nicaragua. The shell of this species may be differen- tiated from that of Turbonilla ( Pyrgiscus ) domingana in that the axial ribs are some- what retractive rather than vertical. This species is named for Mr. John Ozanne, First Mate on the Zaca during the expedition on which the type specimen of this species was collected. Turbonilla I Pyrgiscus! rhizophorae Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate V, Fig. 12. Shell elongate-conic, translucent, white; nucleus having a depressed helicoid spire with the axis at right angles to that of the following whorls, in the first of which it is 107 Turbonilla ( Pyrgiscus ) bartonella Strong & Hertlein, Allan Hancock Pac. Exped., Vol. 2, No. 12, August 21, 1939, p. 203, pi. 19, fig. 8. “dredged in from 3 to 9 fms. in Bahia Honda, Panama.” about one-third immersed; normal whorls 8, rounded, upper whorls narrowly shoul- dered, the first 3 rapidly increasing in size ; axial ribs strong, rounded, distinctly pro- tractive, sinuous, 12 appearing on the first whorl, increasing to 18 on the last whorl; interspaces about 3 times as wide as the ribs, terminating abruptly at the periphery, crossed by a basal spiral series of pits and about 24 fine incised spiral lines; periphery well rounded, without definite marking ; base rounded, marked with numerous fine spiral striations which on the upper part ride over low swellings formed by the feeble exten- sions of the axial ribs; outer lip broken, col- umella straight. The type measures: length, 3.4 mm.; diameter, 1.0 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 200-D-19, Lat. 12° 28' 03" N., Long. 87° 12' 39" W., near Corinto, Nicaragua, dredged in 12-13 fathoms (22- 24 meters), mangrove leaves. This is one of the species which show intergradation between the subgenera Strio- turbonilla and Pyrgiscus. The shell of this species differs from that of Turbonilla ( Pyrgiscus ) biolleyi in that there are 18 rather than 24 axial ribs on the last whorl. Turbonilla I Pyrgiscus! biolleyi Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate III, Fig. 2. Shell regularly elongate-conic, white; nu- cleus having a depressed helicoid spire with the axis at right angles to that of the follow- ing whorls, in the first of which it is about one-third immersed ; normal whorls 8, slight- ly rounded, upper whorls slopingly shoul- dered ; axial ribs sharp, sinuous, moderately protractive, 16 appearing on the first whorl, increasing to 24 on the last whorl; inter- spaces about twice as wide as the ribs, crossed by a basal spiral series of pits and about 25 incised spiral lines of which every third or fourth appears slightly the strong- er; periphery subangulated, marked by a narrow band without spiral sculpture but undulated by the axial ribs ; base short, with incised spiral lines similar to those on the spire, which on the upper part ride over the feeble extensions of the axial ribs ; aperture subquadrate, outer lip broken, columella straight. The type measures: length, 3.6 mm. ; diameter, 0.9 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 203-D-3, Lat. 10° 55' 45" N., Long. 85° 49' 05" W., near Port Parker, Costa Rica, dredged in 12 fathoms (22 meters) , shelly mud. Specimens were also dredged near Port Parker, Costa Rica (203- D-l), 15 fathoms (27 meters), sandy mud, crushed shell, and at Corinto, Nicaragua (200-D-19), 12-13 fathoms (22-24 meters), mangrove leaves, and in the beach drift at Corinto. The shell of this species differs from that of Turbonilla ( Pyrgiscus ) rhizophorae in 1951] Hertlein & Strong: Mollusks of Mexico and Central America 99 that there are 24 rather than 18 axial ribs on the last whorl. This species is named for Paul Biolley, former professor of Natural History at San Jose de Costa Rica. Turbonilla (Pyrgiscusl ekidana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate IV, Fig. 8. Shell elongate-conic, milk-white; nucleus small, with a depressed helicoid spire having the axis at right angles to that of the follow- ing whorls, in the first of which it is about one-half immersed ; normal whorls 9, broadly slopingly shouldered, somewhat flattened be- low the shoulder; axial ribs strong, rounded, sinuous, vertical on the upper whorls, be- coming slightly retractive on the last, 14 appearing on the first whorl, increasing to 20 on the last whorl ; interspaces about twice as wide as the ribs, crossed by a basal series of pits and a second series just below the angle of the shoulder, in addition there are 7 spiral series of incised lines between the 2 series of pits and 6 series of much finer incised lines on the shoulder; periphery rounded, marked by a narrow band without spiral sculpture; base short, with 7 incised spiral lines of which the second below the periphery is the strongest and the first 3 more or less interrupted by the feeble ex- tensions of the axial ribs; aperture subquad- rate, outer lip slightly thickened, columella curved, a little expanded over the umbilical region. The type measures : length, 4.8 mm. ; diameter, 1.2 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 203-D-l, Lat. 10° 56' 05" N., Long. 85° 49' 25" W., near Port Parker, Costa Rica, dredged in 15 fathoms (27 meters), sandy mud, crushed shell. The shell of this species bears a resem- blance to that of Turbonilla ( Pyrgiscus ) callipeplum Dali & Bartsch108 and similar forms but differs in that the axial ribs are rounded, not sublamellar. Turbonilla I Pyrgiscusl gordoniana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate V, Fig. 1. Shell regularly elongate-conic, white; nu- cleus having a depressed helicoid spire with the axis at right angles to that of the follow- ing whorls, in the first of which it is about one-third immersed; normal whorls 11, slightly rounded, little elevated above the sutures; axial ribs low, rounded, straight, nearly vertical, 16 appearing on the first whorl, increasing to 24 on the last whorl; interspaces about as wide as the ribs, crossed by 10 equal and equally spaced spiral series of incised lines; periphery rounded, without definite marking; base rather short, rounded, the axial ribs extending to the umbilical region with, in the interspaces, 108 Turbonilla ( Pyrgiscus ) callipeplum Dali & Bartsch, U. S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 68. December 13, 1909, p. 96, pi. 9, figs. 11, 11a. ‘‘dredged at U. S. Bureau of Fisheries station 2805 in 51 fathoms, on mud bottom, in Panama Bay.” series of incised spiral lines similar to those on the spire; aperture oval, outer lip thin, columella raised, curved, somewhat expanded over the umbilical region. The type mea- sures: length, 6.0 mm.; diameter, 1.4 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from beach drift at Corinto, Nicaragua. The character of the upper whorls, slight- ly rounded rather than narrowly shouldered, serves to separate this species from Turbon- illa ( Pyrgiscus ) craticulata Morch109. This species is named for Mackenzie Gordon, Jr., of Palo Alto, California. Turbonilla I Pyrgiscusl ottomoerchi Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate IV, Fig. 5. Shell elongate-conic, slender, white; nu- cleus having a depressed helicoid spire with the axis at right angles to that of the fol- lowing whorls, in the first of which it is about one-third immersed; normal whorls 10, flat-sided, narrowly, slopingly shouldered on the upper whorls, little raised above the sutures on the later whorls; axial ribs low, moderately retractive, straight, extending to the umbilical region, 16 appearing on the first whorl, increasing to 26 on the last; interspaces about as wide as the ribs, crossed by 12 equal and equally spaced spiral series of incised lines; periphery rounded, without definite marking; base rounded, marked with incised spiral lines similar to those on the spire except that on the lower part they ride over the low swellings which mark the extensions of the axial ribs in the umbilical region; aperture oval, outer lip thin, columella somewhat twisted. The type measures: length, 6.0 mm.; diameter, 1.4 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from beach drift at Corinto, Nicaragua. Specimens were also secured at Corinto (200-D-19), 12-13 fathoms (22-24 meters), mangrove leaves. The shell of this species may be differen- tiated from that of Turbonilla ( Pyrgiscus ) porteri Baker, Hanna & Strong110 in that the upper whorls are narrowly slopingly shouldered rather than well rounded. This species is named for Otto A. L. Morch, author of a paper describing the mollusks collected by A. S. Oersted along the west coast of Central America. Turbonilla I Pyrgiscusl tehuantepecana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate V, Fig. 7. Shell subcyclindrical, pale brown, very small; nucleus having a depressed helicoid spire with the axis at right angles to that of the following whorls, much smaller than the !" Turbonilla craticulata Morch, Malalcozool. Blatter, Bd. 6, p. 119, October, 1859. “Hab. Bocorones, 30 org. prof. Specimina 3.”— Dali & Bartsch, U . S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 68, 1909, p. 104, pi. 10, figs. 1, la. 119 Turbonilla ( Pyrgiscus ) porteri Baker, Hanna & Strong, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ser. 4, Vol. 17, No. 7, June 29, 1928, p. 217, pi. 11, fig. 10. “Gulf of California.’* 100 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [36: 5 first in which it is about one-half immersed; normal whorls 7, slightly rounded, narrowly shouldered ; axial ribs sharp, straight, nearly vertical, of which 16 appear on the first whorl, increasing to 26 on the last whorl; interspaces a little wider than the ribs, crossed by 4 spiral series of rectangular pits of which the uppermost corresponds to a depression in the axial ribs, thus forming a narrow, nodulous band just below the su- tures, the raised spaces between the pits with very fine incised spiral lines ; periphery well rounded, without definite marking; base rather short, with 6 series of spiral pits in the interspaces between the axial ribs which extend to the umbilical region; aperture ovate, outer lip slightly thickened, columella curved. The type measures: length, 2.8 mm. ; diameter, 0.8 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 195-D-9, Lat 15° 44' 28" N., Long. 96° 07' 51" W., near Port Guatulco, Mexico, dredged in 7 fathoms (12.6 meters), gr. sand, crushed shell. The shell of this species is somewhat simi- lar to that of Turbonilla ( Pyrgiscus ) inden- tata Carpenter111 but may be differentiated from that form in that the whorls are nar- rowly rather than subtabulately shouldered. Turbonilla I Pyrgiscus) gruberi Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate IV, Fig. 3. Shell elongate-conic, slender, pale, brown- ish ; nucleus large, having a depressed heli- coid spire with the axis at right angles to the following whorls, on the first of which it rests; normal whorls 9, the first 2 smooth, the others sculptured, slightly rounded, little raised above the sutures ; axial ribs low, straight, strongly retractive, 24 appearing on the third whorl, increasing to about 40 on the last whorl; interspaces a little wider than the ribs, crossed by 7 spiral series of pits and incised lines unequal in strength and spacing; periphery rounded, marked by a narrow, smooth band; base well rounded with the axial ribs continuing over the um- bilical region, the interspaces crossed by spiral series of pits and incised lines similar to those on the spire; aperture oval, outer lip slightly thickened, columella curved. The type measures: length, 6.1 mm.; diameter, 1.4 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from beach drift at Corinto, Nicaragua. Additional specimens were se- cured at Corinto, Nicaragua (200-D-19), 12-13 fathoms (22-24 meters), mangrove leaves. The shell of this species differs from such species as Turbonilla ( Pyrgiscus ) larunda Dali & Bartsch and Turbonilla ( Pyrgiscus ) cortezi Bartsch in that there are about 40 Chrysallida indentata Carpenter, Cat. Mazatlan Shells, December, 1856, p. 425. “Hab.— Mazatlan ; 2 sp. off Spondylus ; L’pool Col.”— Dali & Bartsch, U. S. Nat. Mils., Bull. 68, 1909, p. 102, pi. 10, fig. 10 (as Turbonilla (Pyrgis- cus) indentata). rather than 20 or 30 axial ribs on the last whorl. This species is named for Ferdinand Gruber, a former Curator of Ornithology and Mammalogy, California Academy of Sciences. He was the inventor of the zoo- graphican installed at Woodward’s Gardens of which organization he was Curator of Mu- seums, and later was Director of Natural History at M. H. De Young Memorial Mu- seum, San Francisco, California. Subgenus Pyrgolampros Sacco. Turbonilla I Pyrgolampros) soniliana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate IV, Fig. 2. Shell elongate-conic, pale brown with a dark brown line a little above the suture and a second similar line on the middle of the base; nucleus having a depressed helicoid spire with the axis at right angles to that of the following whorls, in the first of which it is about one-third immersed; normal whorls 9, slightly rounded, little raised above the sutures; axial ribs low, nearly vertical on the upper whorls, increasingly retractive on the middle whorls, curved and strongly retractive on the last whorl, 18 appearing on the first whorl, increasing to 30 on the last whorl ; interspaces somewhat wider than the ribs, crossed by basal and median spiral lines of shallow pits and many fine spiral striations; periphery somewhat inflated, rounded, without definite marking; base rounded, the axial ribs fading out at the brown basal line, lower half with numerous continuous spiral striations; aperture ovate, outer lip thin, showing the two brown lines within, columella narrow, slightly curved and somewhat raised. The type measures: length, 5.8 mm.; diameter, 1.7 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 195-D-9, Lat. 15° 44' 28" N., Long. 96° 07' 51" W., near Port Guatulco, Mexico, dredged in 7 fathoms (12.6 meters), gr. sand, crushed shell. The shell of this species differs from that of Turbonilla ( Pyrgolampros ) meangueren- sis in that the axial ribs are retractive rather than protractive. Turbonilla I Pyrgolampros) meanguerensis Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate IV, Fig. 6. Shell elongate-conic, uniformly pale brownish; nucleus having an elevated spire with the axis at right angles to that of the following whorls, the tip extending a little beyond and notching the edge of the first, in which it is nearly one-half immersed; normal whorls well rounded ; axial ribs low, rounded, straight, almost vertical, 18 appear- ing on all whorls; interspaces about as wide as the ribs on the upper whorls, the width increasing to about 4 times as wide as the ribs on the last whorl, crossed by peripheral lines of pits and many fine spiral striations, of which 3 or 4 are distinctly the stronger 1951] Hertlein & Strong: Mollusks of Mexico and Central America 101 on some of the whorls; periphery subangu- lated, base short, the axial ribs terminating just below the periphery, with numerous wavy incised spiral lines ; aperture subquad- rate, outer lip thin, columella straight. The type measures: length 5.6 mm.; diameter, 1.4 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 199-D-l, Lat 13° 08' 00" N., Long. 87° 43' 00" W., Meanguera Island, Gulf of Fonseca, El Salvador, dredged in 16 fathoms (29 meters), sand, mud, crushed shell. The shell of this species can be differen- tiated from that of Turbonilla ( Pyrgolam - pros ) soniliana in that the axial ribs are protractive rather than retractive. Subgenus Strioturbonilla Sacco. Turbonilla IStrioturbonillal masayana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate IV, Fig. 4. Shell elongate-conic, translucent, white; nucleus having an elevated spire, with the axis at right angles to that of the following whorls, the tip extending beyond and notch- ing the edge of the first whorl in which it is nearly one-half immersed ; normal whorls 7, nearly flat-sided, narrowly squarely shoul- dered; the entire surface with very fine spiral striations; axial ribs low, narrow, al- most vertical, 24 appearing on the first whorl, increasing to 30 on the last whorl; interspaces a little wider than the ribs, ter- minating a little above the periphery, leav- ing a narrow smooth band in the suture; periphery well rounded, base rounded ; aper- ture subquadrate, outer lip thin, columella somewhat twisted. The type measures : length, 3.4 mm. ; diameter, 1.0 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Col.), from Station 200-D-19, Lat. 12° 28' 03" N., Long. 87° 12' 39" W., near Corinto, Nicaragua, dredged in 12-13 fathoms (22- 24 meters), mangrove leaves. The shell of this species differs from that of Turbonilla ( Strioturbonilla ) santamari- ana Bartsch112 in that the axial ribs on the last whorl number 30 rather than 20. The specific name of this species is de- rived from that of the tribal name of the Masaya Indians of Nicaragua. Turbonilla IStrioturbonillal corintonis Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate IV, Fig. I. Shell elongate-conic, white; nucleus hav- ing an elevated spire, with the axis at right angles to that of the following whorls, the tip extending a little beyond and notching the edge of the first whorl in which it is about one-half immersed; normal whorls 10, slightly rounded, very narrowly shouldered ; entire surface with very fine spiral stria- tions; axial ribs low, rounded, nearly 112 TurboniUa ( Strioturbonilla ) santamariana Bartsch, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 52, No. 2193, May 29, 1917, p. 642, pi. 44, fig. 2. “dredged in shallow water in Santa Maria Bay, Lower California.” straight, somewhat protractive, 18 appear- ing on the first whorl, increasing to 25 on the last whorl; interspaces a little wider than the ribs, terminating a little above the periphery, leaving a narrow, smooth band in the suture ; periphery rounded, base short, well rounded; aperture subquadrate, outer lip thin, columella somewhat reflected over the umbilical area. The type measures: length, 5.2 mm.; diameter, 1.3 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from beach drift at Corinto, Nicaragua. The shell of this species may be differen- tiated from that of Turbonilla ( Striotur- bonilla■) oaxacana in that the base is short and rounded rather than decidedly extended. Turbonilla IStrioturbonillal oaxacana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate V, Fig. 9. Shell elongate-conic, rather stout, trans- lucent, white; nucleus very small, having an elevated spire with the axis at right angles to that of the following whorls in the first of which it is about one-fourth immersed; normal whorls 8, strongly rounded, almost tabulately shouldered; entire surface with very fine spiral sti'iations ; axial ribs rounded, nearly straight, protractive, 14 appearing on the first whorl, increasing to 24 on the last whorl; interspaces about twice as wide as the ribs, terminating a little above the periphery, leaving a narrow smooth band in the sutures; periphery rounded, base de- cidedly produced; aperture ovate, outer lip thin, columella straight. The type measures : length, 3.5 mm.; diameter, 1.1 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 195-D-9, Lat 15° 44' 28" N., Long. 96° 07' 51" W., near Port Guatulco, Mexico, dredged in 7 fathoms (12.6 meters), gr. sand, crushed shell. This species differs from Turbonilla (. Strioturbonilla ) corintonis in that the base of the shell is decidedly produced rather than short and rounded. Turbonilla IStrioturbonillal nahuatliana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate V, Fig. 14. Shell small, elongate-conic, translucent, white; nucleus having an elevated spire with the axis at right angles to that of the fol- lowing whorls, the tip extending beyond the edge of the first whorl in which it is slight- ly immersed ; normal whorls 9, well rounded, entire surface with very fine spiral striae; axial ribs strong, rounded, nearly straight, decidedly protractive, 14 appearing on the first whorl, increasing to 20 on the last whorl; interspaces well impressed, a little wider than the ribs, extending from suture to suture and terminating at the periphery; periphery rounded, base short, well rounded; aperture subquadrate, outer lip thin, colu- mella straight. The type measures: length, 2.8 mm. ; diameter, 0.9 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. 102 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [36: 5 Type Coll.), from Station 200-D-19, Lat. 12° 28' 03" N., Long. 87° 12' 39" W„ near Cor- into, Nicaragua, dredged in 12-13 fathoms (22-24 meters), mangrove leaves. The shell of this species may be differen- tiated from that of Turbonilla ( Strioturbon - ilia ) mcguirei Strong & Hertlein113 in that the axial ribs are decidedly protractive rather than only moderately so. The specific name of this species is de- rived from the tribal name of the Nahuatl Indians of Central America. Turbonilla IStrioturbonillal centre rasiana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate V, Fig. 13. Shell elongate-conic, white; nucleus hav- ing an elevated spire, with the axis at right angles to that of the following whorls, the tip extending beyond the edge of the first whorl, in which it is about one-fourth immersed; normal whorls 9, very narrowly shouldered, well rounded, entire surface with very fine, microscopic spiral striations; axial ribs strong, nearly straight, decidedly protrac- tive, 14 appearing on the first whorl, increas- ing to 20 on the last whorl ; interspaces about twice as wide as the ribs, extending from suture to suture and terminating at the peri- phery which is rounded and without band or other marking; base short, rounded, with feeble extensions of the axial ribs on the upper part, and microscopic spiral striae similar to that on the spire; aperture sub- quadrate, outer lip thin, columella short, straight. The type measures: length, 3.4 mm. ; diameter, 0.9 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 195-D-9, Lat. 15° 44' 28" N., Long. 96° 07' 51" W., near Port Guatulco, Mexico, dredged in 7 fathoms (12.6 meters), gr. sand, crushed shell. The shell of this species may be differen- tiated from that of Turbonilla ( Strioturbon - ilia) nahuana Baker, Hanna & Strong114 in that the axial ribs are nearly straight rather than sinuous. This species is named for Professor Fran- cisco Contreras of the National Museum of Natural History of Mexico. Turbonilla IStrioturbonillal nicaraguana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate IV, Fig. 7. Shell elongate-conic, white; nucleus with a depressed helicoid spire having the axis at right angles to that of the following whorls, in the first of which it is about one- third immersed; normal whorls 9, moder- ately rounded, very narrowly shouldered at the summit, somewhat overhanging at the base; axial ribs low, rounded, sinuous, mod- erately protractive, 18 appearing on the first whorl, increasing to 26 on the last whorl; in- 113 Turbonilla ( S trio turbonilla ) mcguirei Strong & Hert- lein, Allan Hancock Pac. Exped., Vol. 2, No. 12, August 21, 1939, p. 197, pi. 19, fig. 1. “dredged in from 3 to 9 fms. off Taboga Island, Panama.” 114 Turbonilla ( Strioturbonilla ) nahuana Baker, Hanna & Strong, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ser. 4, Vol. 17, No. 7, June 29, 1928, p. 211, pi. 11, fig. 5. “Gulf of California.” terspaces a little wider than the ribs, crossed by a narrow peripheral line of pits and about 30 fine, incised spiral lines; periphery well rounded, marked by a narrow band without spiral sculpture but undulated by the ends of the axial ribs and with a few incised axial lines in the interspaces ; base short, rounded, with about 12 incised spiral lines which cut across the feeble extensions of the axial ribs ; aperture subquadrate, outer lip thin, colu- mella straight. The type measures: length, 4.5 mm.; diameter, 1.2 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 200-D-19, Lat. 12° 28' 03" N., Long. 87° 12' 39" W., near Corinto, Nicaragua, dredged 12-13 fathoms (22-24 meters), mangrove leaves. The shell of this species differs from that of Turbonilla ( Strioturbonilla ) af finis C. B. Adams115 in that the axial ribs are sinuous rather than straight. This species is named for the Indian Chief Nicaragua. Genus Odostomia Fleming. Subgenus Besla Dali & Bartsch. Odostomia I Besla I caneloensis Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate VII, Fig. 3. Shell minute, slender, elongate-conic, nu- cleus large, having a slightly elevated spire, with the axis at nearly a right angle to that of the following whorls, in the first of which it is about one-third immersed; normal whorls 5, strongly angulated at the posterior extremity of the anterior third; axial ribs strong, sinuous, somewhat protractive, 14 appearing on the first whorl, increasing to 18 on the last whorl; spiral sculpture in 2 series, on the upper two-thirds of the whorls there appear 3 fine incised lines in the interspaces between the ribs, followed by a strong cord at the angle, a second cord, equally strong, just above the sutures and a third similar cord half way between the two, forming spiral series of rectangular pits in the inter- spaces ; periphery rounded, marked by a spiral cord similar to the preceding 3 ; base rounded, marked with the enfeebled exten- sions of the axial ribs and finer spiral cords; aperture ovate, outer lip thin, columella slender, curved, with a slender fold at its in- sertion. The type measures : length 1.6 mm. ; diameter, 0.5 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Tvpe Coll.), from Station 203-D-l, Lat. 10° 56' 05" N., Long. 85° 49' 25" W., near Port Parker, Costa Rica, dredged in 15 fathoms (27 meters), sandy mud, crushed shell. The shell of this species differs from that of Odostomia (Besla) convexa Carpenter116 115 Chemnitzia affinis C. B. Adams, Ann. Lyceum Nat. Hist. New York, Vol. 5, July, 1852, pp. 389, 535 (separate, pp. 165, 311). “Panama.”— Dali & Bartsch, U. S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 68, 1909, p. 56, pi. 4, fig. 14 (as Turbonilla ( Striotur- bonilla) affinis). 116 Chrysallida convexa Carpenter, Cat. Mazatlan Shells, December, 1856, p. 424. “Hab. -Mazatlan ; 2 sp. off Spon- dylus ; L’pool Col.”— Dali & Bartsch, U. S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 68, 1909, p. 135, pi. 13, fig. 4 (as Odostomia (Besla) convexa) . 1951] Hertlein & Strong: Mollusks of Mexico and Central America 103 in that the spiral sculpture occurs over most of the surface of the whorls rather than being confined to the lower third. The name of this species is delayed from El Canelo, Cinnamon Bay, the Spanish name for Port Parker, Costa Rica. Subgenus Chrysallida Carpenter. Odostomia IChrysallidal costarioensis Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate VII, Fig. 9. Shell small, elongate-conic, white; nucleus with a slightly elevated spire having the axis at an oblique angle with that of the follow- ing whorls, in the first of which it is about one-half immersed; normal whorls 7, almost flat-sided ; axial sculpture of strong, retrac- tive ribs of which 16 appear on the first whorl, increasing to 24 on the last whorl; spiral sculpture of cords a little less strong than the axial ribs of which 4 appear on the upper whorls, the upper one, just below the suture rather indistinct; on the fourth whorl a slender cord begins to appear in the su- ture, rapidly increases in size until on the penultimate whorl it equals the preceding one in strength and spacing; the intersec- tions of the axial ribs and the upper 4 cords are slightly nodulous and the spaces enclosed by them appear as nearly square pits, the fifth cord is smooth; periphery marked by a smooth cord about as strong as the one preceding it; base rather long, marked by 5 strong cords, with, in the interspaces, nu- merous fine axial threads; aperture ovate, outer lip thin, columella slender, somewhat reflected, with a slight fold at its insertion. The type measures: length, 2.9 mm.; diam- eter, 0.8 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 203-D-3, Lat. 10° 55' 45" N., Long. 85° 49' 05" W., near Port Parker, Costa Rica, dredged in 12 fathoms (22 meters), shelly mud. Additional speci- mens were dredged at Station 203-D-l, Lat. 10° 56' 05" N., Long. 85° 49' 25" W., near Port Parker, Costa Rica, in 15 fathoms (27 meters), sandy mud, crushed shell. The shell of this species differs from that of Odostomia ( Chrysallida. ) olssoni Bartsch117 in that there are 24 rather than 18 axial ribs on the penultimate whorl. Odostomia IChrysallidti} wo&dbridgei Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate III, Fig. 8. Shell small, elongate-conic, white; nucleus with a slightly elevated spire having the axis at nearly a right angle to that of the follow- ing whorls, in the first of which it is about one-half immersed; normal whorls 6, slightly j rounded; axial sculpture of strong, slightly retractive ribs of which 16 appear on all whorls ; spiral sculpture of raised cords not quite as strong as the ribs, 4 appearing on the — 117 Odostomia ( Chrysallida ) olssoni Bartsch, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 66, No. 2551, Art. 14, October 17, 1924, p. 7, pi. 2, fig. 3. From “Santa Elena Bay, Ecuador.” first 2 whorls, on about the third whorl the upper cord splits and continues on the re- mainder of the whorls as two closely spaced weak cords, the following 3 cords are much stronger and more widely spaced, on about the fourth whorl a sixth cord be- gins to appear in the suture and rapidly in- creases in size until on the penultimate whorl it equals the preceding cords in strength and spacing; the intersections of the axial ribs and the upper 5 spiral cords are slightly nod- ulous and the spaces inclosed between the ribs and the 3 median cords appear as deep rectangular pits, the sixth cord is smooth and the space between it and the preceding cord is crossed by feeble extensions of the axial ribs; periphery rounded, marked by a smooth cord about as strong as the preced- ing one; base rather long, marked by 5 strong sp;ral cords, with, in the interspaces, numer- ous fine axial threads; aperture ovate, outer lip fractured in the type, columella slender, somewhat reflected, with a strong fold at its insertion. The type measures: length, 2.3 mm.; diameter, 0.9 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 203-D-l, Lat. 10° 56' 05" N., Long. 85° 49' 25" W., near Port Parker, Costa Rica, dredged in 15 fathoms (27 meters), shelly mud, crushed shell. Ad- ditional specimens were dredged at Station 203-D-3, Lat. 10° 55' 45" N., Long. 85° 49' 05" W., near Port Parker, Costa Rica, in 12 fathoms (22 meters), shelly mud. This species differs from such species as Odostomia ( Chrysallida ) olssoni Bartsch in that there are 6 rather than 5 spiral cords on the penultimate whorl. This species is named for Mr. Woodbridge Williams of Inverness, California, who has presented many fine specimens of mollusks to the California Academy of Sciences. Odostomia IChrysallidal guatulcoensis Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate VII, Fig. 2. Shell small, elongate-ovate, vitreous; nu- cleus decollated; normal whorls 5, almost flat-sided ; sculptured with broad spiral cords with narrow interspaces, bearing axially elongated nodules arranged in retractive axial rows on the upper whorls, 24 rows ap- pearing on the penultimate whorl, on about the third whorl a fifth smooth cord begins to appear in the suture and rapidly increases in strength until on the penultimate whorl it equals the others in strength and spacing; periphery marked by a smooth cord slightly narrower than the one preceding it; base short, marked with 5 strong cords; aperture ovate, outer lip thin, columella appressed to the base, with a strong fold at its insertion. The type measures : length, 2.0 mm. ; diam- eter, 1.0 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 195-D-9, Lat. 15° 44' 28" N., Long. 96° 07' 51" W., near Port Guatulco, Mexico, dredged in 7 fathoms (12.6 meters), gr. sand, crushed shell. 104 Zoological New York Zoological Society [36: 5 The shell of this species differs from that of Odostomia ( Chrysallida ) promeces Dali & Bartsch118 in that the base is sculptured with 5 rather than 3 spiral cords. Odostomia I Chrysallida I corinfoensis Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate VIII, Fig. 11. Shell large, elongate-ovate, white; nucleus having a depressed helicoid spire with the axis at right angles to that of the following whorls, in the first of which it is deeply im- mersed; normal whorls 7, flat-sided, sepa- rated by deep sutures; axial sculpture of strongly protractive ribs of which 20 appear on the second whorl, increasing to 24 on the penultimate whorl; spiral sculpture of cords about as strong as the axial ribs, of which 5 appear on the first four whorls, on about the fifth whorl a slender cord begins to ap- pear in the suture which rapidly increases in strength until on the penultimate whorl it equals the others in strength and spacing; the intersections of the axial ribs and the first 5 cords are somewhat nodulous while the sixth cord is smooth ; periphery marked by a strong cord ; base rather long, marked with 5 spiral cords; the spaces between the fifth and sixth cords, between the sixth and peripheral cords, and between the basal cords are marked with fine axial threads; aperture oval, outer lip thin, columella ap- pressed to the base with a strong fold at its insertion. The type measures: length, 4.0 mm.; diameter, 1.7 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Corinto, Nicaragua, col- lected in beach drift. The shell of this species is similar to that of Odostomia ( Chrysallida ) capa Bartsch119 but among other differences it exceeds 3 mm. in length whereas Bartsch’s species is less than 3 mm. in length. Telloda Hertlein & Strong, subgen. nov. Type: Odostomia ( Scalenostoma ) dotella Dali & Bartsch, 1909. Shell with the angulation high upon the posterior portion of the whorls. Dali & Bartsch, 1909, included Odostomia dotella under the subgenus Scalenostoma Deshayes. Bartsch120, 1917, considered Scal- enostoma to be a genus in the family Melan- ellidae and included in it two species, N. ran- gii de Folin and S. babylonia Bartsch. This left Odostomia dotella without a subgeneric assignment. The high angulation on the whorls of O. dotella and of the new species here described as O. subdotella furnish shell characters so different from the other west American species of Odostomia that we have 118 Odostomia ( Chrysallida ) promeces Dali & Bartsch, U. S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 68, December 13, 1909, p. 164, pi. 18, figs. 2, 2a. “Todos Santos Bay, Lower California. ” 119 Odostomia ( Chrysallida ) capa Bartsch, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 69, No. 2646, Art. 20, December 16, 1926, p. 16, pi. 2, fig. 4. “on the coast southeast of Punta Santa Elena, Santa Elena Peninsula, Ecuador.” 129 Bartsch, P., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 53, No. 2207, August 13, 1917, p. 337. been led to propose a new subgenus Telloda 121 to include them. Key to the species of Telloda. A. Angulation on penultimate whorl at an- terior third of whorl; a spiral cord pres- ent on angulation subdotella B. Angulation on penultimate whorl at less than anterior third of whorl ; angulation lacking a spiral cord dotella Odostomia ITellodal subdotella Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate VIII, Fig. 5. Shell elongate-conic, white, with the nu- cleus tilted at an oblique angle and almost entirely immersed in the first of the follow- ing whorls; normal whorls 7, the lower whorls strongly angulated, the first 2 whorls slightly rounded, separated by a deep suture, middle whorls flattened with an angulation and point of greatest diameter at an increas- ing distance above the suture, until on the penultimate whorl the angulation is at the anterior third with the surface from there to the summit slightly concave and the slope to the suture very abrupt; entire surface with microscopic lines of growth and indis- tinct spiral striation; base moderately long, flattened; aperture ovate, outer lip thin, slightly angulated in the middle, columella curved, with a slight fold at its insertion. The type measures: length, 2.9 mm.; di- ameter, 1.0 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 203-D-l, Lat. 10° 56' 05" N., Long. 85° 49' 25" W., near Port Parker, Costa Rica, dredged in 15 fathoms (27 meters), sandy mud, crushed shell. Addi- tional specimens were dredged at Station 200-D-19, Lat. 12° 28' 03" N., Long. 87° 12' 39" W., Corinto, Nicaragua, in 12-13 fathoms (22-24 meters) , mangrove leaves. Subgenus Evalea A. Adams. Odostomia I Evalea I gallegosiana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate VIII, Fig. 1. Shell regularly elongate-conic, white; nu- cleus deeply immersed in the first of the following whorls with only the tilted edge appearing, giving the apex a truncated ap- pearance ; normal whorls 6, almost flat-sided, separated by a narrow, deep suture; entire surface with microscopic spiral striations and equally fine lines of growth; periphery subangulated, base short, rounded ; aperture irregular in the type, due to a fracture which has been partially mended; columella short, curved, with a raised edge separated from the body whorl by a shallow groove but show- ing no umbilical pit, the fold at the insertion strong. The type measures: length, 2.8 mm.; diameter, 1.1 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 195-D-9, Lat. 15° 44' 28" N., Long. 96° 07' 51" W., near Port 121 Telloda, anagram of dotella. 1951] Hertlein & Strong: Mollusks of Mexico and Central America 105 Guatulco, Mexico, dredged in 7 fathoms (12.6 meters), gr. sand, crushed shell. Speci- mens were also dredged at Station 200-D-19, Lat. 12° 28' 03" N., Long. 87° 12' 39" W., Corinto, Nicaragua, dredged in 12-13 fa- thoms (22-24 meters), mangrove leaves. The shell of this species differs from that of such species as Odostoynia (Evalea) parella Dali & Bartsch and Odostomia ( Eva- lea) palmeri Bartsch in that the periphery of the body whorl is subangulated rather than well rounded. This species is named for Professor Jose Maria Gallegos, former explorer for the De- partamento de Agricultura y Fomento, Mexico. Subgenus Evalina Dali & Bartsch. Odostomia (Evalina) tehuantepecana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate VIII, Fig. 7. Shell small, elongate-conic, translucent, white; nucleus having the axis at nearly right angles to that of the following whorls, in the first of which it is deeply immersed with only the tilted edge appearing; normal whorls 5, rounded, rather broad between the sutures; axial sculpture of strong ribs, on the first 2 whorls extending from suture to suture, on the third whorl fading out on the lower portion and on the penultimate whorl only occupying the upper half, 16 appearing on the penultimate whorl; spiral sculpture of flattened cords separated by shallow in- cised lines, 4 appearing in the interspaces between the ribs and 4 between the lower end of the ribs and the following suture on the penultimate whorl; periphery rounded, marked with a slender cord ; base rounded, marked with 8 spiral cords similar to that on the periphery; aperture somewhat flaring, oval, outer lip thin, showing the spiral sculp- ture plainly within, columella short, curved, with a weak fold at its insertion. The type measures: length, 2.3 mm.; diameter, 0.9 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 195-D-9, Lat. 15° 44' 28" N., Long. 96° 07' 51" W., near Port Guatulco, Mexico, dredged in 7 fathoms (12.6 meters), gr. sand, crushed shell. The shell of this species differs from that of Odostomia ( Evalina ) intermedia Carpen- ter122 in that on the summit of the whorls the axial ribs are strong rather than feeble. Subgenus Menestho Moller. Odostomia I Menestho) nieoyana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate VIII, Fig. 3. Shell elongate-conic, white; nucleus with an elevated spire having the axis at right angles to that of the following whorls, in the first of which it is deeply immersed, the tip 122 Dunlceria intermedia Carpenter, Cat. Mazatlan Shells, December, 1856, p. 435. “Hab.-Mazatlan : 2 sp. off Spondylus ; L’pool Col.”— Dali & Bartsch, U. S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 68, 1909, p. 181, pi. 20, fig. 6 (as Odostomia ( Evalina ) intermedia) . deeply notching the edge; normal whorls 7, flat-sided, regularly increasing in size; sculp- ture on all whorls of 3 strong, sharp edged cords with deep, rounded interspaces, crossed by fine axial threads, of these cords the an- terior is somewhat stronger than the other 2 ; periphery angulated, marked by a cord only a little less strong than those on the spire; base short, slightly rounded, marked with 4 spiral cords, the first a little below the pe- ripheral cord and about as strong, this is followed by a smooth space and then 3 closely spaced, much finer cords ; aperture subquad- rate, outer lip thin, rendered wavy by the spiral cords, columella short, curved, with a strong fold at its insertion. The type meas- ures: length, 3.3 mm.; diameter, 1.7 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 203-D-3, Lat. 10° 55' 45" N., Long. 85° 49' 05" W., near Port Parker, Costa Rica, dredged in 12 fath- oms (22 meters), shelly mud. Additional specimens were dredged at Station 203-D-l, Lat. 10° 56' 05" N., Long. 85° 49' 25" W., near Port Parker, Costa Rica, in 15 fathoms (27 meters), sandy mud, crushed shell. The shell of this species differs from that of Odostomia ( Menestho ) ciguatayiis Strong123 in that the anterior cord between the sutures is stronger than the other two whereas in the species described by Strong the cords are equal and are separated by nar- rower interspaces. Subgenus Miralda A. Adams. Odostomia (Miralda) rhhophorae Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate VII, Fig. 1. Shell very small, elongate-ovate, white; nucleus almost completely immersed in the first of the following whorls, above which only the tilted edge projects; normal whorls 6; spiral sculpture between the sutures of 2 nodulous keels, of which the upper is just below the suture while the lower is some distance above the following suture, nodules on the upper keel axially elongated and on the lower keel well rounded ; axial sculpture of low ribs connecting the nodules and ex- tending as weaker threads between the lower keel and the edge of the peripheral keel which is exposed in the suture, 24 appearing on the penultimate whorl; periphery marked by a rather broad, almost smooth keel ; base short, marked by 3 spiral keels, with, in the inter- spaces, axial threads corresponding to the axial ribs; aperture ovate, outer lip frac- tured in the type, columella strong, curved, with a weak fold at its insertion. The type measures : length, 2.1 mm., diameter, 1.9 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 200-D-19, Lat. 12° 28' 03" N., Long. 87° 12' 39" W., near Corinto, Nicaragua, dredged in 12-13 fath- oms (22-24 meters) , mangrove leaves. 123 Odostomia ( Menestho ) ciguatanis Strong, Bull. South. Calif. Acad. Sci., Vol. 48, Pt. 2, May-August (issued No- vember 4), 1949, p. 89, pi. 12, fig. 3. “Gulf of California without definite location.” 106 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [36: 5 The shell of this species differs from that of species such as Odostomia ( Miralda ) ar- mata Carpenter in that the base is sculptured with 4 rather than 3 spiral cords. Superfamily Taenioglossa. Family Cerithiopsidae. Genus Cerithiopsis Forbes & Hanley. Cerithiopsis guatulcoensis Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate VII, Fig. 7. Shell regularly elongate-conic, slender, light brown, with the whorls somewhat darker toward the summits ; nucleus forming a conical spire with 4 smooth, white whorls set off from the following whorls by a sharp line; postnuclear whorls 8, slightly rounded, sutures impressed; spiral sculpture of 3 strong, nodulous cords, the posterior at the summit, the anterior a little above the suture and the median half way between the other 2, the posterior cord a little weaker than the others on all whorls; nodules somewhat spirally elongated without sharp truncation, 16 appearing on the first whorl, increasing to 20 on the penultimate whorl, the nodules connected by slender axial threads, those be- tween the anterior and median cord being nearly vertical, while those between the me- dian and posterior cords are strongly retrac- tive; the spaces enclosed by the axial threads and the anterior and median spiral cords form square pits and those between the me- dian and posterior spiral cords form a par- allelogram; periphery marked by a slender cord separated from the anterior cord by a space about as wide as that between the an- terior and median cords and rendered slight- ly nodulous by the extensions of the axial threads; base very short, with an incised line encircling the columella and faint axial striae corresponding to the extensions of the axial threads; aperture subquadrate, strongly channeled anteriorly, outer lip thin, scalloped by the spiral cords, columella short, slightly curved. The type measures: length, 3.7 mm.,; diameter, 1.0 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 195-D-9, Lat. 15° 44' 28" N., Long. 96° 07' 51" W., near Port Guatulco, Mexico, dredged in 7 fath- oms (12.6 meters), gr. sand, crushed shell. Additional specimens were dredged at Sta- tion 200-D-19, Lat. 12° 28' 03" N., Long. 87° 12' 39" W., Corinto, Nicaragua, in 12-13 fathoms (22-24 meters), mangrove leaves. A specimen from this locality with the two lower nuclear whorls, 9 postnuclear whorls and a broken aperture measures: length, 5.1 mm.; diameter, 1.5 mm. The pits between the spiral cords on the shell of this species are unequal rather than equal as on Cerithiopsis grippi Bartsch.124 124 Cerithiopsis ( Cerithiopsis ) grippi Bartsch, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 52, No. 2193, May 29, 1917, p. 669, pi. 46, fig. 12. “in 15 fathoms, outside of kelp, off San Diego Bay, California.” Cerithiopsis guanacastensis Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate VII, Fig. 10. Shell regularly elongate-conic, dark brown, with the top of the tubercles paler; nuclear whorls broken with only a portion of the last whorl remaining which is smooth except for a sharp central keel; postnuclear whorls 11, sculptured with 3 spiral cords and almost equally strong axial ribs, of which 16 appear on the first whorl, increasing to 24 on the penultimate whorl; the intersection of the spiral cords and axial ribs forming large, raised tubercles and the spaces enclosed by them deep, square pits; on the spiral cords the posterior is at the summit of the whorls and the anterior a little above the suture with the median about half way between them; the tubercles of the posterior spiral row rounded, rather faint on the first 2 or 3 whorls but slightly the largest on the later whorls, the tubercles of the median and an- terior row somewhat truncated on the pos- terior face; periphery with a spiral cord only a little less strong than those on the spire and rendered somewhat nodulous by the ex- tensions of the axial ribs; base short, round- ed, with 2 spiral cords of which the upper is nearer to the peripheral cord than to the lower, entire surface of spire and base with microscopic striations; aperture subquad- rate, outer lip thin, scalloped by the spiral cords, anterior channel strong, columella short, not reflected. The type measures: length, 6.2 mm.; diameter, 2.0 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Long Beach NW. of Port Parker, Costa Rica. The base of the shell of this species is sculptured with 2 unequal cords in compari- son to 3 equal cords on Cerithiopsis cosmia Bartsch.125 Cerithiopsis perrini Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate VII, Fig. 5. Shell minute, pupiform, light chestnut brown; nuclear whorls forming a slender, white spire, the first whorl smooth, the re- mainder with closely spaced retractive axial threads of which about 20 appear on the last whorl; postnuclear whorls 5x/2, spiral sculp- ture of, on the first whorl, 2 nodulous cords, of which the posterior is much the smaller, on the second whorl it rapidly increases in strength and the tubercles become axially elongated, while on the third whorl this cord is split into 2 distinct, closely spaced cords, which on the penultimate whorl about equal the anterior cord in strength; axial sculp- ture of somewhat retractive ribs connecting the tubercles, 14 appearing on the first whorl, increasing to 18 on the penultimate whorl, the spaces enclosed by the axial cords and the posterior and median cords appearing as 125 Cerithiopsis cosmia Bartsch, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 33, No. 1564, October 23, 1907, p. 180. “Whites Point, San Pedro.” California.— Bartsch, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 40, No. 1823, 1911, p. 348, pi. 38, fig. 7 (as Ceri- thiopsis ( Cerithiopsidella ) cosmia). 1951] Hertlein & Strong: Mollusks of Mexico and Central America 107 narrow, spirally elongated pits, and those between the median and anterior cord as irregular, squarish pits, posterior and me- dian rows of nodules rounded, the anterior somewhat truncated posteriorly; periphery marked by a cord a little less strong than those on the spire on which the axial ribs terminate; base rather produced, with a broad, rounded cord in the middle, and a sec- ond, slightly smaller just above the insertion of the columella; aperture rounded with a short canal, outer lip thin, columella slight- ly reflected, body with a thin callus. The type measures: length, 1.9 mm.; diameter, 0.8 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 195-D-9, Lat. 15° 44' 28" N. ; Long. 96° 07' 51" W., near Port Guatulco, Mexico, dredged in 7 fathoms (12.6 meters), gr. sand, crushed shell. The shell of this species can be differen- tiated from that of Cerithiopsis bristolae Baker, Hanna & Strong126 in that the pos- terior row of pits is narrower than the others. This species is named for the late James Perrin Smith, Professor of Paleontology at Stanford University. Cerithiopsis oaxac ana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate VII, Fig. 4. Shell elongate-conic, chestnut brown; nu- clear whorls 4, white, forming an elevated spire, smooth except for a keel at the anterior third and on the last whorl a smaller cord just above the suture; postnuclear whorls 7, slightly rounded; spiral sculpture of tuber- culate cords, 2 appearing on the first two whorls, the posterior at the summit and the anterior a little above the suture, on the third whorl the nodules of the posterior cord become axially elongated with an incised line in the middle, this division increases in depth and width until on the penultimate whorl there are 3 spiral cords of about equal strength and spacing; axial sculpture of nar- row, slightly retractive ribs connecting the nodules, not as strong as the spiral cords, 16 appearing on the first whorl, increasing to 22 on the penultimate whorl, the spaces inclosed between the axial ribs and spiral cords on the lower whorls appearing as well im- pressed, rounded pits, the posterior spiral row of nodules rounded, the median and an- terior somewhat truncated on the posterior face; the periphery marked by a cord only a little less strong that those on the spire with the space between it and the anterior cord a little narrower than that between the anterior and median cords, rendered slightly nodulous by the feeble extensions of the axial ribs ; base moderately long, slightly concave, with a strong, rounded cord in the middle; aperture rounded, with a short canal, the 126 Cerithiopsis ( Cerithiopsida ) bristolae Baker, Hanna & Strong, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ser. 4, Vol. 23, No. 15, May 24, 1938, p. 219, pi. 19, fig. 4. “Cape San Lucas, Lower California.” edge of the outer lip fractured, columella curved, strongly reflected, body with a strong callus. The type measures: length, 2.6 mm.; diameter 0.9 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 195-D-9, Lat. 15° 44' 28" N„ Long. 96° 07' 51" W., near Port Guatulco, Mexico, dredged in 7 fathoms (12.6 meters), gr. sand, crushed shell. The tubercles ornamenting the shell of this species are truncated posteriorly whereas on such forms as Cerithiopsis pupiformis Car- penter 127 the tubercles are rounded. Family Cerithiidae. Genus Bittium Leach in Gray. Subgenus Lirobittium Bartsch. Bittium ILirobiftiuml arenaense Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate VII, Fig. 8. Shell rather large for the genus, elongate- conic, light yellowish-brown; nuclear whorls 2, the first tilted, smooth, the second with 2 spiral keels; postnuclear whorls 11, at first regularly increasing in size and angulated in the middle, later becoming almost cylindri- cal and without angulation ; sculptured with 3 equal spiral rows of nodules, truncated on the anterior face and connected by low spiral cords and axial ribs ; the first of these rows is some distance below the suture, the last close to the following suture, and the third about halfway between the other two; pe- riphery with a nodulous spiral cord which is more or less exposed in the suture; base short, with 5 closely spaced spiral cords, of which the upper one, just below the periph- eral cord, is the strongest and somewhat nodulous; of the nodules 10 appear in each spiral row on the first whorl and about 20 on the last whorl; entire surface with micro- scopic lines of growth and in some places very fine intercalary spiral threads ; aperture small, channeled anteriorly; outer lip thin, defective in the type, columella flexuous, body with a thin callus. The type measures : length, 10.5 mm.; maximum diameter, 2.8 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), dredged at Station 136-D-22, Arena Bank, Gulf of California, Lat. 23° 28' 30" N., Long. 109° 25' 00" W., in 45 fathoms (82 meters), mud. About 100 addi- tional specimens were dredged at the same locality. Five specimens were dredged in the same general locality at Station 136-D-18, in 40 fathoms (73 meters), mud. 16 specimens were dredged at Station 150-D-8, Gorda Banks, Lat. 23° 05' 00" N., Long. 109° 30' 00" W., in 40-45 fathoms (73-82 meters) , muddy sand. Some of the paratypes show the peripheral keel entirely exposed in the suture as a fourth spiral row of nodes, also some of them 127 Cerithiopsis pupiformis Carpenter, Cat. Mazatlan Shells, December, 1856, p. 443. “Hab. -Mazatlan ; extremely rare, off Spondylus ; L’pool Col.”— Bartsch, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 40, No. 1823, 1911, p. 337, pi. 38, figs. 1, 5 (as Cerithiopsis ( Cerithiopsis ) pupiformis) . 108 Zoologica : New York Zoological Society [36: 5 show patches or bands of much darker brown. In Bartsch’s key128 to the west American species of Bittium this new species would follow Bittium oldroydae Bartsch129 from which it differs principally in the smaller size, less shouldered whorls and more slender form. Family Turritellidae. Genus Turritella Lamarck. Turritella clarionensis Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate II, Fig. 13. Shell tapering, apical angle fairly broad, tip curved to the right, chalky white, with rather indistinct, narrow, interrupted, brown, axial lines following the lines of growth ; extreme tip broken on type, remain- ing whorls 17 ; spiral sculpture consists of a rounded cord or ridge just below the suture and a similar cord a short distance above the following suture, the area between the cords concave; additional spiral sculpture of a few indistinct threads on the spire and a nar- row, stronger thread on the sharply angu- lated periphery, separated from the lower cord by a groove and showing more or less distinctly on the spire; axial sculpture con- sists of rough, raised, antispiral lines of growth, which reach their maximum in about the median portion of the whorl, the spiral sinus reaches its maximum at the periphery; base flat, sculptured with curved lines of growth in some cases forming a small antispiral sinus, in addition to this there are fine spiral threads of which the 2 or 3 imme- diately below the periphery are the most distinct; aperture subquadrate; outer lip thin, the upper part concave and the angle at the junction with the basal lip is drawn forward into a projecting point. Dimensions of the type : length, 56 mm. ; maximum diam- eter, 16.5 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 163-D-2, 3 miles off Pyramid Rock off Clarion Island; Revilla- gigedo Islands, Mexico, Lat. 18° 19' 00" N., Long. 114° 45' 00" W., dredged in 55 fathoms (100 meters) , on rock and coral bottom. Two other specimens were dredged at the same locality. One specimen was dredged on Arena Bank, in the Gulf of California (136-D-22), Lat. 23° 28' 30" N., Long. 109° 25' 00" W., in 45 fathoms (82 meters), on a mud bottom. One large, eroded specimen was dredged on Hannibal Bank, Panama. This species is somewhat similar to Turri- tella cooperi Carpenter in having two spiral ridges separated by a concave central area but it has a greater apical angle, the large antispiral sinus reaches its maximum in the middle of the whorl rather than near the 128 Bartsch, P., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 40, 1911, pp. 389-390. 129 Bittium oldroydae Bartsch, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 40, No. 1826, May 12, 1911, p. 408, pi. 51, fig. 5. “The type was collected in drift in Lower California.” Specimens also from Destruction Island, Washington. lower ridge, and the color is different. The new species differs from T. radula and T. uiariana in the much greater apical angle, in lacking strong spiral beaded sculpture and in the much lighter color. The very deep antispiral sinus in the outer lip of this species is somewhat suggestive of forms from the southwestern Pacific which were placed under Colpospira by Donald.130 Merriam,131 after a study of various species of Turritella, concluded that “the growth- line characters of Colpospira are not typical- ly Murchisonid but simply a modification of the type found in many turritellas, and that in Colpospira they have acquired sinus depth to a greater degree than has any other known member of this family.” Family Rissoidae. Genus Alvania Leach in Risso. Alvania? ingrami Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate VII, Fig. 6. Shell ovate, conic, white with the basal cords brown; nucleus eroded; remaining whorls 6, sculptured with 10 strong rounded axial ribs most prominent on the middle of the whorls, terminating a little above the periphery, interspaces rounded, crossed by spiral threads which ride over the ribs but do not render them nodulous, these threads are indistinct on the upper whorls, about 10 appearing on the penultimate whorl; entire surface with microscopic axial striations; sutures impressed, showing 1 or 2 of the brown spiral basal cords; periphery rounded, without definite markings, base rather long, slightly rounded, with 10 spiral cords some- what stronger than the threads on the spire; aperture somewhat oblique, posterior angle with a slight sinus and separated from the body whorl by a wedge of callus, outer lip little thickened, strongly produced, rounding into the columella, body with a strong callus. The type measures: length, 3.1 mm.; di- ameter, 1.7 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 195-D-9, Lat. 15° 44' 28" N., Long. 96° 07' 51" W., near Port Guatulco, Mexico, dredged in 7 fathoms (12.6 meters), gr. sand, crushed shell. The shell of this species is somewhat simi- lar to that of Rissoina ( Folinia ) signae Bartsch132 but the shape of the outer lip is quite different. This species is named for Dr. William M. Ingram, Professor of Zoology, Mills College, Oakland, California. 130 Colpospira Donald, Proc. Malacol. Soc. London, Vol. 4, No. 2, August 1, 1900, p. 51. “Type.— Turritella runci- nata, Watson.” Illustrated on pi. 5, figs. 7, 7a. Bass Strait between Australia and Tasmania. 131 Merriam, C. W., Univ. Calif. Publ. Bull. Dept. Geol. Sci., Vol. 26, No. 1, March 8, 1941, p. 19. !32 Rissoina ( Folinia ) signae Bartsch, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 49, July 24, 1915, p. 61, pi. 31, figs. 1 and 4. “The type, which is said to come from Negrito Island (loc. ?) or Margarita Island, Bay of Panama.” = Rissoa insignis De Folin, Les Meleagrinicoles, (Havre), 1867, pp. 48-49, pi. 5, figs. 2 and 3. Not Rissoa insignis Adams & Reeve, 1850. 1951] 109 Hertlein & Strong : Mollusks of Mexico and Central America Family Rissoinidae. Genus Rissoina d’Orbigny. Rissoina oforeojj? Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate VIII, Fig. 12. Shell elongate-conic, white ; nuclear whorls 3, smooth, well rounded ; postnuclear whorls 6, rounded, with the point of greatest diam- eter a little above the impressed suture ; axial sculpture of low, strongly protractive ribs which fade out at the suture, of these 18 appear on the first whorl, increasing to about 40 on the penultimate whorl ; spiral sculpture of slender threads in the interspaces between the ribs, 10 appearing on the first whorl, in- creasing to 16 on the penultimate whorl ; on the first whorl a median spiral thread is much the strongest, angulating the whorl, and a second, just above the suture, is only a little less strong, on the second whorl the median thread fades out while the one above the suture remains the strongest throughout the remaining whorls, the remainder of the threads being subequal and subequally spaced ; periphery, rounded, base somewhat produced, with 15 spiral cords distinctly stronger than the spiral threads on the spire, with, in the interspaces on the upper part of the base, feeble extensions of the axial ribs; aperture ovate, slightly channeled posteri- orly and anteriorly, outer lip with a thick callus immediately behind the edge, body with a strong callus. The type measures: length, 4.8 mm.; diameter 1.8 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 203-D-3, Lat. 10° 55' 45" N.; Long. 85° 49' 05" W., near Port Parker, Costa Rica, dredged in 12 fath- oms (22 meters) , shelly mud. Specimens also were dredged at Station 200-D-19, Lat. 12° 28' 03" N., Long. 87° 12' 39" W., near Corinto, Nicaragua, in 12-13 fathoms (22-24 meters), mangrove leaves. This species bears a resemblance to Risso- ina toivnsendi Bartsch133 but differs in that the axial ribs are much more protractive. This species is named for Hernando de Alarcon, Admiral of the Spanish Viceroy Mendoza, who in 1540 sailed to the head- waters of the Gulf of California. Rissoina axelian a Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate III, Fig. 6. Shell small, elongate-conic, translucent, white; nuclear whorls 3, well rounded, smooth ; postnuclear whorls 5, well rounded, with the sutures impressed ; axial sculpture absent; spiral sculpture of indistinct threads, about 16 appearing on the penulti- mate whorl, of which the one immediately below the suture is slightly the widest and separated from the following thi-ead by a distinct incised line, thus forming a slightly impressed band at the summit of the whorls ; periphery well rounded, base somewhat pro- duced, sculptured with fine spiral threads 133 Rissoina townsendi Bartsch, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 49, No. 2094, July 24, 1915, p. 48, pi. 29, fig. 3. Dredged at "Agua Verde Bay, Lower California.” similar to those on the spire ; aperture large, ovate, outer lip with a slight constriction at the posterior angle, rounding into the basal lip, thin at the edge, reinforced by a slight callus, columella narrow, curved, body without callus. The type measures: length, 2.4 mm.; diameter, 1.0 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 195-D-9, Lat. 15° 44' 28" N., Long. 96° 07' 51" W., near Port Guatulco, Mexico, dredged in 7 fathoms (12.6 meters), gr. sand, crushed shell. The present specimens may not be fully mature and it appears possible that the outer lip might become more thickened with the addition of another whorl. This species bears a resemblance to Risso- ina lapazana Bartsch134 but differs in pos- sessing a much smaller shell which is more finely sculptured. This species is named for Axel A. Olsson who has made many contributions to the knowledge of the Cenozoic mollusks of South and Central America. Subgenus Folinia Crosse. Rissoina I Folinia I erieana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate VIII, Fig. 10. Shell elongate-conic, white; nucleus with 4 well rounded, translucent whorls separated from the postnuclear whorls by a distinct line; postnuclear whorls 6, rounded, nar- rowly shouldered at the summit; axial sculp- ture of strong, retractive, sinuous ribs form- ing sharp points at their summits which pro- ject over the suture, of these ribs 12 appear on the first postnuclear whorl, increasing to 18 on the penultimate whorl ; spiral sculpture of raised threads which ride over the ribs rendering them slightly tuberculate, rather indistinct on the upper whorls, strong on the penultimate whorl where 16 appear; peri- phery rounded, marked by a narrow incised line; base produced with a strong fasciole anteriorly, sculptured with strong continua- tions of the axial ribs which cross the fas- ciole to the umbilical region, and 7 spiral threads similar to those on the spire above the fasciole which is finely spirally threaded; aperture oval with a small area at the pos- terior angle set off by a denticle on the outer lip ; outer lip rounded at the edge, reinforced by a strong callus rendered nodulous by the ends of the spiral cords; anterior end of aperture slightly channeled, columella strong, curved, body with a slight callus. The type measures: length, 3.0 mm.; diameter, 1.2 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 195-D-9, Lat. 15° 44' 28" N., Long. 96° 07' 51" W., near Port Guatulco, Mexico, dredged in 7 fathoms (12.6 meters), gr. sand, crushed shell. Speci- mens also were dredged at Station 203-D-3, !34 Rissoina lapazana Bartsch, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.. Vol. 49, No. 2094, July 24, 1915. p. 50, pi. 30, fig. 6. “dredged by the U. S. Bureau of Fisheries steamer Alba- tross at station 2823 in 26% fathoms on broken shell bottom off La Paz, Gulf of California.” 110 Zoologica : New York Zoological Society [36: 5 Lat. 10° 55' 45" N., Long. 85° 49' 05" W., near Port Parker, Costa Rica, dredged in 12 fathoms (22 meters), shelly mud. This species resembles Rissoina { Folinia ) signae Bartsch135 but differs in that the axial ribs are more numerous and the whorls are less shouldered. This species is named for Eric Knight Jor- dan, formerly Assistant Curator of the De- partment of Paleontology, California Acad- emy of Sciences. Family Vanikoridae. Genus Vanikoro Quoy & Gaimard. Vanikoro galapagana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate XI, Figs. 7, 8. Shell naticoid, thin, white, with about 2 nearly smooth nuclear whorls and a little over 2 well rounded and finely sculptured normal whorls ; sculpture at first of 3 spiral cords or ridges which steadily increase in number but not in strength until at the outer lip there are about 20 fine threads, these are crossed by nearly equally strong and equally spaced lines of growth, slightly nodulous at the intersections, at first this sculpture has a cancellated appearance but later appeal's as a more widely spaced net of fine lines; aperture semilunate, oblique, outer lip thin, regularly curved, columella slightly curved, ending posteriorly in a thin callus spreading over the body of the shell; umbilicus narrow, deep ; operculum corneous, thin. Dimensions of holotype: height of shell, 7.5 mm.; diam- eter 13.5 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 54, Hood Island, Galapagos Islands, collected by the Arcturus Expedition, 1925. The early whorls of this species bear can- cellated sculpture and somewhat resemble those of Vanikoro aperta Carpenter136 origi- nally described from Cape San Lucas, Lower California. The shell of that species is sculp- tured with stronger, more nodulose spiral threads. Superfamily Rhipidoglossa. Family Liotiidae. Macrarene Hertlein & Strong, gen. nov. Type: Liotia { Arene ) calif ornica Dali, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Vol. 43, No. 6, Oc- tober, 1908, p. 344. “U. S. S. ‘Albatross,’ station 2984137, off Lower California, in 113 fathoms, sand, bottom temperature 49.8° F.” — Strong, Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. 7, No. 37, 1934, p. 441, pi. 28, figs. 4, 5, 6. 135 Rissonia ( Folinia ) signae Bartsch, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 49, No. 2094, July 24, 1915, p. 61, pi. 31, figs. 1, 4. New name for Rissoa insignis de Folin, 1867, not Rissoa insignis Adams & Reeve, 1850. “The type which is said to come from Negrito Island (loc. ?) or Margarita Island, Bay of Panama.” 136 Narica aperta Carpenter, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 3, Vol. 13, June, 1864, p. 476. Reprint in Smithson. Miscell. Coll., No. 252, 1872, p. 215. “Cape St. Lucas.” Lower California. 137 Jn the list of dredging stations of the “Albatross,” Station 2984 is cited as located in Lat. 21° 14' 53" N., Long. 157° 51' 10" W., in 50 fathoms. Shell depressed turbinate, with strong peripheral projections. The surface is sculp- tured with both spiral cords and axial ribs or threads. The two species placed in this genus, described as Liotia {Arene) calif or- nica Dali and Liotia {Arene) pads Dali, are much larger than the other west American species of Liotia and Arene. Family Vitrinellidae. Genus Cyclostrema Marryat. Cyclostrema gordana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate IX, Figs. 3, 4, 7. Shell small, depressed, white; nuclear whorls 2, very small, smooth, projecting very little above the succeeding whorls; post- nuclear whorls a little more than 3, rapidly increasing in diameter; distinctly sculptured with equal, spiral cords, of which the first is some distance below the suture, from which it is separated by a broad concave area, while the following 4 are much more closely spaced, the last of these cords forms the upper edge of a broad, flattened, spirally striated periphery; base slightly convex, with 3 spiral cords, the upper one forming the lower edge of the flattened periphery, the other 2 forming a closely spaced pair at the edge of the umbilicus; umbilicus wide, deep, showing all the whorls within; entire surface of the shell with fine axial lines which near the aperture and on the inside of the umbilicus become narrow, curved folds; aperture circular, thickened within, the edge thin with the spiral cords forming small, projecting points; peristome continu- ous, flattened and with callus over the body of the shell. Dimensions of type: maximum diameter, 9.7 mm.; minimum diameter, 7.0 mm. ; height, 3.3 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), dredged at Station 150-D-8, Lat. 23° 05' 00” N., Long. 109° 30' 00" W., Gorda Banks, Gulf of California, in 40-45 fathoms (73-82 meters), muddy sand. The unique type of this new species is very similar to Cyclostrema angulata A. Adams138 from the West Indies, differing principally in the smaller size and more depressed form. Genus Cyclostremiscus Pilsbry & Olsson. Cyclostremiscus humboldti Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate X, Fig. 1. Shell sharply angulated and keeled, white; nuclear whorls 2, rounded, smooth, shining, forming a flattened apex, set off from the fol- lowing whorls by a well defined line ; post- nuclear whorls a little over 2, with a sharply 138 Cyclostrema angulata A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, November 12, 1850, p. 44. “Hab. in insulis Philip- pinis.” “Hab. Sibonga, island of Zebu, 10 fathoms, sandy mud; H. C. (Mus. Cuming) Sowerby Thes. Conch., Voi. 3, 1863, p. 250, pi. 255, figs. 1, 2. Philippine Archipelago. Pilsbry (Man. Conch., Vol. 10, 1888, p. 92, pi. 32, figs. 63, 64, 65) stated that the locality, Philippine Islands, originally cited, needs confirmation and that “There can be no doubt of the identity with this species of C. Beaui, Fischer (fig. 63), a West Indian species.” 1951] Hertlein & Strong: Mollusks of Mexico and Central America 111 keeled angle at the shoulder and another at the periphery which projects over the suture, leaving the upper portion exposed on the spire, the space between the upper keel and the suture flat and that between the upper keel and the peripheral keel deeply concave ; base flatly sloping to a blunt angle bounding the deep, open umbilicus ; entire surface with spiral threads, 4 appearing between the shoulder and the suture, 4 between the shoulder and peripheral keels, 6 on the base, and similarly spaced within the umbilicus; interspaces between the spiral threads crossed by finer axial threads, giving the surface a finely pitted appearance; aperture subquadrate, outer lip thin, sharp, angulated by the keels, inner lip curved, continuous over the body of the shell but scarcely at- tached. The type measures: maximum diam- ter, 1.8 mm.; height 1.5 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 203-D-3, Lat. 10° 55' 45" N.; Long. 85° 49' 05" _W., near Port Parker, Costa Rica, dredged in 12 fathoms (22 metres), shelly mud. This species appears to belong in a group which includes Cyclostremiscus trigonatus Carpenter and C. janus C. B. Adams, but it differs from those species, as illustrated by Pilsbry & Olsson139, in the higher spire and more sharply angulated whorls. This species is named for the famous ex- plorer Baron Alexander von Humboldt, who contributed so much to the knowledge of South America. Genus Circulus Jeffreys. Circulus taigai Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate X, Figs. 6, 8, 9. Shell depressed, translucent, white, shin- ing; nuclear whorls 2, rounded smooth; postnuclear whorls 2, sculptured with a strong cord or keel half way between the suture and periphery which terminates ab- ruptly a little short of the aperture, peri- phery with a narrow flattened space with a strong cord on each side, base with a fourth cord, the 4 cords being about equal in strength and spacing; umbilicus moderately wide, deep, bounded by a tumid, opaque area which rises to form a fifth cord near the aperture; entire surface between the cords with microscopic lines of growth; aperture rounded, outer lip somewhat thick- ened, slightly angulated by the spiral cords, parietal wall with a strong callus. The type measures: maximum diameter, 2.0 mm.; height, 1.0 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), collected in beach drift at Corinto, Nicaragua. Additional specimens were dredged at Station 200-D-19, Lat. 12° 28' 03" N., Long. 87° 12' 39" W., near Co- rinto. Nicaragua, dredged in 12-13 fathoms (22-24 meters), mangrove leaves. This species is named for Frank Taiga, 139 See Pilsbry, H. A., and A. A. Olsson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia , Vol. 97, December 27, 1945, p. 268, pi. 27, figs. 2, 2a, 2b, and p. 270, pi. 27, figs. 5, 5a, 5b. who accompanied the expedition during which the type specimen of this species was collected, and who demonstrated remarkable skill in the capture of sea and shore life. Circulus bailyi Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate IX, Figs. 2, 6, 9. Shell minute, depressed, translucent, white; nuclear whorls 2, smooth, rounded, slightly projecting; postnuclear whorls 2, sculptured with a fine spiral cord just below the impressed suture, followed by a rather wide, flat-topped cord, and 4 narrow, closely spaced, sharp cords of which the last 2 are on the periphery; base convex, smooth; en- tire surface with microscopic lines of growth; umbilicus moderately wide, deep, with the columellar walls rounded ; aperture oblique, outer lip thin, notched by the ends of the spiral cords, body with a thin wash of callus. The type measures: maximum diam- eter, 2.1 mm.; height, 0.9 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), collected in beach drift at Corinto, Nicaragua. Additional specimens were dredged at Station 200-D-19, Lat. 12° 28' 03" N., Long. 87° 12' 39" W., near Co- rinto, Nicaragua, dredged in 12-13 fathoms (22-24 meters), mangrove leaves. This species is named for Dr. Joshua L. Daily, Jr., of San Diego, California. Genus Scissiiabra Bartsch. Scissiiabra martensiaiw Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate IX, Figs. 1, 5, 10. Shell minute, discoidal, with the apex ris- ing only slightly above the body whorl, semi- transparent, white; whorls about 4, rapidly enlarging, without visible division into nu- clear and postnuclear whorls ; suture distinct but not deeply impressed ; surface smooth ; periphery evenly rounded ; umbilicus wide, extending to the apex, the parietal walls flattened, sculptured with 3 spiral threads; aperture subquadrate, outer lip thin, trun- cated and slightly concave in the middle, columella strongly curved, body with a thin callus. The type measures : maximum diam- eter, 1.5 mm.; height, 0.5 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from beach drift at Corinto, Nicaragua. Additional specimens were dredged at Station 200-D-19, Lat. 12° 28' 03" N., Long. 87° 12' 39" W., near Corinto, Nicaragua, dredged in 12-13 fathoms (22-24 meters), mangrove leaves. The sinus of the outer lip of this form is not as distinct as it is in other species placed in the genus Scissiiabra but it seems to be referable to this genus. The absence of sculpture or angulation of the whorls will serve to distinguish it from other species previously placed in this genus. This species is named for the well known conchologist Eduard von Martens, whose monumental volume dealing with mollusks forms a portion of Biologia Centrali-Ameri- cana. 112 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [36: 5 Genus Teinostoma A. Adams. Teinostoma herbertiana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate IX, Figs. 8, 11, 12. Shell minute, translucent, white, shining, spire almost flatly depressed ; nuclear whorls 2, set off from the following whorls by an indistinct line; postnuclear whorls 21/k, sculptured with microscopic lines of growth and a low spiral cord immediately below the flatly impressed suture which on the last whorl becomes a sharp keel on the angulated periphery; under high magnification it can be observed that the upper portions of the shell are covered with very fine dots ar- ranged in a concentric and radial pattern resembling that of a printed image through a halftone screen except that the dots are light rather than dark and on the basal por- tion of the shell the sculpture consists of very fine concentric lines; base moderately con- vex, umbilicus entirely covered by a heavy, slightly swollen callus pad; aperture some- what oblique, circular, outer lip thin. The type measures: maximum diameter, 1.5 mm. ; height, 0.7 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 203-D-3, Lat. 10° 55' 45" N., Long. 85° 49' 05" W., near Port Parker, Costa Rica, dredged in 12 fathoms (22 meters), shelly mud. Specimens were dredged also at Station 203-D-l, Lat. 10° 56' 05" N., Long. 85° 49' 25" W., near Port Parker, Costa Rica, in 15 fathoms (27 meters), sandy mud, crushed shell. The flattened spire and sharply angulated and keeled periphery are very distinctive characters of this species. The type is prob- ably not quite fully mature. The shape of the shell of this species bears a general resem- blance to that of Teinostoma percarinatum Pilsbry & Olsson140. The shell of the species here described as new is more carinate, the aperture is more elongately ovate and the exterior is sculptured with fine dots and lines whereas no mention is made of microscopic sculpture in the original description of T. percarinatum. This species is named for the late Herbert N. Lowe who collected extensively along the west coast of North Amrica. Teinostoma zacae Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate X, Figs. 11, 12, 13. Shell minute, naticoid, with the spire moderately elevated, shining, white; nuclear whorls about 2, smooth, rounded ; post- nuclear whorls 2%, evenly rounded, smooth except for microscopic axial striations which are most distinct immediately below the suture; periphery and base rounded; outer lip slightly thickened ; inner portion of basal lip and inner lip sharply raised, continuing 140 Teinostoma percarinatum Pilsbry & Olsson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Vol. 97, December 27, 1945, p. 252, pi. 23, figs. 6, 6a, 6b. Type locality, “Bayovar, Bay of Sechura, Peru.” Also taken at Ancon Point, Ecuador. over the body as a raised callus, retractively waved at the periphery ; a callus tongue be- gins at the middle of the basal lip, curves over the base and terminates abruptly at the edge of the small open umbilicus. The type measures : maximum diameter, 2.0 mm. ; height 1.1 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 203-D-3, Lat. 10° 55' 45" N„ Long. 85° 49' 05" W., near Port Parker, Costa Rica, dredged in 12 fathoms (22 meters), shelly mud. This species is not typical of the genus Teinostoma but seems referable to that genus rather than to any other recorded from the west coast. The species here de- scribed evidently is somewhat like the un- figured Teinostoma bibbiana Dali141 from San Diego, California, which is described as having “only a small linguiform pad behind the pillar lip.” Genus Anticlimax Pilsbry & McGinty. Subgenus Subclimax Pilsbry & Olsson. Anticlimax ISubclimaxI willetti Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate IX, Figs. 13, 14, 15. Shell large for the genus, depressed, white; nuclear whorls 2, rounded, smooth, shining; postnuclear whorls 2a/2, sculptured with closely spaced, equal, spiral threads crossed by much finer, incised, axial lines; sutures flatly impressed, periphery well rounded; body whorl produced, aperture oblique, outer lip thickened at the edge, with a blunt point at the junction with the elon- gated basal lip, which continues as a broad callus over the body of the shell, extending to the periphery; umbilical area covered with the heavy tongue of callus, extending from about the middle of the basal lip and extending nearly to the periphery, wider and bulging over the middle of the umbilical area ; exposed portion of the base moderately rounded, sculptured similar to the spire, with in addition a series of broad folds ex- tending from a little below the periphery to the edge of the umbilical callus, becoming much less pronounced as they recede from the basal lip of the aperture. The type meas- ures : maximum diameter, 3.5 mm. ; height, 1.6 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 203-D-l, near Port Parker, Costa Rica, Lat. 10° 56' 05" N., Long. 85° 49' 25" W., dredged in 15 fathoms (27 meters), sandy mud, crushed shell. Ad- ditional specimens were dredged at Station 203-D-3, Lat. 10° 55' 45" N„ Long. 85° 49' 05" W., in 12 fathoms (22 meters), shelly mud. It is possible that the shell described as Ethalia pyricallosa by Carpenter142 may have been described from the young of this 141 Teinostoma ( Pseudorotella ) bibbiana Dali, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 56, No. 2295, August 30, 1919, p. 369. “Type-locality— San Diego, California, Mrs. Oldroyd.” 142 Ethalia pyricallosa Carpenter, Cat. Mazatlan Shells, June, 1856, p. 251. “Hab. -Mazatlan ; 1 sp. off Spondylus ; L’pool Col.” 1951] Hertlein & Strong : Mollusks of Mexico and Central America 113 species, the shape changing with age. How- ever none of the paratypes have measure- ments agreeing with those given by Car- penter. The shell of the species here described as new resembles that of Anticlimax ( Sub - climax ) tholus Pilsbry & McGinty143 from Florida but is less carinate and somewhat more depressed in outline. Anticlimax ( Subclimax ) tholus prodromus Pilsbry & Olsson 144, described from the Pliocene of Florida, possesses a more strongly carinated shell than that of A. tholus. This species is named for the late George Willett whose careful work added much to the knowledge of West American mollusks. Superfamily Zygobranchia. Family Fissurellidae. Genus Fissurella Bruguiere. Fissurella beebei Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate X, Figs. 3, 4, 5. Shell ovately oblong, thin, conical, mod- erately elevated ; orifice large, ovate, slightly anterior to the center; sculptured with num- erous fine, regular, alternating larger and smaller radiating ribs which are crossed by concentric threads giving rise to a finely cancellated or beaded appearance ; color yel- lowish-gray crossed by about 8 major radiat- ing brownish-black rays of varying width; interior margin finely crenulated; color of interior white. Length, 41.2 mm.; width, 28 mm.; height, 12.1 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from station 150-D-3, Gorda Banks, Gulf of California, Lat. 23° 00' 00" N., Long. 109° 28' 00" W., dredged in 58 fathoms (106 meters), sand. Paratype from the same vicinity at Station 150-D-5, in 40-100 fathoms (73-182 meters), sand. Col- lected by the Templeton Crocker Expedition to the Gulf of California, 1936. The sculpture of the paratype is consider- ably coarser than that on the holotype. This is believed to be due to individual variation and not specific because in the other char- acters they agree very well. This new species bears some resemblance to Fissurella oriens Sowerby145 described from Chile, but in the present form the orifice is evenly and widely oval and the sides are not excavated in the middle, also the 143 Climacia tholus Pilsbry & McGinty, Nautilus, Vol. 59, No. 3, January, 1946, p. 79, pi. 8, figs. 1, la, lb, 2, 2a. “About four miles off Carysfort Light, Florida, in about 500 ft.’’ 144 Anticlimax tholus prodromus Pilsbry & Olsson, Bull. Amer. Paleo., Vol. 33, No. 135, July 5, 1950, p. 113 (11), pi. 20 (4), figs. 13, 13a, 14. “Pliocene: Alligator Creek, Acline, Florida.” 145 Fissurella oriens Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Soc. London for 1834, p. 124 (issued March 20, 1835). “Hab. ad Insulam Chiloe sub lapidibus littoralibus.”— Sowerby, Conch. Illustr., Fissurella, Cat., p. 3, issued June 30, 1835, pl. 71, fig. 25. December 21, 1831 Tmisprint for 1834 ac- cording to Sherborn], “Island of Chiloe, Mr. Cuming.”— Reeve, Conch. Icon., Vol. 6, Fissurella, 1849, species 13, pi. 2, fig. 13. “Hab. Valparaiso (attached to rocks) ; Cuming.” radial sculpture appears to be finer and is evenly cancellated. The characters of the orifice already enumerated, the proportionately wider shape of the shell, as well as the lack of a conspicu- ous white border around the orifice exteri- orly, are features separating this new species from Fissurella mexicana Sowerby146. This species is named for Dr. William Beebe, director of the expedition during the course of which the type specimens of this species were collected. Genus Hemitoma Swainson. Hemitonia ehiquita Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Plate X, Figs. 2, 7, 10. Shell small, thin, ovately oblong, moder- ately elevated, narrower anteriorly; apex situated somewhat anteriorly and curved to- ward the posterior; shell sloping from the apex, slightly excavated posteriorly below the apex; sinus small, situated between 2 posterior ribs; sculptured with rather coarse, radial ribs of which the alternating ones are coarser, about 7 or 8 are consider- ably coarser than the others and posteriorly these are double, the radial ribs are crossed by concentric lines of growth giving a some- what nodulous appearance; yellowish-white, a fresh specimen light horn -colored. Meas- urements of the type: greater diameter, 5 mm.; lesser diameter, 3.7 mm.; height, 1.6 mm. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 195-D-9, Port Guatulco, Mexico, Lat. 15° 44' 28" N., Long. 96° 07' 51" W., dredged in 7 fathoms (12.6 meters), in gr. sand and crushed shell. One additional small specimen was taken at the same locality. This new species differs from Hemitoma bella Gabb147, described from Monterey, California, in that the apex is more anteri- orly situated, it has much stronger alternate ribbing and the anterior ribs are much coarser in comparison to those on the species described by Gabb. Compared to Hemitoma hermosa Lowe148, described from Carmen Island in the Gulf of California, the shell of this new species is less elevated, less rugose, the sides slope more gently from the apex and the ribbing is finer. Lowe’s species bears a general re- semblance to Hematoma sclera Woodring which was described from the Bowden Mio- 146 Fissurella mexicana Sowerby, Conch. Illustr., Fissur- ella, Cat. p. 8, issued June 30, 1835, pl. 77, fig. 61, issued between January, 1835, and May 25, 1835. “Real Llejos, Mexico; Mr. Cuming.” [Nicaragua].— Reeve, Conch. Icon., Vol. 6, Fissurella, 1849, species 40, pl. 6, fig. 40. Original locality cited.— Melvill & Standen, Jour. Conch., Vol. 9, No. 4, 1898, p. 102. 147 Emarginula bella Gabb, Proc. Calif. Acad. Nat. Sci., Vol. 3, January, 1865, p. 188. “Locality Monterey, Dr. Cooper. ‘Two dredged dead’.”— Smith & Gordon, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. Ser. 4, Vol. 26, No. 8, 1948, p. 204, pl. 4, figs. 14, 15, 16 (as Hemitoma bella). 148 Hemitoma hermosa Lowe, Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. 8, No. 6, March 21, 1935, p. 24, pl. 4, fig. 4. “Carmen Island, Gulf of California, 20 fathoms (1932). Type 11385, Lowe Collection.” 114 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [36: 5 cene of Jamaica. The finer ribbing, more acutely pointed spire, and thinner and flatter margins of Hemitoma chiquita are features which serve to separate it from H. scrippsae Durham149 which was described from the Pliocene of Carmen Island in the Gulf of California. Subclass Amphineura. ORDER POLYPLACOPHORA. Superfamily Mesoplacophora. Family Ischnochitonidae. Genus Ischnochiton Gray. By George Willett. Ischnochiton crockeri Willett, sp. nov. Plate XI, Fig. 12. Description: Shell rather small, elongate- oval, elevated ; dorsal ridge thin, side slopes well rounded. Entire surface finely pustulate. Anterior valve with about 30 radiating se- ries of rounded pustules, 15-20 in a series, these occasionally bifurcating near the an- terior margin ; posterior margin irregularly pustulate but not dentate. Median valves: lateral areas prominent, with 6-8 rows of pustulate ribs, and irregu- lar indication of dentation on the posterior margins. Central areas on each side with 22-25 thin, longitudinal ribs, the lower ones inclining sharply downward, and those on the dorsal area being horizontal excepting on the second valve; on this valve they are widely-spaced anteriorly and converge pos- teriorly. These ribs are connected by fre- quent, low, delicate riblets which, on the posterior part of the dorsal region, are ob- literated by the surface pustulation. Posterior valve convex above the low mucro, concave below it. The part of the valve anterior to the mucro is sculptured like the central areas of the median valves; the posterior part has about 27 radiating rows of pustules, which are fairly clear excepting immediately beneath the mucro, where they are absent. Girdle about 2 millimeters in width, clothed with small, oval, imbricating scales, which are somewhat rounded on top. These scales appear smooth to the naked eye, but under sufficient magnification they show 15-20 fine cross striations. Color of outer sur- face brown, irregularly flecked with olive, the jugal region being clouded with reddish- brown, and some pustules on lateral areas and end valves being whitish. Girdle cream- colored, mottled with reddish-brown and irregularly spotted with black. Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Station 150-D-6, Gorda Banks in the Gulf of California off the south- ern end of Lower California, Lat. 23° 02' 00" N., Long. 109° 31' 00" W., dredged in 60 fathoms (109 meters), rocks, muddy sand. Dimensions of type (exclusive of girdle) : 149 Hemitoma scrippsae Durham, Geol. Soc. Amer., Mem. 43, Pt. 2, August 10, 1950, p. 133, pi. 28, figs. 9, 14. length, 18.4 mm. ; diameter, 9.6 mm. ; alti- tude, 4 mm. Remarks : At a cursory glance this chiton, excepting for its larger size, appears much like Ischnochiton decipiens Carpenter150. However, a careful examination reveals that it differs from that species in more (6-8) rows of pustules on the lateral areas, and more (22-25) transverse ribs on the central areas. The scales on the girdle are also very different. In 7. decipiens these are crossed by 6-8 coarse striations, easily visible under magnification of 10 diameters ; in I. crockeri the scales appear smooth under the latter magnification, but when enlarged 25 times they show 15-20 very fine striations. This species is named for the late Temple- ton Crocker, owner of the yacht Zaca, who collected assiduously during the expedition during which the type specimen of this spe- cies was taken. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.* * Plate I. Fig. 1. Kylix turveri Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Station 142-D-2, Lat. 27° 04' 00" N., Long. 111° 55' 00" W., Santa Inez Bay, Gulf of California, dredged in 30-35 fathoms (54-64 me- ters). Length, 19.3 mm.; maximum diameter, 7.4 mm. P. 76. Fig. 2. Elaeocyma craneana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Bahia Honda, Panama. Length, 21 mm.; maximum diameter, 8 mm. P. 75. Fig. 3. Crassispira xanti Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Station 135, San Lucas Bay, Lower California. Length, 15.5 mm.; maximum diameter, 5.8 mm. P. 74. Fig. 4. Cymatosyrinx asaedai Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Station 136-D-2, Lat. 23° 30' 30" N„ Long. 109° 26' 00" W., Arena Bank, Gulf of Cali- fornia, dredged in 45 fathoms (82 me- ters). Length, 27 mm.; maximum di- ameter, 9.8 mm. P. 78. Fig. 5. Kylix zacae Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Station 145-D-l, 3, Lat. 26° 52' 00" N., Long. 111° 53’ 00" W., off San Domingo Point, Santa Inez Bay, Gulf of California, dredged in 4-13 fathoms (7.5-24 meters). Length, 14.5 mm.; maximum diameter, 5.0 mm. P. 76. Fig. 6. Cytharella burchi Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Station 136-D- 22, Lat. 23° 28' 30" N., Long. 109° 25' 00" W., Arena Bank, Gulf of Califor- nia, dredged in 45 fathoms (82 me- ters). Length, 16.5 mm.; maximum di- ameter, 6.3 mm. P. 79. Fig. 7. Cymatosyrinx allyniana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Station 136-D-4, Lat. 23° 32' 00" N., Long. 109° 150 I Ischnochiton']. decipiens Carpenter in Pilsbry, Man. Conch., Vol. 14, November 25, 1892, p. 123. “Monterey, California.” * The cost of preparing photographs of the specimens used for illustrations on the plates in this paper was defrayed by a grant-in-aid to the senior author by the American Philosophical Society. The photographs were made by Frank L. Rogers. 1951] Hertlein & Strong: Mollusks of Mexico and Central America 115 27' 00" W., dredged in 55 fathoms (100 meters). Length, 20.7 mm.; maximum diameter, 8.2 mm. P. 77. Fig. 8. Clathurella erminiana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Station 147-D-2, Lat. 26° 57' 30" N., Long. 111° 48' 30" W., off Concepcion Point, Santa Inez Bay, Gulf of California, dredged in 60 fathoms (110 meters). Length, 12.5 mm. ; maximum diameter 5.0 mm. P. 71. Fig. 9. Strombinoturris crockeri Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Station 136-D-24, Lat. 23° 29' 00" N., Long. 109° 23' 30" W., Arena Bank, Gulf of California, dredged in 50 fathoms (91 meters). Length, 43.2 mm.; maximum diameter, 14.0 mm. P. 84 Fig. 10. Carinodrillia pilsbryi Lowe. Hypotype, from Station 136-D-14, Lat. 23° 29' 30" N., Long. 109° 25' 00" W., off Arena Point, Lower California, dredged in 45 fathoms (82 meters). Length, 34 mm.; maximum diameter, 11.5 mm. P. 71. This specimen differs somewhat in color from the type of Carinodrillia pilsbryi but otherwise it is so similar that it is here assigned to that species. Fig. 11. Crassispira ericana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Santa Inez Bay, Gulf of California, from the same locality as that of the specimen shown in Fig. 5. Length, 11.5 mm.; maximum diameter, 4.3 mm. P. 74. Fig. 12. Crassispira chacei Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Station 150- D-23, Lat. 23° 01' 00" N., Long. 109° 27' 30" W., Gorda Banks, Gulf of Califor- nia, dredged in 45 fathoms (82 me- ters) . Length, 29.5 mm. ; diameter, 10.7 mm. P. 73. Fig. 13. Crassispira tangolaensis Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Station 196-D-6, 7, Lat. 15° 45' 34" N„ Long. 96° 06' 02" to 96° 06' 03" W., Tangola- Tangola Bay, Mexico, dredged in 6-7 fathoms (11-12.8 meters). Length, 14 mm.; maximum diameter, 5.4 mm. P. 75. Fig. 14. Cymatosyrinx strohbeeni Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, dredged off Cape San Lucas, Lower California. Length, 11.5 mm.; maximum diameter, 3.5 mm. P. 77. Fig. 15. Crockerella pederseni Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Santa Inez Bay, Gulf of California, same lo- cality as that of the specimen shown in Fig. 5. Length, 4.8 mm.; maximum diameter, 1.9 mm. P. 78. Fig. 16. Crockerella hilli Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Santa Inez Bay, Gulf of California, same locality as that of the specimen shown in Fig. 5. Length, 3.8 mm.; maximum diameter, 1.5 mm. P. 79. Fig. 17. Cymatosyrinx arenensis Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Arena Bank, Gulf of California, same locality as that of the specimen shown in Fig. 6. Length, 45 mm.; maximum diameter, 14.5 mm. P. 76. Fig. 18. Crassispira brujae Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Station 136- D-13, Lat. 23° 29' 00" N., Long. 109° 24' 00" W., Arena Bank, Gulf of Cali- fornia, dredged in 45 fathoms (82 me- ters). Length, 29 mm.; maximum di- ameter, 9.2 mm. P. 74. All the specimens illustrated on this plate are in the type collection of the Department of Paleontology of the California Academy of Sciences. Plate II. Fig. 1. Trophon ( Acanthotrophon ) sorenseni Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Station 150-D-24, Lat. 23° 01' 00" N., Long. 109° 29' 00" W., Gorda Banks, Gulf of California, dredged in 60 fa- thoms (109 meters). Length, 31 mm.; maximum diameter (not including spines), 14 mm. P. 86. Fig. 2. Calotrophon bristolae Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Gorda Banks, from the same locality as the specimen shown in Fig. 1. Length, 39 mm.; maximum diameter, 20 mm. P. 87. Fig. 3. Anachis coronata hannana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Cape San Lucas, Lower California, Mexico. Length, 13.6 mm.; maximum diameter, 6.3 mm. P. 82. Fig. 4. Latirus hemphilli Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Port Parker, Costa Rica. Length, 68.5 mm.; maxi- mum diameter, 23.8 mm. P. 79. Fig. 5. Anachis teevani Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Station 189-D- 4, Lat. 16° 38' 30" N., Long. 99° 40' 00" W., 17 miles SE. X E. of Acapulco, Mexico, dredged in 28 fathoms (51 me- ters). Length, 8 mm.; diameter, 3.5 mm. P. 83. Fig. 6. Pseudoneptunea panamica Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Paratype from Station 142-D-3, Lat. 27° 04' 00" N., Long. 111° 54' 00" W., Santa Inez Bay, Gulf of California, dredged in 40 fathoms (73 meters. Length, 29.6 mm.; diameter, 25 mm. P. 81. Fig. 7. Strombina marksi Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, Station 136-D-4, Lat. 23° 32' 00" N., Long. 109° 27' 00" W., Arena Bank, Gulf of California, dredged in 55 fathoms (100 meters). Length, 23.8 mm.; maximum diameter, 9.5 mm. P. 84. Fig. 8. Pterynotus (Pteropurpura) swansoni Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Station 136-D-22, Lat. 23° 28' 30" N., Long. 109° 25’ 00" W., Arena Bank, Gulf of California, dredged in 45 fa- thoms (82 meters). Length, 59 mm.; maximum diameter (including vari- ces) , 49 mm. P. 85. Fig. 9. Muricopsis zeteki Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Panama City, Panama. Length, 27.3 mm.; maximum diameter, including spines, 18.5 mm. P. 85. Fig. 10. Pseudoneptunea panamica Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Station 224, Lat. 7° 23' 30" N., Long. 82° 03' 00" W., Hannibal Bank, Panama, dredged in 35-40 fathoms (64-73 meters). Length, 39 mm.; maximum diameter, 25 mm. P. 81. 116 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [36: 5 Fig. 11. Anachis ritteri Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Station 195-D-9, Lat. 15° 44' 28" N., Long. 96° 07' 51" W., near Port Guatulco, Mexico, dredged in 7 fathoms (12.6 meters). Length, 7.4 mm.; diameter, 3.8 mm. P. 82. Fig. 12. Pterynotus ( Pteropurpura ) swansoni Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Apertural view of the specimen shown in Fig. 8. Fig. 13. Turritella clarionensis Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Station 163-D-2, Lat. 18° 19' 00" N., Long. 114° 45' 00" W., 3 miles off Pyramid Rock, near Clarion Island, Revillagigedo Islands, Mexico, dredged in 55 fathoms (100 meters). Length, 56 mm.; maxi- mum diameter, 16.5 mm. P. 108. Fig. 14. Anachis rehderi Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Station 203-D-3, Lat. 10° 55' 45" N., Long. 85° 49' 05" W., near Port Parker, Costa Rica, dredged in 12 fathoms (22 meters). Length, 8.5 mm.; diameter, 3.3 mm. P. 83. All the specimens illustrated on this plate are in the type collection of the Department of Paleontology of the California Academy of Sciences. Plate III. Fig. 1. Epitonium ( Cirsotrema ) togatum Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Station 150-D-19, Lat. 23° 01' 00" N. , Long. 109° 27' 30" W., Gorda Banks, Gulf of California, dredged in 50 fathoms (91 meters). Length, 37.5 mm.; maximum diameter (including the varices), 13.8 mm. P. 89. Fig. 2. Turbonilla ( Pyrgiscus ) biolleyi Hert- lein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Station 203-D-3, Lat. 10° 55' 45" N., Long. 85° 49' 05" W., near Port Parker, Costa Rica, dredged in 12 fathoms (22 meters). Length, 3.6 mm.; diameter, O. 9 mm. P. 98. Fig. 3. Turbonilla ( Pyrgiscus ) zacae Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from near Port Parker, Costa Rica, from the same locality as the specimen shown in Fig. 2. Length, 5.7 mm.; diameter, 1.4 mm. P. 95. Fig. 4. Turbonilla ( Pyrgiscus ) nicoyana Hert- lein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Station 203-D-3, near Port Parker, Costa Rica, from the same locality as the specimen shown in Fig. 2. Length, 4.0 mm.; diameter, 1.1 mm. P. 96. Fig. 5. Epitonium ( Cirsotrema ) togatum Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Paratype, from Station 214-D-1-4, Lat. 9° T9' 32" to 9° 17' 40" N., Long. 84° 29' 30" to 84° 27' 30" W., 14 miles S. X E. of Judas Point, Costa Rica, dredged in 42-61 fathoms (76.5-112 meters). Length, 33.4 mm.; diameter (including varices), 11.2 mm. P. 89. Fig. 6. Rissoina axeliana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Station 195- D-9, Lat. 15° 44' 28" N., Long. 96° 07' 51" W., near Port Guatulco, Mexico, dredged in 7 fathoms (12.6 meters). Length, 2.4 mm.; diameter, 1.0 mm. P. 109. Fig. 7. Epitonium ( Sthenorytis ) paradisi Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Station 150-D-13, Lat. 23° 01' 00" N., Long. 109° 27' 30" W., Gorda Banks, Gulf of California, dredged in 70-80 fathoms (128-146 meters). Length, 35 mm.; maximum diameter (including varicose ribs), 26.5 mm. P. 90. Fig. 8. Odostomia ( Chrysallida ) woodbridgei Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Station 203-D-l, Lat. 10° 56' 05" N., Long. 85° 49' 25" W., near Port Parker, Costa Rica, dredged in 15 fa- thoms (27 meters). Length, 2.3 mm.; diameter, 0.9 mm. P. 103. Fig. 9. Epitonium ( Nitidiscala ) durhamia- num Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holo- type, from Station 200-D-19, Lat. 12° 28' 03" N., Long. 87° 12' 39" W., near Corinto, Nicaragua, dredged in 12-13 fathoms (22-24 meters). Length, 5.7 mm.; diameter, 1.8 mm. P. 89. Fig. 10. Epitonium ( Nitidiscala ) oerstedia- num Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holo- type, from Station 145-D-1-3, Lat. 26° 52' 00" N., Long. 111° 53' 00" W., off San Domingo Point, Santa Inez Bay, Gulf of California, dredged in 4-13 fathoms (7.5-24 meters). Length, 6.5 mm.; diameter, 4.2 mm. P. 89. Fig. 11. Epitonium ( Asperiscala ) vivesi Hert- lein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Santa Inez Bay, Gulf of California, from the same locality as the specimen illustrated in Fig. 10. Length, 7.0 mm.; diameter, 3.2 mm. P. 88. Fig. 12. Epitonium ( Asperiscala ) walkerianum Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from near Corinto, Nicaragua, from the same locality as the specimen shown in Fig. 9. Length, 3.7 mm.; di- ameter, 1.2 mm. P. 88. Fig. 13. Epitonium (Asperiscala) manzani- llense Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holo- type, from Station 184-D-2, Lat. 19° 04' 00" N., Long. 104° 22' 00" W., near Manzanillo, Mexico, dredged in 30 fa- thoms (55 meters). Length, 3.7 mm.; diameter, 1.4 mm. P. 88. Fig. 14. Epitonium (Punctiscala?) colimanum Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from near Manzanillo, Mexico, from the same locality as the specimen shown in Fig. 13. Length, 7.6 mm.; di- ameter, 2.8 mm. P. 90. All the specimens illustrated on this plate are in the type collection of the Department of Paleontology of the California Academy of Sciences. Plate IV. Fig. 1. Turbonilla ( Strioturbonilla ) corin- tonis Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holo- type, from Corinto, Nicaragua. Length, 5.2 mm.; maximum diameter, 1.3 mm. P. 101. Fig. 2. Turbonilla ( Pyrgolampros ) soniliana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Station 195-D-9, Lat. 15° 44' 28" N., Long. 96° 07' 51" W., near Port Guatulco, Mexico, dredged in 7 fa- thoms (12.6 meters). Length, 5.8 mm.; diameter, 1.7 mm. P. 100. Fig. 3. Turbonilla ( Pyrgiscus ) gruberi Hert- lein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Corinto, Nicaragua. Length, 6.1 mm.; maximum diameter, 1.4 mm. P. 100. Fig. 4. Turbonilla (Strioturbonilla) masayana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, 1951] Hertlein & Strong : Mollusks of Mexico and Central America 117 from Station 200-D-19, Lat. 12° 28' 03" N., Long. 87° 12' 39" W., near Corinto, Nicaragua, dredged in 12-13 fathoms (22-24 meters) . Length, 3.4 mm.; maxi- mum diameter, 1.0 mm. P. 101. Fig. 5. Turbonilla ( Pyrgiscus ) ottomoerchi Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Corinto, Nicaragua. Length, 6.0 mm.; maximum diameter, 1.4 mm. P. 99. Fig. 6. Turbonilla ( Pyrgolampros ) meangue- rensis Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holo- type, from Station 199-D-l, Lat. 13° 08' 00" N., Long. 87° 43' 00" W., Mean- guera Island, Gulf of Fonseca, El Sal- vador, dredged in 16 fathoms (29 me- ters). Length, 5.6 mm.; maximum di- ameter, 1.4 mm. P. 100. Fig. 7. Turbonilla ( S trio turbonilla ) nicara- guana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holo- type, from near Corinto, Nicaragua, from the same locality as that of the specimen shown in Fig. 4. Length, 4.5 mm.; maximum diameter, 1.2 mm. P. 102. Fig. 8. Turbonilla ( Pyrgiscus ) ekidana Hert- lein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Station 203-D-l, Lat. 10° 56' 05" N., Long. 85° 49' 25" W., near Port Parker, Costa Rica, dredged in 15 fathoms (27 meters). Length, 4.8 mm.; maximum diameter, 1.2 mm. P. 99. All the specimens illustrated on this plate are in the type collection of the Department of Paleontology of the California Academy of Sciences. Plate V. Fig. 1. Turbonilla ( Pyrgiscus ) gordoniana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Corinto, Nicaragua. Length, 6.0 mm. ; maximum diameter, 1.4 mm. P. 99. Fig. 2. Turbonilla (Cingulina) reale joensis Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Corinto, Nicaragua. Length, 2.7 mm.; maximum diameter, 1.0 mm. P. 92. Fig. 3. Turbonilla ( Pyrgiscus ) chinandegana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Corinto, Nicaragua. Length, 4.8 mm.; maximum diameter, 0.9 mm. P. 97. Fig. 4. Turbonilla ( Pyrgiscus ) otnirocensis Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Station 200-D-19, Lat. 12° 28' 03" N., Long. 87° 12' 39" W., near Corinto, Nicaragua, dredged in 12-13 fathoms (22-24 meters) . Length, 4.2 mm.; maxi- mum diameter, 0.9 mm. P. 96. Fig. 5. Turbonilla ( Pyrgiscus ) cholutecana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Corinto, Nicaragua. Length, 4.1 mm.; maximum diameter, 0.7 mm. P. 97. Fig. 6. Turbonilla ( Pyrgisculus ) utuana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Station 203-D-l, Lat. 10° 56' 05" N., Long. 85° 49' 25" W., near Port Parker, Costa Rica, dredged in 15 fa- thoms (27 meters). Length, 3.1 mm.; diameter, 0.9 mm. P. 93. Fig. 7. Turbonilla ( Pyrgiscus ) tehuantepe- cana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holo- type, from Station 195-D-9, Lat. 15° 44' 28" N., Long. 96° 07' 51" W., near Port Guatulco, Mexico, dredged in 7 fathoms (12.6 meters). Length, 2.8 mm.; maximum diameter, 0.8 mm. P. 99. Fig. 8. Turbonilla ( Pyrgisculus ) utuana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Paratype, from Station 203-D-l, near Port Park- er, Costa Rica, from the same locality as the specimen shown in Fig. 6. Length, 1.46 mm.; diameter, .703 mm. P. 93. Fig. 9. Turbonilla ( Strioturbonilla ) oaxacana Llertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from near Port Guatulco, Mexico, from the same station as the specimen shown in Fig. 7. Length, 3.5 mm.; maximum diameter, 1.1 mm. P. 101. Fig. 10. Turbonilla ( Pyrgiscus ) ulyssi Hert- lein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from near Corinto, Nicaragua, from the same station as the specimen shown in Fig. 4. Length, 5.0 mm.; diameter, 1.7 mm. P. 96. Fig. 11. Turbonilla ( Pyrgiscus ) guanacasten- sis Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holo- type, from Station 203-D-3, Lat. 10° 55' 45" N., Long. 85° 49' 05" W., near Port Parker, Costa Rica, dredged in 12 fathoms (22 meters). Length, 4.3 mm.; diameter, 0.9 mm. P. 97. Fig. 12. Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) rhizophorae Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from near Corinto, Nicaragua, from the same locality as the specimen in Fig. 4. Length, 3.4 mm.; diameter, 1.0 mm. P. 98. Fig. 13. Turbonilla (Strioturbonilla) contrera- siana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holo- type, from near Port Guatulco, Mexico, from the same locality as the specimen shown in Fig. 7. Length, 3.4 mm.; di- ameter, 0.9 mm. P. 102. Fig. 14. Turbonilla (Strioturbonilla) nahuat- liana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holo- type, from near Corinto, Nicaragua, from the same locality as the specimen shown in Fig. 4. Length, 2.8 mm.; di- ameter, 0.9 mm. P. 101. Fig. 15. Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) ozanneana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Corinto, Nicaragua. Length, 3.9 mm.; diameter, 1.0 mm. P. 98. All the specimens illustrated on this plate are in the type collection of the Department of Paleontology of the California Academy of Sciences. Plate VI. Fig. 1. Balds (Balds) corintonis Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Station 200-D-19, Lat. 12° 28' 03" N., Long. 87° 12' 39" W., near Corinto, Nicaragua, dredged in 12-13 fathoms (22-24 me- ters). Length, 1.9 mm.; diameter, 0.7 mm. P. 90. Fig. 2. Balds (Vitreolina) drangai Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Sta- tion 195-D-9, Lat. 15° 44' 28" N., Long. 96° 07' 51" W., near Port Guatulco, Mexico, dredged in 7 fathoms (12.6 meters). Length, 3.3 mm.; diameter, 1.2 mm. P. 91. Fig. 3. Turbonilla (Careliopsis) beltiana Hert- lein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Corinto, Nicaragua. Length, 3.2 mm.; diameter, 0.9 mm. P. 91. 118 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [36: 5 Fig. 4. Fig. 5. Fig. 6. Fig. 7. Fig. 8. Fig. 9. Fig. 10. Fig. 11. Fig. 12. Fig. 13. Fig. 14. Fig. 15. Turbonilla (Bartschella) vestae Hert- lein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from near Corinto, Nicaragua, from the same locality as the specimen shown in Fig. 1. Length, 3.1 mm.; diameter, 1.0 mm. P. 91. Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) colimana Hert- lein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Station 184-D-2, Lat. 19° 04' 00" N., Long. 104° 22' 00" W., near Manzanillo, Mexico, dredged in 30 fathoms (55 me- Fig. ters). Length, 3.0 mm.; diameter, 0.9 mm. P. 94. Txirbonilla ( Pyrgiscus ) doming ana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Station 145-D-l, 3, Lat. 26° 52' 00" N., Long. 111° 53' 00" W., off San Domingo Point, Santa Inez Bay, Gulf of California, dredged in 4-13 fathoms (7.5-24 meters). Length, 6.3 mm.; di- ameter, 1.5 mm. P. 93. Turbonilla ( Pyrgiscus ) amiriana Hert- lein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Station 203-D-3, Lat. 10° 55' 45" N., Long. 85° 49' 05" W., near Port Parker, Costa Rica, dredged in 12 fathoms (22 meters). Length, 5.8 mm.; diameter, 2.0 mm. P. 94. Turbonilla ( Chemnitzia ) nicarasana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from near Corinto, Nicaragua, from the same locality as the specimen Fig. shown in Fig. 1. Length, 5.2 mm.; di- ameter, 1.2 mm. P. 92. Turbonilla ( Mormula ) guatulcoensis Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from near Port Guatulco, Mexico, from the same locality as the specimen Fig. shown in Fig. 2. Length, 5.9 mm.; di- ameter, 1.9 mm. P. 92. Turbonilla ( Ptycheulimella ) portopar- kerensis Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from near Port Parker, Costa Fig. Rica, from the same locality as the specimen shown in Fig. 7. Length, 7.3 mm.; diameter, 1.4 mm. P. 92. Turbonilla ( Pyrgiscus ) templetonis Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, Fig. from Station 203-D-l, Lat. 10° 56' 05" N., Long. 85° 49' 25" W., near Port Parker, Costa Rica, dredged in 15 fathoms (27 meters) . Length, 4.3 mm. ; diameter, 1.0 mm. P. 95. Turbonilla ( Pyrgiscus ) sulacana Hert- Fig. lein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from near Port Parker, Costa Rica, from the same locality as the specimen shown in Fig. 7. Length, 5.0 mm.; diameter, 1.1 mm. P. 95. Turbonilla ( Pyrgiscus ) yolettae Hert- lein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Fig. off San Domingo Point, Santa Inez Bay, Gulf of California, from the same locality as the specimen shown in Fig. 6. Length, 4.1 mm.; diameter, 1.1 mm. P. 94. Turbonilla ( Pyrgiscus ) ayamana Hert- lein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Station 203-D-l, near Port Parker, Costa Rica, from the same locality as the specimen shown in Fig. 11. Length, 5.6 mm.; diameter, 1.3 mm. P. 96. Turbonilla ( Pyrgiscus ) vivesi Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from off San Domingo Point, Santa Inez Bay, Gulf of California, from the same lo- cality as the specimen shown in Fig. 6. Length, 6.8 mm.; diameter, 1.6 mm. P. 93. All the specimens illustrated on this plate are in the type collection of the Department of Paleontology of the California Academy of Sciences. Plate VII. 1. Odostomia (Mira Ida) rhizophorae Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Station 200-D-19, Lat. 12° 28' 03" N. , Long. 87° 12' 39" W., near Corinto, Nicaragua, dredged in 12-13 fathoms (22-24 meters). Length, 2.1 mm.; di- ameter, 1.9 mm. P. 105. Fig. 2. Odostomia ( Chrysallida ) guatulcoen- sis Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holo- type, from Station 195-D-9, Lat. 15° 44' 28" N., Long. 96° 07' 51" W., near Port Guatulco, Mexico, dredged in 7 fathoms (12.6 meters). Length, 2.0 mm.; diameter, 1.0 mm. P. 103. Fig. 3. Odostomia ( Besla ) cameloensis Hert- lein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Station 203-D-l, Lat. 10° 56' 05" N., Long. 85° 49' 25" W., near Port Parker, Costa Rica, dredged in 15 fathoms (27 meters). Length, 1.6 mm.; diameter, O. 5 mm. P. 102. 4. Cerithiopsis oaxacana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from near Port Guatulco, Mexico, from the same locality as the specimen shown in Fig. 2. Length, 2.6 mm.; diameter, 0.9 mm. P. 107. 5. Cerithiopsis perrini Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from near Port Gua- tulco, Mexico, from the same locality as the specimen shown in Fig. 2. Length, 1.9 mm.; diameter, 0.8 mm. P. 106. 6. Alvania? ingrami Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from near Port Gua- tulco, Mexico, from the same locality as the specimen shown in Fig. 2. Length, 3.1 mm.; diameter, 1.7 mm. P. 108. 7. Cerithiopsis guatulcoensis Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from near Port Guatulco, Mexico, from the same locality as the specimen shown in Fig. 2. Length, 3.7 mm.; diameter, 1.0 mm. P. 106. 8. Bittium ( Lirobittium ) arenaense Hert- lein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Station 136-D-22, Lat. 23° 28' 30" N., Long. 109° 25' 00" W., Arena Bank, Gulf of California, dredged in 45 fa- thoms (82 meters). Length, 10.5 mm.; diameter, 2.8 mm. P. 107. 9. Odostomia (Chrysallida) costaricensis Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Station 203-D-3, Lat. 10° 55' 45" N., Long. 85° 49' 05" W., near Port Parker, Costa Rica, dredged in 12 fa- thoms (22 meters). Length, 2.9 mm.; diameter, 0.8 mm. P. 103. Fig. 10. Cerithiopsis guanacastensis Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Long Beach NW. of Port Parker, Costa Rica. Length, 6.2 mm. ; diameter, 2.0 mm. P. 106. All the specimens illustrated on this plate are in the type collection of the Department of Paleontology of the California Academy of Sciences. 1951] Hertlein & Strong : Mollusks of Mexico and Central America 119 Fig. 1. Fig. 2. Fig. 3. Fig. 4. Fig. 5. Fig. 6. Fig. 7. Fig. 8. Fig. 9. Fig. 10. Fig. 11. Fig. 12. Plate VIII. Odostomia ( Evalea ) gallegosiana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Station 195-D-9, Lat. 15° 44' 28" N., Long. 96° 07' 51" W., near Port Guatulco, Mexico, dredged in 7 fathoms (12.6 meters). Length, 2.8 mm.; di- ameter, 1.1 mm. P. 104. Atys ( Aliculastrum ) liriope Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, probably from Station 136-D-27, Lat. 23° 28' 00" N., Long. 109° 24' 00" W., Arena Bank, Gulf of California, dredged in 50 fa- thoms (91 meters). Length, 9.8 mm.; maximum diameter, 3.6 mm. P. 71. Odostomia ( Menestho ) nicoyana Hert- lein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Station 203-D-3, Lat. 10° 55' 45" N., Long. 85° 49' 05" W., near Port Parker, Costa Rica, dredged in 12 fathoms (22 meters. Length, 3.3. mm.; diameter, 1.7 mm. P. 105. Fusiturricula armilda Dali. Hypotype, from Station 136-D-23, Lat. 23° 28' 00" N., Long. 100° 24' 00" W., Arena Bank, Gulf of California, dredged in 40 fa- thoms (73 meters). Length, 40.3 mm.; diameter, 14 mm. P. 72. Odostomia ( Telloda ) subdotella Hert- lein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Station 203-D-l, Lat. 10° 56' 05" N., Long. 85° 49' 25" W., near Port Parker, Costa Rica, dredged in 15 fathoms (27 meters). Length, 2.9 mm.; diameter, 1.0 mm. P. 104. Nassarius insculptus gordanus Hert- lein & Strong, subsp. nov. Holotype, from Station 150-D-6, Lat. 23° 02' 00" N,, Long. 109° 31' 00" W., Gorda Banks, Gulf of California, dredged in 60 fa- thoms (109 meters). Length, 22 mm.; diameter, 11.5 mm. P. 81. Odostomia ( Evalina ) tehuantepecana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from near Port Guatulco, Mexico, from the same locality as the specimen illus- trated in Fig. 1. Length, 2.3 mm.; di- ameter, 0.9 mm. P. 105. Fusiturricula howelli Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Station 214-D-l, 4, Lat. 9° 19' 32" to 9° 17' 40" N., Long. 84° 29' 30" to 84° 27' 30" W., 14 miles S. X E. of Judas Point, Costa Rica, dredged in 42-61 fathoms (76.5- 112 meters). Length, 31 mm.; maxi- mum diameter, 11 mm. P. 72. Kurtzina cyrene Dali. Hypotype, from Station 145-D-l, 3, Lat. 26° 52' 00" N., Long. 111° 53' 00" W., off San Domingo Point, Santa Inez Bay, Gulf of Califor- nia, dredged in 4-13 fathoms (7.5-24 meters). Length, 8.5 mm.; diameter, 3.4 mm. P. 78. Rissoina ( Folinia ) ericana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from near Port Guatulco, Mexico, from the same locality as the specimen shown in Fig. 1. Length, 3.0 mm.; diameter, 1.2 mm. P. 109. Odostomia ( Chrysallida ) corintoensis Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Corinto, Nicaragua. Length, 4.0 mm.; diameter, 1.7 mm. P. 104. Rissoina alarconi Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from near Port Parker, Costa Rica, from the same lo- cality as the specimen shown in Fig. 3. Length, 4.8 mm.; diameter, 1.8 mm. P. 109. All the specimens illustrated on this plate are in the type collection of the Department of Paleontology of the California Academy of Sciences. Plate IX. Fig. 1. Scissilabra martensiana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Cor- into, Nicaragua. Maximum diameter, 1.5 mm.; height, 0.5 mm. P. 111. Fig. 2. Circulus bailyi Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Corinto, Nica- ragua. Maximum diameter, 2.1 mm.; height, 0.9 mm. P. 111. Fig. 3. Cyclostrema gordana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Station 150-D-8, Lat. 23° 05' 00" N., Long. 109° 30' 00" W., Gorda Banks, Gulf of California, dredged in 40-45 fathoms (73-82 meters). Maximum diameter, 9.7 mm.; minimum diameter, 7.0 mm.; height, 3.3 mm. P. 110. Fig. 4. Cyclostrema gordana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Apical view of speci- men shown in Figs. 3 and 7. Fig. 5. Scissilabra martensiana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Apical view of speci- men shown in Figs. 1 and 10. Fig. 6. Circulus bailyi Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Apical view of specimen shown in Figs. 2 and 9. Fig. 7. Cyclostrema gordana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Basal view of specimen shown in Figs. 3 and 4. Fig. 8. Teinostoma herbertiana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Station 203-D-3, Lat. 10° 55' 45" N., Long. 85° 49' 05" W., near Port Parker, Costa Rica, dredged in 12 fathoms (22 me- ters). Maximum diameter, 1.5 mm.; height, 0.7 mm. View of base. What ap- pears to be an open umbilicus in this figure is actually due to refraction of light on the callus pad covering the um- bilical opening. P. 112. Fig. 9. Circulus bailyi Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Basal view of specimen shown in Figs. 2 and 6. Fig. 10. Scissilabra martensiana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Basal view of speci- men shown in Figs. 1 and 5. Fig. 11. Teinostoma herbertiana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Apertural view of spe- cimen shown in Figs. 8 and 12. Fig. 12. Teinostoma herbertiana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Apical view of speci- men shown in Figs. 8 and 11. Fig. 13. Anticlimax (Subclimax) willetti Hert- lein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Station 203-D-l, Lat. 10° 56' 05" N., Long. 85° 49' 25" W., near Port Parker, Costa Rica, dredged in 15 fathoms (27 meters). Maximum diameter, 3.5 mm.; height, 1.6 mm. P. 112. Fig. 14. Anticlimax ( Subclimax ) willetti Hert- lein & Strong, sp. nov. Apertural view of specimen shown in Figs. 13 and 15. Fig. 15. Anticlimax (Subclimax) willetti Hert- lein & Strong, sp. nov. Apical view of specimen shown in Figs. 13 and 14. All the specimens illustrated on this plate are in the type collection of the 120 Zoologica : New York Zoological Society [36: 5: 1951] Fig. 1. Fig. 2. Fig. 3. Fig. 4. Fig. 5. Fig. 6. Fig. 7. Fig. 8. Fig. 9. Fig. 10. Fig. 11. Fig. 12. Fig. 13. Fig. 1. Department of Paleontology of the California Academy of Sciences. Plate X. Cyclostremiscus humboldti Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Station 203-D-3, Lat. 10° 55' 45" N., Long. 85° 49' 05" W., near Port Parker, Costa Rica, dredged in 12 fathoms (22 me- ters). Maximum diameter, 1.8 mm.; height, 1.5 mm. P. 110. Hemitoma chiquita Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Station 195- D-9, Lat. 15° 44' 28" N., Long. 96° 07' 51" W., near Port Guatulco, Mexico, dredged in 7 fathoms (12.6 me- ters). Greater diameter, 5 mm.; lesser diameter, 3.7 mm.; height, 1.6 mm. P. 113. Fissurella beebei Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Station 150- D-3, Lat. 23° 00' 00" N., Long. 109° 28' 00" W., Gorda Banks, Gulf of California, dredged in 58 fathoms (106 meters). Length, 41.2 mm.; width, 28 mm.; height, 12.1 mm. P. 113. Fissurella beebei Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. View of interior of specimen shown in Fig. 3. Fissurella beebei Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Apical view of specimen shown in Figs. 3 and 4. Circulus taigai Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Corinto, Nica- ragua. Maximum diameter, 2.0 mm.; height, 1.0 mm. P. 111. Hemitoma chiquita Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Apical view of specimen shown in Figs. 2 and 10. Circulus taigai Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Apertural view of specimen shown in Figs. 6 and 9. Circulus taigai Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Basal view of specimen shown in Figs. 6 and 8. Hemitoma chiquita Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov.View of side of specimen shown in Figs. 2 and 7. Teinostoma zacae Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Station 203- D-3, Lat. 10° 55' 45" N., Long. 85° 49' 05" W., near Port Parker, Costa Rica, dredged in 12 fathoms (22 me- ters). Maximum diameter, 2.0 mm.; height, 1.1 mm. P. 112. Teinostoma zacae Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Apical view of specimen shown in Figs. 11 and 13. Teinostoma zacae Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Basal view of specimen shown in Figs. 11 and 12. All the specimens illustrated on this plate are in the type collection of the Department of Paleontology of the California Academy of Sciences. Plate XI. Cadulus ( Platyschides ) austinclarki Emerson. Hypotype, from Station 145-D-l, 3, Lat. 26° 52' 00" N., Long. 111° 53' 00" W., Santa Inez Bay, Gulf of California, dredged in 4-13 fathoms (7.5-24 meters). Length, 4.05 mm.; diameter at aperture, 0.18 mm. P. 70. 2. Aesopus osborni Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Station 195, D-9, Lat. 15° 44' 28" N., Long. 96° 07' 51" W., near Port Guatulco, Mexico, dredged in 7 fathoms, 12.6 me- ters). Length, 3.0 mm.; diameter, 1.0 mm. P. 83. Fig. 3. Latirus mediamericanus Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Gor- gona Island, Colombia. Length, 52.8 mm. ; maximum diameter, 18 mm. P. 80. Fig. 4. Crassispira turricula ballenaensis Hertlein & Strong, subsp. nov. Holo- type, from Station 206-D-l, 3, Lat. 10° 37' 03" to 10° 36' 22" N., Long. 85° 41' 08" to 85° 41' 12" W., off Port Culebra, Costa Rica, dredged in 14 fathoms (25.5 meters). Length, 33.2 mm.; maximum diameter, 11 mm. P. 73. Fig. 5. Elaeocyma salvadorica Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Station 198-D-l, Lat. 13° 27' 20" N., Long. 89° 19' 20" W., off La Libertad, El Sal- vador, dredged in 13 fathoms (24 me- ters). Length, 29 mm.; maximum di- ameter, 11 mm. P. 76. Fig. 6. Cadulus ( Platyschides ) austinclarki Emerson. View showing slits in apex of specimen shown in Fig. 1. Fig. 7. Vanikoro galapagana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Station 54, Arcturus Expedition, Hood Island, Galapagos Islands. Height, 7.5 mm.; diameter, 13.5 mm. P. 110. Fig. 8. Vanikoro galapagana Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Apical view of speci- men shown in Fig. 7. Fig. 9. Dentalium ( Rhabdus ) cedrosense Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Holotype, from Station 126-D-12, Lat. 28° 20' 00" N., Long. 115° 10' 30" W., a mile off east coast of Cedros Island, Lower Cal- ifornia, Mexico, dredged in 45 fathoms (82 meters). Length, 9 mm.; diameter at aperture, .24 mm. P. 69. Fig. 10. Latirus mediamericanus Hertlein & Strong, sp. nov. Paratype, from Pearl Islands, Bay of Panama. Length (in- complete) , 58.3 mm.; diameter, 22 mm. P. 80. Fig. 11. Crassispira turricula ballenaensis Hertlein & Strong, subsp. nov. Para- type, from Station 213-D-ll, 17, Lat. 9° 44' 52" N., Long. 84° 51' 25" W., to Lat. 9° 42' 00" N., Long. 84° 56' 00" W., off Ballena Bay, Gulf of Nicoya, Costa Rica, in 35 fathoms (63.7 meters). Length, 37.4 mm. ; maximum diameter, 11.5 mm. P. 73. Fig. 12. Ischnochiton crockeri Willett, sp. nov. Holotype, from Station 150-D-6, Lat. 23° 02' 00" N., Long. 109° 31' 00" W., Gorda Banks, Gulf of California, dredged in 60 fathoms (109 meters). Length ( exclusive of girdle ) , 18.4 mm. ; diameter, 9.6 mm.; altitude, 4 mm. P. 114. All the specimens illustrated on this plate are in the type collection of the Department of Paleontology of the California Academy of Sciences. HERTLEIN & STRONG. PLATE I MOLLUSKS FROM THE WEST COAST OF MEXICO AND CENTRAL AMERICA. X. PLATE II HERTLEIN & STRONG MOLLUSKS FROM THE WEST COAST OF MEXICO AND CENTRAL AMERICA. X. HERTLEIN a STRONG. PLATE III. MOLLUSKS FROM THE WEST COAST OF MEXICO AND CENTRAL AMERICA. X. HERTLEIN & STRONG. PLATE IV. MOLLUSKS FROM THE WEST COAST OF MEXICO AND CENTRAL AMERICA. X. , HERTLEIN a STRONG PLATE V. MOLLUSKS FROM THE WEST COAST OF MEXICO AND CENTRAL AMERICA. X, HERTLE1N a STRONG PLATE VI P ,1 ! a-± A\. fjj V - ‘ 7f . •: ] ft: 1 P * - *- - ^fj Ui.i> y ET- J3n Mi MOLLUSKS FROM THE WEST COAST OF MEXICO AND CENTRAL AMERICA. X, HERTLEIN & STRONG. PLATE VII. MOLLUSKS FROM THE WEST COAST OF MEXICO AND CENTRAL AMERICA. X. HERTLEIN a STRONG. PLATE VIII. MOLLUSKS FROM THE WEST COAST OF MEXICO AND CENTRAL AMERICA. X. HERTLEIN & STRONG. PLATE IX. MOLLUSKS FROM THE WEST COAST OF MEXICO AND CENTRAL AMERICA. X. HERTLEIN & STRONG. PLATE X. MOLLUSKS FROM THE WEST COAST OF MEXICO AND CENTRAL AMERICA. X. HERTLEIN & STRONG. PLATE XI. MOLLUSKS FROM THE WEST COAST OF MEXICO AND CENTRAL AMERICA. X. Nigrelli & Gordon: Spontaneous Neoplasms in Fishes 121 6. Spontaneous Neoplasms in Fishes. V. Acinar Adenocarcinoma of the Pancreas in a Hybrid Platyfish. Ross F. Nigrelli & Myron Gordon. New York Aquarium, New York Zoological Society.1 (Plates I-VIII; Text-figure 1). Introduction. Pancreatic tumors in fishes have never been reported. Among thousands of vivip- arous killifishes bred and reared in the Genetics Laboratory of the New York Aqua- rium, and among thousands of others routinely autopsied, only a single adenocar- cinoma of the pancreas was found. The histological details of this tumor are remark- ably similar to those of comparable pancre- atic neoplasms in man. Materials and Methods. The tumor of the pancreas was found in a 16-months-old male hybrid platyfish, Platy- poecilus variatus X Platypoecilus xiphidium. The genetic history of this fish is as follows. Its female parent was a Spike-tail Platyfish, Platypoecilus xiphidium, of a stock originally obtained from the Rio Purificacion, Tamau- lipas, Mexico. Its male parent was a Variatus Platyfish, Platypoecilus variatus, of a stock originally obtained from a pool at El Nilo, probably associated with the Rio Tampaon, San Luis Potosi, Mexico. The female ex- hibited, at the anterior margin of the caudal fin, two heritable color patterns, called cres- cent and cut-crescent which may be referred to the dominant autosomal genes C and Ct, respectively (Text-fig. 1). With the recessive gene, here referred to by plus signs ( + ), these form a series of three multiple alleles. The male was heavily spotted with large melanophores, and this heritable trait may be referred to the independent, dominant, spotted gene Sp. As will be seen by the results obtained from the mating of these individ- uals, the male was apparently heterozygous for the spotted gene (Sp+) : Platypoecilus xiphidium Female Crescent and Cut-Crescent ++ CCt Platypoecilus variatus Male Black spotted Sp+ ++ 1 Supported in part by a grant from the National Cancer Institute, National Institutes of Health, United States Public Health Service. F i (Pedigree h3) Daughters Sons SpY C+ (spotted, crescent) 5 3 Sp- b Ct+ ( spotted, cut-crescent) 1 4 ++ C+ (no spots, crescent) 8 6 ++ C£+ (no spots, cut-crescent) 4 1 Totals 18 14 The results indicate that the C and Ct genes are probably allelic, since they segre- gate approximately equally among the first generation hybrids (Plate I, Fig. 1). The spotted gene segregates independently and is found only in about half of the hybrids. The hybrid with the pancreatic tumor was one of the three males that were spotted and had a crescent pattern (Text-fig. 1). The external manifestation of the tumor in this fish was a swollen belly, which had developed gradually. The behavior of the fish, however, did not indicate any functional disturbance up to and including the time at which it was sacrificed. Autopsy revealed a large tumorous growth between the folds of the intestine, the main mass being posterior and ventral in position. The intestine, liver and spleen were displaced and the gall blad- der was greatly distended with a yellowish, watery bile. The kidneys were intact and typical in external appearance. Although the fish had a well developed gonopodium and was presumably a male, no testis or gonadal tissue were found. With the exception of the kidneys, all the viscera, including the tumor- ous growth, were removed and fixed in Bouin’s solution, embedded in paraffin and sectioned at 6 microns. The mounted sections were stained with Delafield’s haematoxylin- eosin, Heidenhain’s iron-haematoxylin with and without eosin, and by the methods of 122 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [36: 6 Platypoecilus xiphidium X Platypoecilus variatus Hybrid Text-fig. 1. The hybrid platyfish with an acinar adenocarcinoma of the pancreas was found among 32 fish from the mating of a female Spike-tail Platyfish, Platypoecilus xiphidium, and a male Variatus Platyfish, Platypoecilus variatus. Giemsa, Mallory and Gomori. The pancreas and other organs of normal specimens of the closely related Common Platyfish, Platy- poecilus maculatus, were similarly treated for purposes of comparison. Histology of the Pancreas IN Platypoecilus. The exocrine and endocrine parts of the pancreas in the normal platyfish are separate structures (Reiter & Nigrelli, 1949). The exocrine gland is a diffuse organ suspended in the mesentery between the folds of the in- testine, extending from the stomach to the posterior end of the intestine. The main por- tion of the gland, however, is found in the duodenal region (Plate I, Fig. 2). The lobules of the gland are held together by a loose connective tissue which also con- tains fat cells and blood vessels (Plate I, Fig. 2) . Each acinus consists of a single row of epithelial cells, resting on a delicate retic- ular membrane and converging towards a central lumen (Plate I, Fig. 3; Plate II, Fig. 4). Centro-acinar cells are sometimes evident. In secreting groups, the inner zone of each cell is filled with acidophilic zymogen granules of varying size, while the outer basophilic portion contains the nucleus (Plate I, Fig. 3). Although the ducts were not traced completely, intercalary and sec- ondary ducts are seen in certain regions (Plate II, Fig. 5) . The main pancreatic duct, together with the bile duct, opens on a com- mon papilla in the duodenum (Plate II, Fig. 6) . Microscopically, some acinar tissue occurs in the folds of the liver, along the hepatic artery, portal vine, hepatic ducts and surrounding the endocrine lobe (Plate II, Figs. 5 and 6; Plate III, Fig. 7) . In some re- gions, acinar tissue adheres to the serosa of the intestine. The endocrine part of the pancreas is a single encapsulated organ situated in the region between the liver and the duodenum, at the level of the bile duct, Plate III, Fig. 7) . The gland is highly vascular and the cells, when treated by Gomori’s method, vary from a basophilic to an eosinophilic condition, the former reaction predominating (Plate III, Fig. 8). Structure and Growth of the Adenocarcinoma of the Pancreas. The neoplastic growth of the pancreas in the hybrid platyfish was identified as an ade- nocarcinoma of the acinar type. The major part of the growth formed a solid mass be- tween the folds of the intestine (Plates IV and V) ; groups of acini were scattered in surrounding regions. The main mass and region of most proliferation was found towards the posterior end of the gut, ventral in position (Plate V, Figs. 13 and 14) . Only a mild inflammatory reaction was present but necroses and haemorrhages were extensive in many areas (Plate V, Figs. 13 and 14) ; Plate VI, Fig. 16). The tumor was massive and destructive to surrounding tissues (Plate V, Figs. 13 and 14) but no metastases were found. The prim- ary and secondary ducts were obliterated by the neoplasm, but in regions where normal acini were present, intercalated elements were evident. The growth also penetrated the serosa and invaded the muscularis of the intestine in certain regions (Plate V, Fig. 12) . Both the endocrine part of the pancreas and the testis were wanting. It is assumed that these structures were completely de- stroyed by the tumor, since the greatest proliferation of neoplastic cells was found in the regions where these organs are nor- mally situated. The kidneys in the diseased 1951] Nigrelli & Gordon : Spontaneous Neoplasms in Fishes 123 fish showed hydropic degeneration. This or- gan, the liver and the spleen, contained large amounts of haemosiderin. Histologically, the growth consisted of acinar elements supported by a delicate vas- cular reticulum. An increase in connective tissue was found in certain areas (Plate VII, Fig. 18; Plate VIII, Fig. 20) . In the anterior region of the body, at the level of the stomach, a few normal-appearing acini were present. At the level of the duodenum, the gland had a compact appearance (Plate IV, Fig. 9), which under high magnification re- vealed numerous degenerated acinar cells, closely packed but not arranged in acini (Plate VIII, Fig. 22) . In more distal parts of the growth (Plate VI, Fig. 17), the cells showed evidence of considerable prolifera- tive activity, with varying degrees of ana- plasia. Some areas showed distinct lobule formation in which there seemed to be some attempt to form acini (Plate VII, Fig. 18). In most regions, however, the growth had a disorganized appearance with many isolated cells (Plate VII, Fig. 19). These were com- paratively small, spherical or oval, but con- tained typical nuclei. Only a few mitotic figures were found. The distinct polarization of the cytoplasm, showing the basophilic basal zone and acidophilic inner zone, was lacking (Plate VII, Fig. 18; Plate VIII, Fig. 20) ; instead, the entire cell was filled with zymogen granules of various sizes, re- sulting in an overall acidophilic appearance. The surrounding regions showed exten- sive areas filled with secretion-like coagulum (Plate V, Figs .13 and 14 ; Plate VI, Fig. 15) , probably resulting from the liquefaction of the released zymogen granules (Plate VIII, Fig. 21) or from gelatinous changes of the tissues. Discussion. Schlumberger & Lucke (1948) pointed out that “Malignant tumors of gland-cell origin are the predominant cancers in man. By con- trast, but few examples, 7 in all, have hith- erto been reported in fishes.” They noted, however, that “This fact does not permit us to conclude that this kind of cancer is uncom- mon in fishes; it may mean that an adequate search has not yet been made. This supposi- tion is the more plausible because most adenocarcinomas originate in the viscera, and not on the body surface as do the epithe- liomas.” According to these authors, adeno- carcinomas of the kidney, ovary, rectal_gland, thyroid and the glandular elements of the skin, mouth and operculum have been described in fishes. Tumors of the pancreas have not been previously reported for either fishes or amphibians. Ratcliffe (1935, 1943) described several cases of a neoplastic-like disease of the pancreas in more than a dozen species of snakes, but he has recently (in Lucke & Schlumberger, 1949) questioned his previous interpretation. The majority of pancreatic tumors of man (Ewing, 1940; Willis, 1948) and other mam- mals (Fox, 1923; Kresky & Barnett, 1939) usually arise from the epithelial elements of the pancreatic ducts or from the islands of Langerhans. Tumors in which acinar ele- ments are involved are often difficult to rec- ognize because of metaplastic changes. The cell morphology may be so completely altered that the presence of zymogen granules or enzymes is the only evidence on which to base the origin of the growth. In the pancreatic tumor found in the hy- brid platyfish, the growth occurred in a re- gion which may correspond to the tail of the pancreas in mammals. The acinar elements are more or less typical but are irregularly arranged and the cells, often isolated, lack the characteristic polarization of the zymo- gen granules seen in normal pancreatic tissue. No evidence was obtained which would in- dicate the cause of this pancreatic tumor. Although the genetic history of the fish in- volved is given above, hereditary factors as the cause of the tumor are not implied. It has been suggested that inflammatory changes may often be the cause of human pancreatic carcinomas. Willis (1948), how- ever, stated that “Inflammatory changes in the pancreas accompanying cancer are in most cases clearly secondary to duct obstruc- tion caused by the growth.” In this connec- tion, the fat necrosis of the pancreas de- scribed by Plehn (1939) in certain Chinese carp kept in captivity is of interest. The gland in these fish was not only present as a typical structure, but in addition pancreatic elements were widely scattered in the mesen- tery as small aggregations and as isolated cells. Inflammatory reactions were accom- panied by granulation tumors and infiltra- tive cancer-like growths. The secretion from the gland-like aggregations destroyed the fat tissue and blood vessels of the surrounding regions. Plehn concluded that conditions of captivity and over-feeding were probably re- sponsible for this disease. It is probable, however, that the inflammatory changes were secondary to the cancer-like growths, as sug- gested by Willis for mammalian carcinomas. The isolated aggregations of pancreatic cells seen by Plehn in diseased carp occur more or less frequently in normal fishes. Boldyreff (1935) and others have shown that the amount and distribution of normal acini in fishes vary considei’ably with the species and, from our own observations, even with individuals of the same species. In fishes the pancreas appeal's to be a highly plastic organ, and it is our belief that a more intensive study of the gland in these animals might reveal a higher incidence of hyperplasia and neoplasia. In addition, such a study would have phylogenetic importance since it would perhaps provide evidence as to the origin of the aberrant or heterotopic pancreatic tis- sue often encountered in humans which, according to Ewing (1940), probably gives rise to certain localized carcinomas of this gland. 124 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [36: 6 Summary. An acinar type of adenocarcinoma of the pancreas in a 16-months-old, male hybrid platyfish, Platypoecilus variatus X Platy- poecilus xiphidium, is described. No metas- tases were found, but there was evidence of invasion and destruction of the surrounding tissues. The comparative pathology of pan- creatic tumors in vertebrates, including man, is discussed. References. Boldyreff, Ephraim B. 1935. A Microscopic Study of the Pancreas in Fishes; Especially Those of the Orders Haplomi and Cyprinodontes. Copeia, 1935: 23-34. Ewing, James. 1940. Neoplastic Diseases. W. B. Saunders, Philadelphia, xii + 1160 pp. Fox, Herbert. 1923. Disease in Captive Wild Animals and Birds. J. B. Lippincott, Philadelphia, vii + 665 pp. , Kresky, Philip J. & Roy N. Barnett. 1939. Carcinoma of the Pancreas of Acinar Origin in a Bear. Zoologica, 24: 285- 288. EXPLANATION Plate I. Fig. 1. A normal brother and sister of the male Platypoecilus xiphidium X Platy- poecilus variatus hybrid which devel- oped a pancreatic tumor. The female, to the left, has the spotted pattern (Sp gene) and the cut-crescent pattern (Ct gene). The male, to the right, is un- spotted (sp or + gene) and has the crescent pattern (C gene). Life size. Photographed by S. C. Dunton. Figures 2-8 are photomicrographs of sections of normal Platypoecilus maculatus, showing the distribution and relations of the pancreas to surrounding organs. Fig. 2. Pancreas at the level of the spleen and duodenum. The light areas in the gland are fat cells and blood vessels. Dela- field’s haematoxylin-eosin. 50 X. Fig. 3. Groups of acini showing structure and arrangement typical of vertebrate pan- creas. Note nucleus in darker baso- philic zone and zymogen granules in lighter inner zone. Delafield’s haema- toxylin-eosin. 2500 X. Plate II. Fig. 4. Acinar groups stained with Gomori’s chrome alum haematoxylin-phloxin. Lucre, Balduin & H. G. Schlumberger. 1949. Neoplasia in Cold-blooded Vertebrates. Physiol. Rev., 29: 91-126. Plehn, Marianne. 1938. Pankreas-Fettnekrose bei karpfenarti- gen Fischen (Cypriniden) . Virchow’s Arch. f. Path. Anat. u. Physiol., 302: 9-38. Ratcliffe, Herbert L. 1935. Carcinoma of the Pancreas in Say’s Pine Snake, Pituophis sayi. Amer. J. Cancer, 24: 78-79. 1943. Neoplastic Disease of the Pancreas of Snakes (Serpentes). Amer. J. Path., 17: 359-369. Reiter, Gladys & Ross F. Nigrelli. 1949. The Morphology and Histology of the Pancreas of the Platyfish, Platypoeci- lus maculatus. Anat. Rec., 105: 130- 131. (Abstract). Schlumberger, H. G. & Balduin Lucre. 1948. Tumors of Fishes, Amphibians and Reptiles. Cancer Res., 8: 657-753. Willis, R. A. 1948. Pathology of Tumours. C. V. Mosby, St. Louis, xxiii + 992 pp. OF THE PLATES. Note centro-acinar cell in upper group. 2500 X. Fig. 5. Section at the level of the gall bladder and duodenum, showing typical pan- creatic tissue around blood vessel. Note secondary ducts in cross section. Mas- son’s. 1500 X. Fig. 6. Primary duct, together with the bile duct opening on a papilla in the duo- denum. The dark-staining areas are groups of acinar tissue surrounding blood vessels in the region of the liver. Giemsa’s. 750 X. Plate III. Fig. 7. Endocrine gland or islet tissue of the pancreas. This encapsulated structure is found at the level of the gall blad- der. Masson’s. 750 X. Fig. 8. Details of the cellular elements of the islet tissue. The cells grade in staining reaction from a basophilic to an eosino- philic condition, with the former pre- dominating. Gomori’s chrome alum haematoxylin-phloxin. 2000 X. Figures 9-22 are photomicrographs of sec- tions of pancreatic tumor in a male hybrid, Platypoecilus variatus X Platypoecilus xiphi- dium. 1951] Nigrelli & Gordon: Spontaneous N eoplasms in Fishes 125 Plate IV. Fig. 9. Section at the level of the posterior part of the liver, showing a massive, encapsulated-appearing tumor. For de- tails see Plate VIII, Fig. 22. Delafield’s haematoxylin-eosin. 25 X. Fig. 10. Pancreatic tumor at the level of the mid-intestinal region. Note associated effects (atrophy) on the intestine. Delafield’s haematoxylin-eosin. 25 X. Fig. 11. Pancreatic tumor at the level of the large intestine. Delafield’s haematoxy- lin-eosin. 25 X. Plate V. Fig. 12. Details showing infiltration into the muscularis of the intestine. In normal fish pancreatic tissue may adhere to the serosa. Masson’s. 2000 X. Fig. 13. The main mass and region of most proliferation was found in the region ventral to the large intestine. Note ex- tensive areas with secretion-like coagu- lum. Delafield’s haematoxylin-eosin. 25 X. Fig. 14. Another section similar to the one il- lustrated in Fig. 13, showing effects on surrounding connective tissue. Dela- field’s haematoxylin-eosin. 25 X. Plate VI. Fig. 15. Higher magnification of region at the periphery of the coagulum-like secre- tion, showing active secreting acinar elements. Giemsa’s. 300 X. Fig. 16. Area within the pancreatic tumor, showing an extensive haemorrhage. Delafield’s haematoxylin-eosin. 75 X. Fig. 17. Low power magnification of a central region of the pancreatic tumor, show- ing a compact but irregular arrange- ment. Delafield’s haematoxylin-eosin. 500 X. Plate VII. Fig. 18. Higher magnification of an area shown in Fig. 17, showing the arrangement of the acinar elements. Delafield’s hae- matoxylin-eosin. 2000 X. Fig. 19. Another area of the region shown in Fig. 17, showing isolated acinar cells with little or no zymogen granules. Delafield’s haematoxylin-eosin. 2000 X. Plate VIII. Fig. 20. Cytological details of cells of the pan- creatic tumor. Note variability in size, loss of typical acinar arrangement, loss of polarization of cytoplasm. The nu- clei are typical. Delafield’s haematoxy- lin-eosin. 5000 X. Fig. 21. Area showing numerous zymogen granules released into surrounding region. Iron-haematoxylin. 1500 X. Fig. 22. Details, showing degenerate cells in the tumor mass shown in Fig. 9. Dela- field’s haematoxylin. 2500 X. ■ ■ . NIGRELLI 8c GORDON. PLATE I. FIG. 2. FIG. 3. ACINAR ADENOCARCINOMA OF THE PANCREAS IN A HYBRID PLATYFISH. NIGRELLI & GORDON. PLATE II. FIG. 4. FIG. 5. FIG. 6. ACINAR ADENOCARCINOMA OF THE PANCREAS IN A HYBRID PLATYFISH. NIGRELLI & GORDON. PLATE III ACINAR ADENOCARCINOMA OF THE PANCREAS IN A HYBRID PLATYFISH. NIGRELL1 & GORDON. PLATE IV. FIG. 9. FIG. 10. FIG. 11. ACINAR ADENOCARCINOMA OF THE PANCREAS IN A HYBRID PLATYFISH. ■ NIGRELLI & GORDON. PLATE V. FIG. 13. FIG. 14. ACINAR ADENOCARCINOMA OF THE PANCREAS IN A HYBRID PLATYFISH. NIGRELLI & GORDON PLATE VI. FIG. 15. FIG. 16. FIG. 17. ACINAR ADENOCARCINOMA OF THE PANCREAS IN A HYBRID PLATYFISH. NIGRELLI & GORDON. PLATE VII. FIG. 18. FIG. 19. ACINAR ADENOCARCINOMA OF THE PANCREAS IN A HYBRID PLATYFISH. NIGRELLI a GORDON. PLATE VIII. FIG. 20. FIG. 21. FIG. 22. ACINAR ADENOCARCINOMA OF THE PANCREAS IN A HYBRID PLATYFISH. Gordon: Genetics of Platypoecilus maculatus 127 7. Genetics of Platypoecilus maculatus. V. Heterogametic Sex-determining Mechanism in Females of a Domesticated Stock Originally from British Honduras. Myron Gordon. Aquarium, New York Zoological Society.1 (Plates I & II; Text-figure 1). The platyfish, Platypoecilus maculatus, has two types of genetic mechanisms for sex determination. In members of three natural river populations from Mexico, the males are heterogametic, XY, the females are homo- gametic, XX; on the other hand, in mem- bers of domesticated stocks under observa- tion for 25 years in laboratories in this coun- try and in Europe, the female platyfish are heterogametic, WY (or WZ) and the males are homogametic, YY (or ZZ) according to recent surveys of Gordon (1946b, 1947a, 1950). In this study the theoretical chromosomal formula of the heterogametic female is being expressed as WY rather than WZ, the homo- gametic male as YY rather than ZZ, because the author (1946b) demonstrated that the Z chromosome is synonymous with the Y in this species of platyfish. The reason for using WY — YY rather than XY — YY, as sug- gested sometime ago by Castle (1936), will be discussed later. Material. In the summer of 1947 the Genetics Labo- ratory received, through the courtesy of Mr. Albert Greenberg, three pairs of the “salt- and-pepper” strain of P. maculatus from the Everglades Aquatic Nurseries of Tampa, Florida. Mr. Greenberg said that in 1939 he had collected the original stock of this color variety in streams near the city of Belize in British Honduras. Since that time they have been bred in large, concrete containers for commercial purposes. The platyfish were uni- formly marked with prominent black pig- ment spots on a white background, the males being slightly more heavily spotted than the females. The macromelanophores formed small, discrete pigmented units. Under the lens a few micromelanophores were found 1 From the Genetics Laboratory of the New York Zoolog- ical Society at the American Museum of Natural History, New York 24, N. Y. This work on the inheritance of the macromelanophores is supported by a grant from the Na- tional Cancer Institute, National Institutes of Health of the U. S. Public Health Service for the project: “Genetic and Correlated Studies of Normal and Atypical Pigment Cell Growth.” The author wishes to thank James W. Atz, Olga Aronowitz and Donn Eric Rosen for reading the manuscript. between the tight clusters of macromelano- phores, but xanthophores or erythrophores, if present, could not be seen. The posterior area of the caudal peduncle of both males and females had small areas of deeper pigmentation. In some fish of this British Honduras commercial stock the up- per and lower parts of the caudal peduncle were darker while in others the central por- tion was the darker, which made it likely that this strain had some tail patterns. Prob- ably the twin-spot, PT, was present in some, while others had the one-spot P°, patterns. The genes for these additional patterns were shown to be autosomal in other strains of platyfish, according to Gordon (1947b). The salt-and-pepper platyfish will be re- ferred to as the British Honduras commer- cial or domesticated stock and designated as BH. Genetic Analysis. Each of the three original gravid salt-and- pepper platyfish females was isolated in a four-gallon laboratory aquarium. Their breeding behavior is indicated in Table 1. Females BH-1 and BH-2 produced offspring of essentially similar phenotypes and in the following ratios : 1. Macromelanophore spotting heavy, on white background, like their parents: fe- males, 25% ; males, 50%. 2. Macromelanophore spotting faint, on red background, unlike their parents : females, 25%. Obviously the strain was not true-breed- ing, for 25% of the brood (all of which were female) were unlike their parents in color. The unlike forms were faintly black-spotted and red, and they resembled the stock men- tioned by Kosswig and referred by him and by Breider (1937) to the gene Sp’R. This single term Sp'R may actually represent two distinct, but closely linked, genes, Sp' for macromelanophores and R for xanthoery- throphores. For a general discussion of this point see Fraser & Gordon (1929). The results observed from females BH-1 and BH-2 were obtained again in matings of 128 Zoological New York Zoological Society [36: 7 some of their salt-and-pepper offspring; see experiments 4 and 5 of Table 1. When two salt-and-pepper daughters, BH2A1 and BH2B1, were mated with their similarly col- ored brothers, they produced only salt-and- pepper sons; one-half of all the daughters produced were black and white like their bi’others, but half of the daughters were faintly black-spotted and red in color. The results obtained in matings 1, 2, may be explained either by assuming: 1. The female was heterogametic, WY, the male homogametic, YY, as follows: Pi Female: Male: (W)Sp’R/(Y)Sp+ X (Y)Sp+/(Y)++ Daughters : A. ( W)Sp’R/(Y)+ + B. (W)Sp'R/(Y)Sp+ Fi Sons : C. (Y)Sp+/(Y)Sp+ D. (Y)Sp+/(Y)++ 2. The male was heterogametic, XY, the fe- male homogametic, XX, as follows: Pi Female: Male: (X)Sp’R/(X)Sp+ (X)++/(Y )Sp+ Daughters : E (X)Sp’R/(X)++ F. (X) Sp-\-/ (X) ++ Fi Sons : G. (X)Sp'R/{Y)Sp+ H. (X)Sp+/(Y)Sp+ When the two pairs of salt-and-pepper Fi were inbred, the results in the F2 were iden- tical with those obtained in Fi (compare ex- periments 4 and 5 with 1 and 2). These re- sults failed to indicate conclusively which of the two types of genetic mechanisms for sex determination is in effect in this strain. Under formula 1 : the spotted daughter and its spotted brother chosen for mating may have been individuals marked B and D. These, it will be noted, have the identical genotypes of their parents. Under formula 2: the spotted daughter and its spotted brother chosen for mating may have been individuals marked F and G. These, it will be noted, are unlike their par- ents genotypically yet they would produce phenotypically identical offspring in the F2 as follows : F2 Females : Males : J. ( X)Sp+/(X)Sp’R K. (X)++/(X)Sp'R L. (X)Sp+/(X)Sp+ M. (X)++/(X)Sp+ The female individual marked K would ap- pear red with faint black spotting. All the rest of the females would be darkly spotted and so would all the males. Obviously, if enough Fi matings were set up individually and tested through F2, one would probably get results which would have eliminated one of the two mechanisms by these methods alone. The breeding performance of the third salt-and-pepper female platyfish, BH-3, that was born, reared and bred at Tampa, Florida, was much like those of its sisters. But in ad- dition to the types and frequencies of those types which BH-1 and BH-2 produced, BH-3 produced a single, strongly black-banded form, indicated in Table 1, experiment 3, under the phenotype N. The gene N repre- sents nigra a well-known sex-linked color pattern, described early by Bellamy (1922) and studied by Gordon (1937). Beneath the broad band of black pigment and spreading out and radiating away from the black band, the exceptional N female had a suffusion of reddish color. This may have indicated that it was carrying the genes Sp'R as well as N. Apparently the mother of the N fish, female BH-3, had mated with more than one male, one of which was +/Sp ; another was prob- ably N/Sp. The results from experiments 1 through 5 were inconclusive in indicating clearly which of the two types of genetic sex-determining mechanisms (XX — XY or WY — YY) was in force in the commercial British Honduras stock (see discussion). It was decided, there- fore, to mate one of the British Honduras males with a Rio Jamapa stripe-sided female of a previously genetically tested stock with reference to its sex-determining mechanism. This female was known to have two X chro- mosomes (XX) ; and the males of this stock are XY, according to Gordon (1947a). By chance, the heavily spotted male, BH-14 was chosen for mating with a stripe- sided female (X) Sr/ (X) Sr of the Rio Jamapa population. Phenotypically, the male BH-14 seemed no darker than the other two salt-and-pepper males. The results of experi- ment 6 in Table 2 indicate that the pair pro- duced 183 adult offspring. Every one of them matured and was a male ; approximately half of them were heavily black-spotted ( Sp ) and half were black-banded ( N ). The color pat- terns of the young were clear cut, as was the ratio in which they appeared. From this mating (Text-fig. 1), it was concluded that the males of the British Honduras stock were homogametic for the sex-determining chro- mosomes, as indicated below: Rio Jamapa X British Honduras (Mexico) Pi (Commercial) Female : Male : (X) Sr/ {X) Sr Fi (Y)Sp/(Y)N Pedigree 263 Daughters: Sons : None (X)Sr/(Y)Sp (X)Sr/(Y)N This conclusion was substantiated by further mating which follows. A Rio Jamapa-British Honduras spotted 1951] Gordon: Genetics of Platypoecilus maculatus 129 PLATYPOECILUS MACULATUS RIO JAMAPA FEMALE Hi XSR XSR RIO JAMAPA BH MALE Text-fig. 1. All-male broods produced by mating a male from the domesticated stock of platyfish originally from British Honduras to a female from an inbred stock of wild platyfish originally from the Rio Jamapa in Mexico. The X and the Y represent the sex chromosomes to which sex-linked genes are attached. The first generation is represented by the pedigree number 263 in which two phenotypes appeared : the spotted, Sp, and the black -banded or nigra, N. The spotted male was back-crossed to a Rio Jamapa female. They produced only stripe-sided daughters and only spotted sons under the pedigree of 271. This type of back-cross mating was repeated, two more times, but the results were the same; that is, only stripe-sided daughters and only spotted sons were produced. This indicates that the father-to-son inheritance may best be explained by the associa- tion of the spotted sex-linked gene Sp with the Y chromosome. Note the increasing density of macromelanophore pigmentation in the successive gen- erations of the Sp, spotted males. 130 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [36: 7 •g 0 00 1> ^ LO CO t-H o © © ^ LO (M O CO 3 '-a c o X m Sh W c3 .s [3> o CO 8 CJ g tH ^ CO H ^ L_J * CQ ^ g i so e £ •4-1 O X o o s-» m T3 o» 4-> g3 a *- CQ CO ^ OLOO ^00 0+ H H CO 04 04 -M Pt^ m m m a a> O 4, + + + A ?i. Si, ?i. g CO COCO 53 s, a, s, CO CO CO + + a, a CO co &T&T a a CO 03 hn551 « 5S * 05 CO >> — O) ^ x co£ 1> Tl O 0) C X £ C o CO CO O Tf LO 05 r, CO (M CO t> (M O “ H HH 1—1 male hybrid obtained from experiment 6, presumably (X) Sr/ (Y) Sp, was mated back to the homogametic Rio Jamapa stripe-sided female of stock 30 inbred for 10 generations, 3010, (X) Sr/ (X) Sr; these results are re- ported in experiment 7. All the heavily black- spotted young, of which there were 63, are males while the faintly striped individuals, of which there were 63, are females. The re- sults indicate that the Sp gene of the male hybrid was carried on the Y chromosome and appeared in all of the hybrid’s sons which presumably have the same genetic constitu- tion as their father, (X) Sr/ (Y) Sp, with ref- 02 + Co .£ 'O as follows : • co 0 0 • • • CD Tf • • CP c cS Rio Jamapa X Rio Jamapa-British Sf-r S G KA

a Pi Female: Male: u a> 0 x-Z$ (X) Sr/ (X) Sr (X)Sr/(Y)Sp SS, Fi !« S Pedigree 271 g" S Daughters : Sons : 3 fej g-aJs (X) Sr/ (X) Sr (X)Sr/(Y)Sp * This sort of inheritance may be termed • • • 1 H” '3 Su the “father to son,” or patroclinous, with re- 1 .£ c 5.1 S LO CO O Til Tt< 05 h o co e- co 1-1 10 q5 c X K m <3 Eh II £ ^ G ® c 2 w 2 .S g « c a £^"2 2 -p - X u £ a y a feu M +» X G „ g ft 5 II 03 2 p 00 G o O ri n "tN fi • • « £ 05 o '+-< s 41 P 0 o a 5 c C C5 CO ^ Ot-f-COi>b- Cd Cl Cd Cd Cd (M O ^ ^C0&D^C0 + ^ V* _i 1 O' 5> CH. ^ Co CO to CO OQ 1 * c3 T— I 1— I T— I CO rH r— I r I H r— I . 1 l 1 I • Wco r- 1 t>- co X C£> t- CO W (M Cdl (M (M CJ s,vJ n dm ai ~ fi '• c C » ri"^ ^ ^.2 -P «4H 75 >h rt O'H D Pi u D< 4) j -£ °o £ ,2 ftn “ g a c K. 6 60 £ a o XK co h h h ni rn 0000^57 co co co co PQ Ph WS8^ ■S •■s S 00 ■S II rn